Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Bentley Systems

Bentley Systems

bsy · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker bsy
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Bentley Systems
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2013

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Sky is Britain and 
Ireland’s leading 
home entertainment 
and communications 
provider

Our business was launched in the belief that people 
wanted a better choice of TV. Ever since, we have 
constantly strived to improve that choice and to find 
new ways to better serve our customers. Today, we 
are a valued part of life in over 11 million homes.

As we have grown, we have developed three core capabilities: 
content, technology and customers. The success of our business 
today, and the strong position we hold for the future, comes from 
the unique way in which we bring these strengths together in the 
products and service we offer.

We also believe the way we do business is as important as what 
we do. Our ‘Believe in better’ ethos means doing the right thing 
and taking responsibility for our actions day to day. It also means 
reaching beyond our business to make a positive contribution to a 
more sustainable society. We call this seeing the bigger picture and 
it is fundamental to our success.

Chairman’s statement 

Directors’ report – Business review

Chief Executive 
Officer’s statement 

Our business model 

Our performance 

Review of our business 

Seeing the bigger picture 

People 

Principal risks and uncertainties 

Directors’ report – Financial and 
operating review 

Directors’ report – Governance

Board of Directors 

Corporate governance report 

Directors’ remuneration report 

Other governance and 
statutory disclosures 

Consolidated financial statements

Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities 

Independent Auditor’s report 

Consolidated 
financial statements 

Group financial record 

Non-GAAP measures 

Shareholder information 

Glossary of terms 

3

4

7

8

10

17

21

24

28

34

36

48

57

60

61

63

112

114

116

118

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  1

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward looking statements

This constitutes the Annual Report of British 
Sky Broadcasting Group plc (the “Company”) 
in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and with those 
parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable 
to companies reporting under IFRS and is 
dated 25 July 2013. This Annual Report makes 
references to various Company websites. The 
information on our websites shall not be 
deemed to be part of, or incorporated by 
reference into, this Annual Report.

This document contains certain forward looking statements with 
respect to our financial condition, results of operations and business, 
and our strategy, plans and objectives. These statements include, 
without limitation, those that express forecasts, expectations and 
projections, such as forecasts, expectations and projections with 
respect to new products and services, the potential for growth of 
free-to-air and pay television, fixed-line telephony, broadband and 
bandwidth requirements, advertising growth, Direct-to-Home (“DTH”) 
customer growth, Over-the-top (“OTT”) customer growth, Multiroom, 
On Demand, NOW TV, Sky Go, Sky Go Extra, Sky+, Sky+HD and other 
services, churn, revenue, profitability and margin growth, cash flow 
generation, programming costs, subscriber management and supply 
chain costs, administration costs and other costs, marketing 
expenditure, capital expenditure programmes and proposals for 
returning capital to shareholders.

Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in 
such forward looking statements are reasonable, these statements 
(and all other forward looking statements contained in this 
document) are not guarantees of future performance and are subject 
to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond 
our control, are difficult to predict and could cause actual results to 
differ materially from those expressed or implied or forecast in the 
forward looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited 
to, those risks that are highlighted in this document in the section 
entitled “Directors’ report – Business review – Principal risks and 
uncertainties”, and information on the significant risks and 
uncertainties associated with our business is described therein.

No part of these results constitutes, or shall be taken to constitute, 
an invitation or inducement to invest in the Company or any other 
entity and must not be relied upon in any way in connection with any 
investment decision. All forward looking statements in this document 
are based on information known to us on the date hereof. Except as 
required by law, we undertake no obligation publicly to update or 
revise any forward looking statements, whether as a result of new 
information, future events or otherwise.

2  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Chairman’s statement

2013 has been a year of significant progress 
for Sky. Building on our consistent track 
record of growth, the Company continued to 
deliver a strong performance, both 
operationally and financially. 

The fact that Sky has continued to outperform over a period when 
household budgets have been under sustained pressure is testament 
to the robustness of our customer-focused strategy and the 
outstanding way in which management has executed against that 
strategy. While the economic climate remains uncertain, the Board is 
confident that the Company is well placed with a clear plan to deliver 
future growth and value creation for shareholders.

As Sky has become more successful as a business, its impact on our 
industry and the wider UK economy has grown. For example, we are 
the biggest commercial supporter of the UK creative industries, with  
a commitment to grow our annual spend on UK production to £600 
million by 2014. Sky also makes a significant and growing contribution 
to the wider UK economy, contributing over £5.9 billion to GDP and 
supporting 121,000 jobs.

Alongside this, Sky’s position as a leading broadcaster in millions of 
homes allows us to reach beyond our business to inspire people to 
make a positive difference. A good example is Sky Sports Living for 
Sport, our schools initiative that uses sports stars and skills to boost 
confidence and improve life skills in young people. In its tenth year, the 
initiative reaches one third of all secondary schools in Britain and has 
just launched in Ireland. We are proud of the work that we do in this 
area and are committed to doing more in the future.

Over the past year, there have been a number of changes to the 
Board. Jacques Nasser, Tom Mockridge and Lord Wilson of Dinton all 
stepped down in the course of the year. On behalf of the entire Board, 
I would like to thank all of them for the considerable contribution they 
have made to Sky over many years.

They have been replaced by Dave Lewis, President, Personal Care for 
Unilever, who joined the Board in November; Chase Carey, President 
and Chief Operating Officer of 21st Century Fox who joined the Board 
in January; and Andy Sukawaty, the Executive Chairman of Inmarsat, 
who joined us in June. I am also delighted that Adine Grate, an 
experienced finance and investment professional, joined the Board on 
17 July.

After a period of change, I am confident that the Board reflects the 
right blend of skills and experience to guide the Company in the best 
interests of shareholders.

Finally, in light of the Company’s strong performance, the Board 
proposes an 18% increase in the full-year dividend to 30.0 pence, the 
ninth consecutive year of growth. We also intend to seek shareholder 
approval for a further £500 million of share repurchases. 

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank shareholders for their 
continued support and all of our 24,000 colleagues at Sky for their 
commitment and their invaluable contribution to another excellent 
year for the business.

Nick Ferguson, CBE
Chairman
25 July 2013

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  3

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive
Officer’s statement

Our aim is to build a business that is durable 
for the long term: one which creates value for 
shareholders and also acts responsibly in the 
interests of the wider communities in which 
we operate. We believe that those businesses 
that achieve sustainable success have an 
appetite for change and a commitment to 
constant renewal in all that they do.

4  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

At Sky, our success is rooted in three core strengths: content, 
technology and customers. We have built these capabilities over many 
years and we believe that the unique way in which we have brought 
them together has been fundamental to our growth. While other 
companies may be strong in one of these areas or seek to extend into 
another, Sky uses its understanding of customers to provide great 
content and innovative technology in a way that competitors are 
unable to match.

For us, everything starts with the customer. We have established 
direct, long-term relationships with over 11 million homes across 
Britain and Ireland. These relationships give us a deep understanding 
of what our customers want – and don’t want – and enable us to stay 
focused on providing the services that best meet their needs.

Because we understand our customers, we know that the main 
reason they join Sky, and then stay with us, is for great TV. Our job is to 
ensure that we find and produce the very best content to keep 
offering them a better choice of the television they love.

And it is the strength and scale of our customer relationships that 
enable us to develop innovative technology that is simple and easy to 
use. Our products have transformed the viewing experience for our 
customers by giving them greater choice and flexibility in the way they 
access and enjoy our content.

In a fast-changing and increasingly complex environment, we believe it 
is the combination of these three strengths that gives us our edge. 
And our continued focus and investment in them provides us with a 
durable source of value and competitive advantage.

What we’ve delivered

Looking back on the last year, our results show that our approach is 
delivering for customers and for shareholders. In what has remained a 
challenging consumer environment, we sold more products to more 
customers and grew the amount they spend with us. Over the year, we 
added 3.3 million new subscription products, taking our total base of 
paid-for products past the 30-million mark for the first time to 
31.6 million. This is more than double the level of five years ago.

That growth came from across our product set. In home 
communications, for example, Sky this year became the UK’s second 
largest broadband provider, with more than 4.9 million customers. This 
was a result of strong organic growth combined with the acquisition 
of O2’s consumer broadband and fixed-line telephony business.

Overall, customers now take an average of 2.8 products from us, with 
more than one in three now taking all three of TV, broadband and 
telephony. This helped us to grow ARPU to a record level of £577, an 
increase of £29 on a year ago.

At the same time, we continued to add new customers. We closed the 
year with 11.2 million customers, up 547,000 on last year, making Sky 
the choice of around 40% of households across Britain and Ireland.

Building on our strengths

We know that to keep attracting new customers – and to add even 
more value to our existing customers – we need continually to look for 
new ways to improve what we offer them.

This year, we significantly improved our content offering, securing 
long-term agreements on key rights, bringing outstanding new talent 

Annual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business reviewB
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
r
e
v

i

e
w

to Sky and attracting record audiences across our channel portfolio. 
In sport, we reinforced our leadership with our strongest year yet. 
Europe’s victory in the Ryder Cup, Andy Murray’s first Grand Slam at 
the US Open and the British and Irish Lions tour of Australia all 
provided momentous sporting occasions. With back-to-back Ashes 
series, live and exclusive Formula 1 racing and the biggest-ever season 
of Premier League football all to come, next year could be better yet. 
In movies, we renewed our relationship with four of the six major 
studios in the course of the year, strengthening our portfolio and 
developing our offering to give customers more of the top movies to 
watch in more ways than ever before.

We have continued to bring our customers the best content from 
around the world whilst increasing the amount that we spend on 
original production. We are on track to reach our target of an annual 
spend of £600 million on British programming across our channels by 
the end of 2014. Our strategy to increase investment in this area 
enabled us to bring more great shows to customers, including the 
multi award-winning Hunderby written by Julia Davis, Chris O’Dowd’s 
semi-autobiographical Moone Boy and the third series of the critically-
acclaimed Mad Dogs. Satisfaction also reached new highs with Sky 1, 
Sky Living and Sky Atlantic all named amongst customers’ top five 
“must-have” pay TV channels.

We strengthened our leadership in customer technology by driving 
rapid take-up and usage of new connected TV services over the year. 
The growth in the number of connected boxes to reach 25% of 
customers, combined with the launch of the UK’s most comprehensive 
catch up TV service, drove a fivefold increase in the number of average 
weekly On Demand downloads. At the same time, Sky Go, our mobile 
video service, had 3.3 million quarterly unique users by the end of 
the year.

In addition, we gave people a new way to access our content with the 
launch of NOW TV, our internet TV service. Having started with Sky 
Movies, we added Sky Sports to the service later in the year offering 
customers access to all six Sky Sports channels through a new 
24-hour day pass. This is the first time we have made Sky Sports 
available outside a monthly subscription and it represents an exciting, 
new opportunity for us to grow. 

Over the past year, we also continued to offer great quality and value 
home communications products. In January, we launched the Sky 
Switch Squad, a dedicated team of customer service advisors to make 
switching to Sky Broadband and Sky Talk easier. We also continued to 
build Britain’s leading public WiFi network, now with over 20,000 
hotspots and growing. In addition, we took a significant step to 
extend our footprint by launching home communications in Ireland.

Exceptional customer service remains integral to what we do. In 
January, we opened a new customer contact centre in Dublin to 
provide dedicated support for our Irish customers, creating 800 new 
jobs. We also created 550 new jobs over the course of the year across 
our UK retail team and at our Newcastle customer contact centre. And 
in a further step in our drive to improve the effectiveness of our home 
service operation, we are bringing 700 engineers in-house at the end 
of the summer.

The quality of our customer service delivery was again recognised in 
Ofcom’s customer satisfaction survey. This ranked Sky first for 
customer service in TV, fixed broadband and landline.

Excellent financial performance

Our strong operational performance, combined with a continued 
focus on cost control and efficiency, has translated into excellent 
financial performance and increased returns to shareholders. Total 
revenue increased by 7%, adjusted operating profit was up by 9% to 
£1,330 million, while adjusted basic earnings per share were 
60.0 pence, an increase of 18% on last year and almost two and a half 
times the level of five years ago.

In light of this, the Board has proposed a dividend of 30.0 pence, which 
represents an increase of 18% year on year and the ninth consecutive 
year of growth. Our programme to return £500 million to shareholders 
through a share buy-back also continues. In addition, we intend to 
seek shareholder approval at the Company’s AGM in November for a 
further £500 million of share repurchases. As with previous 
programmes, 21st Century Fox (formerly known as News Corporation) 
has agreed to participate in the buy-back, with the effect that there 
will be no change in its economic or voting interests in the Company as 
a result of the share buy-back programme.

Sky’s financial performance demonstrates the way in which our 
successful transition to more broadly-based growth has created a 
bigger, more profitable business and increased returns to 
shareholders. Having more ways to grow has also served us well at a 
time when household budgets have been stretched. We will continue 
to focus on growing our overall product sales as the best way to 
deliver sustainable value to shareholders. We see considerable 
headroom for growth and believe that our unique combination of 
strengths makes us best-placed to deliver the TV and 
communications services that customers want.

Seeing the bigger picture

At Sky, we recognise that creating a durable business also means 
looking beyond our immediate commercial priorities to consider the 
impact that we have on the wider communities in which we operate. 
We call this seeing the bigger picture.

Sky makes a significant and growing economic and social contribution 
to Britain and Ireland. We provide choice for customers in 
entertainment and communications, we’re the biggest commercial 
supporter of the UK creative industries and we’re a long-term 
supporter of British sport. And the more successful we are, the more 
we contribute to Britain and Ireland as a whole.

We believe that being successful commercially goes hand in hand with 
acting responsibly so we think carefully about how we go about doing 
business day to day. One area where we have made significant 
progress this year is online safety, where we offer tools to help 
parents protect their children at home and on the move.

As a leading broadcaster, we also know that we have an opportunity 
to make a wider impact, engaging directly with our customers to 
inspire them to make a difference. Over the last year, we reached a 
number of significant milestones. In sport, a third of all secondary 
schools are now taking part in Sky Sports Living for Sport, our 
programme that uses the power of sport to improve life skills in young 
people. In addition, over a million more people are now cycling regularly 
as a result of our partnership with British Cycling. We hope that Chris 
Froome’s success in the Tour de France in July 2013 will inspire even 
more people to get on their bikes.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  5

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business review 
 
 
 
 
 
In the arts, we have worked with some of the UK’s leading arts 
organisations to bring innovative new art works to the public. Our 
award-winning collaboration with Tate Liverpool was visited by almost 
50,000 people this year. At our broadcasting facility in West London, 
we also opened Sky Skills Studios, a unique learning experience that 
takes young people behind the scenes at Sky and gives them the 
chance to work with the latest technology to make their own news 
reports on subjects they are studying at school. By the end of June, 
over 9,500 young people had already taken part in the Sky Skills 
Studios experience.

We are committed to continuing to do more in all of these areas, which 
is why we are particularly delighted that David Beckham has joined us 
as a Sky ambassador to help us get even more people involved in 
sport.

Of course, activities like these are the right thing for a business like 
Sky to do. But acting responsibly in the interests of all of our 
stakeholders also gives people more reasons to feel positively about 
Sky, which is an important part of how we continue to be successful 
and grow.

As always, we couldn’t have achieved any of this without our people. 
They are vital to our success and every one of our 24,000 colleagues 
plays their part. We work hard to attract the very best people to Sky 
and to create a culture that encourages them to do their best work 
and fulfil their potential. Whether by improving the training that we 
provide or promoting internal moves to broaden individuals’ 
knowledge of the business, ensuring that we continue to develop our 
people effectively remains a key priority.

This year, the Sky community was devastated by the tragic loss of Nick 
Milligan, Managing Director of Sky Media, and his daughter Emily. Nick 
was a widely respected member of our team and his legacy will endure 
for many years. More importantly, he was a great friend and a devoted 
family man who will be sorely missed by all who had the privilege to 
know him.

In August 2013, we were shocked by the news that Mick Deane, a Sky 
News Cameraman, was shot and killed in Egypt covering the unrest in 
Cairo. Mick had worked for Sky for the last 15 years in a distinguished 
career spanning four decades. He was a brilliant cameramen and 
journalist and an inspiring mentor to many at Sky. His death is an 
untimely reminder of the bravery and commitment that our colleagues 
in Sky News and other news organisations demonstrate each and 
every day.*

I would like to thank the whole team for their hard work and 
enthusiasm over the last year. With their continued drive and 
determination, we can continue to deliver for our customers, our 
communities and our shareholders, building a bigger and better 
business for the years to come.

Jeremy Darroch
Chief Executive Officer
25 July 2013

*This paragraph was included after the audited accounts were approved on 25 July 2013. 

6  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business reviewOur business model

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
r
e
v

i

e
w

Sky is Britain and Ireland’s leading home entertainment and 
communications provider. As at 30 June 2013, we had 11.2 million 
customers taking a total of 31.6 million products.

Our business

Our strategy

We retail pay TV services to residential customers both in 
the home and on the move. We connect our customers with 
broadband and telephony products, including DSL, fibre and 
WiFi. We also retail our TV services to commercial customers and 
operate adjacent businesses distributing our programmes and 
channels, selling advertising on our own and on partner channels, 
and offering a range of betting and gaming services.

We have a clear and consistent growth 
strategy: to sell more products and services  
to our customers; to attract new customers  
to Sky; and to develop our adjacent 
businesses.

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

Our approach

To achieve our broadly-based growth strategy, we invest in the customer experience while improving the efficiency 
of our operations. Through unwavering focus on quality, flexibility, value and service we can grow in a variety of ways, 
create value for shareholders, and make a broader contribution to society.

Invest in  standout 
content

We invest in high 
quality, differentiated 
content to give 
customers a greater 
choice of the TV they 
are passionate about.

Add value through 
innovation

Grow in home 
communications

Scale other  
businesses 

Through continually 
innovating around our 
products and services, we 
extend our reach into new 
markets, distribute our 
content more broadly and 
improve the experience 
and add more value for 
customers.

We have an 
infrastructure which 
allows us to provide 
customers with great 
value, high quality and 
reliable communications 
services.

We deploy our content 
investments to 
support growth in our 
adjacent wholesale, 
advertising, data and 
betting and gaming 
businesses.

Increase operating 
efficiency

We focus on 
operating efficiency 
to deliver the best 
service, underpin 
investment in future 
growth and increase 
profit, cash flow and 
returns.

We invest in developing our brand, our people and our infrastructure as key components of long term success

Develop long term capability 

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Our people

Seeing the bigger picture

How we manage risk

The talent, hard work and 
enthusiasm of our people  
are critical to Sky’s success.  
We want to ensure we  
attract the best people and 

Seeing the bigger picture is 
our approach to building a 
sustainable business. We do 
this by growing our economic 
and social contribution; taking 

create a culture and an environment where  
they can perform at their best and achieve  
their full potential.

responsibility for doing the right thing in our 
day to day business; and reaching beyond our 
business to inspire people to take action to 
make a positive difference.

The Group has a formal 
risk management 
framework embedded 
within the business to 
support the identification 

and effective management of risk across 
the Group.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  7

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business review 
 
 
 
 
 
Our performance

We have identified a number of key performance indicators 
that we use to assess the Group’s performance against its  
core strategic priorities. 

Operational key performance indicators

Products & customers
(million)

  Total customers 

  Total products

Churn 
(%)

Customers taking each of TV,
broadband and telephony
(%)

2013

11.2

31.6

2013

10.8%

2013

35%

32%

2012

2011

10.2%

2012

10.4%

2011

27%

Description
Churn represents the number of total customers  
over a given period who terminated their subscriptions, 
net of former customers who reinstated their 
subscription (within 12 months of terminating their 
original subscription), expressed as a percentage  
of total average customers.

Analysis
Churn is a good measure of customer satisfaction,  
which is a key driver of value for our business.  
Churn for the year 2013 was relatively stable at 10.8%.

Description
The percentage of customers taking one of our TV  
products and both a Sky Broadband and a Sky Talk  
product. Customers may also opt for our line  
rental product.

Analysis
This is an important measure for our business,  
with higher penetration positively impacting ARPU  
and customer loyalty. At 30 June 2013, 3.9 million  
customers chose each of TV, broadband and telephony,  
up 15% from the prior year.

  Target reduction

Employee engagement

  Sky engagement 

  UK National Norm 

Carbon intensity
(Per £m of revenue)  
  Gross CO2e emissions (t/£m) 
20.7

19.1

16.3

14.8

13.8

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Description
Carbon intensity is one of ten new key performance 
indicators we use to measure our environmental 
performance (see sky.com/biggerpicture). The total  
gross CO2e emissions include emissions from premises 
and company-owned vehicles (Scope 1 and 2).

Analysis
We independently assure our carbon footprint each 
year and use the results to drive reductions across the 
business. Our absolute gross CO2e emissions were stable 
in 2013 while we grew as a business. Our carbon intensity 
fell to 13.8, 33% less than our 2008/09 baseline. We are 
on track to meet our new target set in 2012 to halve our 
carbon emissions relative to revenue (CO2e t/£m) by 2020.

2013

2012

2011

94%

83%

87%

81%

86%

81%

Description
To measure employee engagement we undertake an 
internal survey of our employees and benchmark their 
answers externally. As part of a broad array of topics 
surveyed, employees are asked a series of questions 
designed to quantify engagement.

Analysis
Employee engagement is a good indicator of how our 
employees feel about the Company. As well as reaching 
a high performance indicator for employee engagement, 
we have improved on last year and performed better than 
an independent external benchmark of other blue-chip 
companies in each of the last three years.

2012

10.6

28.4

2011

10.3

25.4

Description
A customer is defined as a subscriber to one of our TV 
packages or standalone home communications services. 
Total products is defined as the total of all subscription 
products taken by our customers and includes TV, HD, 
Multiroom, Sky Go Extra, Broadband, Telephony and  
Line Rental.

Analysis
Total customers and products are both key determinants 
of the Group’s value. Our strategy is to continue adding 
customers and selling more products to our existing  
base. In 2013, we added 547,000 new customers and  
grew the total products taken by 11% to 31.6 million.

We also have over 25 independently 
assured key performance indicators 
that we use to measure our 
sustainability performance.  
These can be found at  
sky.com/biggerpicture

8  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business reviewB
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
r
e
v

i

e
w

Financial key performance indicators

ARPU 
(£)1

2013

2012

2011

Revenue 
(£m)2

Adjusted operating profit 
(£m)1,2

577

2013

7,235

2013

548

538

2012

2011

6,791

6,597

2012

2011

1,330

1,223

1,073

Description
Average revenue per user (ARPU) is calculated by taking 
the amount spent by the Group’s residential customers 
(ex-VAT), divided by the average number of residential 
customers. 

Analysis
ARPU is impacted by the type of subscription package 
taken by a customer, as well as the number of products. 
ARPU increased by £29 as customers rewarded us with 
more of their business.

Description
Revenue includes revenue from retail subscription, 
wholesale subscription revenue, advertising and 
installation, hardware and service revenue.

Analysis
Revenue is a key measure of how the Group is delivering 
on its strategy to grow the business. In 2013, revenue grew 
by 7% with good growth in retail and wholesale operations 
and a recovery in the more cyclical operations.

Description
Adjusted operating profit for the Group excludes items 
that may distort comparability.

Analysis
Adjusted operating profit is a key measure of the 
underlying business performance. It increased by  
9% in 2013.

Adjusted basic earnings per share 
(p)2,3

Adjusted free cash flow 
(£m)1,2

Total shareholder return
(%)

  BSkyB 

  FTSE

2013

2012

2011

60.0p

2013

1,028

5 Yr CAGR

13%

5%

50.8p

41.6p

2012

2011

910

1 Yr CAGR

18%

16%

869

Description
Adjusted basic EPS is the profit after tax for the year, 
excluding adjusting items and related tax effects, divided 
by the weighted average number of ordinary shares.

Analysis
Adjusted basic EPS provides a measure of shareholder 
return that is comparable over time. Adjusted basic  
EPS increased by 18% to reach a record level of 60.0p.

Description
Adjusted free cash flow is defined as cash generated 
from operations after the impact of capital expenditure, 
net interest and tax paid, cash flows to and from joint 
ventures, excluding adjusting items. 

Analysis
Free cash flow is an important measure of the Group’s 
success in converting profits to cash flow and of the 
underlying health of the business. Adjusted free cash  
flow increased by 13% to over £1 billion for the first time.

1  For a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures, including a reconciliation of ARPU which has been restated for 2011, see pages 114-115
2  From continuing operations
3  For further details see note 8 of the consolidated financial statements

Description
Total shareholder return (TSR) represents the change  
in value of a share held for a 12-month period to 30 June, 
assuming that dividends are reinvested to purchase 
additional shares at the closing price applicable on  
the ex-dividend date. The value of the share is based  
on the average share price over the three months  
prior to 30 June. The chart above illustrates the TSR 
performance for the 12 months to 30 June 2013 and  
an average annual performance compounded over  
five years to 30 June 2013.

Analysis
TSR represents a comparable measure of shareholder 
return over time. BSkyB shares outperformed the FTSE 
100 index by 2 percentage points in the year to 30 June 
2013 and by 8 percentage points over five years.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  9

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business review 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Review of our business

INTRODUCTION

Overview of the business

Sky is the UK’s leading entertainment and communications provider. 
We operate the most comprehensive multichannel, multi-platform pay 
television service in the UK and Ireland. We have led the UK into the 
age of HDTV and launched Europe’s first 3DTV channel, Sky 3D. We give 
our customers greater access, control and choice while at home and on 
the move with our Sky+,. On Demand and Sky Go services. NOW TV, 
Sky’s second consumer brand, gives customers another flexible way to 
access Sky’s content. Sky is the UK’s fastest growing home 
communications company and this year, we achieved another product 
milestone with the launch of a communications service to complete 
our triple play offering in Ireland.

At 30 June 2013, we had over 11.2 million customers in the UK and 
Ireland taking a total of 31.6 million products. We are the UK’s 
largest triple play provider with 35% of our customers choosing to 
take each of TV, broadband and telephony.

Our consistent approach is delivering strong financial results. For the 
year ended 30 June 2013, revenue growth of 7% combined with our 
continued focus on operating efficiency, delivered adjusted operating 
profit growth of 9% to reach a record £1,330 million and we surpassed 
£1 billion of free cash flow for the first time. We continued our strong 
track record for shareholder returns with 18% growth in the full year 
dividend of 30.0p, our ninth consecutive year of growth. In addition, 
we have returned £624 million to shareholders throughout the year 
via our share buy-back programme.

This review of the business sets out the Group’s main activities which 
are summarised as follows:
 > Our customers – our products and services
 > Our content – our channel offering
 > Our adjacent businesses – Sky Media; Wholesale Distribution; Sky 

Betting and Gaming and Sky Vision

 > Infrastructure and technology – satellites; playout and uplink 
facilities; digital satellite reception equipment; encryption and 
security and communications infrastructure

Certain terms used herein are defined in the “Glossary of terms” which 
appears at the end of this Annual Report.

The Company, a public company limited by shares and domiciled in the 
UK, operates under the laws of England and Wales. It was 
incorporated in the UK on 25 April 1988. Our principal executive offices 
are located at Grant Way, Isleworth, Middlesex TW7 5QD, England. A 
list of our significant investments is set out in note 31 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

OUR CUSTOmERS

Overview of our retail business

We retail subscription TV and communications services to residential 
and commercial premises in the UK and Ireland. Our customers enjoy 
an unrivalled choice of high quality content. We own and broadcast 
the Sky Channels which we retail together with the Sky Distributed 
Channels to our TV customers and since July 2012 we have offered 
simple and commitment free access to an internet TV service in the 
UK, NOW TV. We keep our customers connected with great value 
broadband and telephony products in the home via DSL and fibre, and 
away from the home with Sky WiFi.

10  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Products and Services

Television
 > The Sky Channels and Sky Distributed Channels: For our TV Customers, 
we group the Sky Distributed Channels (other than the Premium Sky 
Distributed Channels) and the Sky Basic Channels into three packs; 
Entertainment, Entertainment Extra and Entertainment Extra+ The 
Entertainment pack is available for £21.50 per month and includes 
popular entertainment channels such as Sky 1, Sky Atlantic, Sky 
Living, Comedy Central, Watch, Gold, Alibi and Fox. Entertainment 
Extra is available for £27 per month and includes all the channels 
from our Entertainment pack plus additional channels including 
Discovery, Disney and National Geographic. Entertainment Extra+ is 
available for £32 per month and includes all the channels from our 
Entertainment Extra pack plus 48 of these channels in HD and 
access to TV box-sets with On Demand. Customers also have the 
option to add a combination of Premium Sports and Movies 
Channels to their package. In total, the Sky TV service currently 
offers access to 165 pay television channels (134 Sky Distributed 
Channels and 31 Sky Channels) and in addition all customers can 
receive more than 300 free-to-air television and radio channels and 
services. Our agreements with the owners of the Sky Distributed 
Channels typically grant us the exclusive right to offer these 
channels to residential DTH customers in the UK and Ireland.
 > Sky+: TV Customers can use Sky+ to record two programmes 
simultaneously whilst they are watching another programme 
recorded earlier. TV Customers can also use Sky+ to pause and 
rewind live TV and record entire series at the touch of a button with 
the ‘Series Link’ feature. Since October 2012, if a recording is 
accidentally deleted, it can now be undeleted. The Sky+ app on 
mobiles and tablets allows TV customers to view the TV Guide and 
On Demand catalogue, view recommendations, record programmes 
and set up a ‘Series Link’ whilst on the move. When in the home, TV 
Customers can use the Sky+ app to browse their planner and use it 
as a remote control for their Sky+HD box.

 > Sky HD: We operate an HD service which consists of over 60 HD 

channels offering a range of content across all key genres. This year 
we have introduced greater flexibility as to the means by which 
customers can access our HD service. 48 basic HD channels 
including Sky 1 HD, Sky Living HD, Sky Atlantic HD, Sky Arts 1 and 2 HD 
and Sky News HD and eight free-to-air channels are now available 
within our new TV pack, Entertainment Extra+. Customers then have 
the option to add an HD Pack on top of this for Premium HD 
channels in line with their TV package including five Sky Sports 
channels and 11 Sky Movies channels.

 > Sky Multiroom: We also offer our DTH customers a multiroom 

subscription, allowing customers to watch Sky TV in different rooms 
at the same time by purchasing additional set-top boxes.

 > On Demand: Sky’s On Demand service offers a wide selection of 

content from across the Sky platform, including content from the 
Sky Channels, the Sky Distributed Channels and free-to-air 
broadcasters (including BBC iPlayer) for customers to watch 
whenever they want. Our full On Demand service includes IP 
delivered video on demand and is available to homes that have an 
active broadband connection. Once their box is connected to their 
broadband connection, relevant TV Customers have a regularly 
updated library of on demand TV, including the UK’s biggest catch 
up TV service with the widest range of catch up channels, as well as 
access to over 800 movies and TV box sets (including iconic series 
from HBO).

Annual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business review > Sky Go: The service is available at no extra cost to DTH customers, 
allowing them to watch up to 49 live channels and on demand 
content including all six Sky Sports channels, Sky Movies, Sky 1, Sky 
Living, Sky Arts and Sky Atlantic. Customers can also watch 
programmes from a range of Sky Distributed Channels and On 
Demand content live and on demand including children’s content 
from Disney, Nickelodeon and Turner and entertainment content 
from Fox, Syfy, Universal and Star Plus. Content from Channel 4 and 
4oD is also available for customers to watch. Sky Go is available on 
laptops, mobiles, tablets and Xbox 360. Each Sky home is entitled  
to register for the service on up to two compatible devices.

 > Sky Go Extra: In January 2013, we launched our new subscription 
service, Sky Go Extra. The service, which costs £5 a month, allows 
DTH customers to download selected content included with their 
TV package to watch when and where they want, without the need 
for a WiFi or 3G/4G connection. Customers can also register for Sky 
Go on four, rather than two, internet-connected devices. From July, 
Sky Go Extra is available to Sky Multiroom customers at no extra 
cost.

 > Sky Box Office: Our Sky Box Office service currently offers our DTH 

customers television premieres of movies and occasional live sports 
entertainment events on a pay-per-view basis.

 > Sky Store: Sky Store is our movies rentals service, giving customers a 
choice of over 1,000 movies including new releases just out on DVD 
and a whole library of favourites, all available to rent instantly and 
on demand.

 > NOW TV: Our internet TV service giving customers in the UK an easy 
and commitment-free way to access some of the best Sky content 
is available across a wide range of internet-connected devices. 
Movie fans can get a Sky Movies Pass for £15 a month, offering 
completely unlimited access to hundreds of films. Sports fans can 
get a Sports Day Pass for £9.99 for 24 hours of unlimited access to 
all six Sky Sports channels.

Home communications
 > Sky Broadband: At 30 June 2013, Sky had over 4.9 million broadband 
customers. Since our launch in 2006 we have consistently been the 
fastest growing provider of broadband and home telephony 
services, and our recent acquisition of O2’s consumer broadband 
and fixed-line telephony business has helped to cement our 
position as the second largest operator in the UK. As well as 
significant savings, customers are switching to Sky for improved 
customer service, a better product experience and more flexibility. 
Having a state of the art, all fibre, core network means we can give 
our customers a highly reliable service without reducing speeds at 
peak-times or imposing fair use policies on uncapped products. Our 
network covers almost 88% of UK households and allows us to offer 
customers a choice of high quality and great value broadband 
services. Sky Broadband Connect is a white labelled service offered 
to customers in the UK who are not within the coverage area of our 
network. It allows us to provide customers with a Sky-branded 
broadband service and give them access to Sky’s leading customer 
service infrastructure even though our network does not extend to 
their home. For UK homes within our network reach we offer two, 
copper-based (DSL) broadband products. For each of our DSL 
products, we give customers the maximum speed possible on the 
line. Sky Broadband Lite is free for customers who also take line 
rental and it has a 2GB monthly usage allowance. Sky Broadband 
Unlimited retails at £7.50 per month (when taken with a TV service) 
and has no monthly usage allowance or fair usage policy. The 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
r
e
v

i

e
w

majority of our broadband customers choose the unlimited 
product. We also offer two differentiated fibre broadband products 
to customers in the UK. Sky Fibre Unlimited gives customers 
download speeds of up to 38 Mbps and Sky Fibre Unlimited Pro 
offers speeds of up to 76 Mbps. Neither product has usage caps 
imposed. The fibre products are wholesaled from BT Openreach 
and are therefore available to Sky customers who reside within the 
coverage area of BT’s fibre network. Sky broadband customers in 
the UK (except Sky Broadband Lite customers) can also enjoy 
unlimited Sky WiFi in over 20,000 hotspots across the UK, all 
included as part of their monthly broadband subscription. This 
gives customers the opportunity to enjoy unlimited, free wireless 
access across the high street and other locations where people 
want to get online. Consumers do not need to be Sky TV customers 
to enjoy Sky’s great value broadband; each of our products (except 
Sky Broadband Lite) is also available on a standalone basis.
In February 2013, we launched Sky Broadband in Ireland. We 
white-label BT Ireland’s products to offer Irish customers two 
copper-based (DSL) products, Sky Broadband Lite and Sky 
Broadband Unlimited. Both products offer customers download 
speeds of up to 24 Mbps (depending on the customer’s location).
 > Sky Talk: Sky Talk is a telephony service (including landline) available 
to homes in the UK and Ireland and has over 4.5 million customers. 
Sky Talk is available to customers who do not take a television 
service. 
In the UK, Sky Talk Weekends (with Sky Line Rental) offers 
customers inclusive weekend calls of up to one hour to UK landlines 
and Sky Talk Unlimited (with Sky Line Rental) offers customers 
unlimited calls (for up to one hour per call) to UK landlines and 22 
international destinations. In Ireland, Sky Talk Freetime offers 
customers inclusive evening and weekend calls of up to one hour to 
landlines in Ireland and Sky Talk Anytime offers customers inclusive 
calls of up to one hour to landlines in Ireland and 20 international 
destinations. 

 > Sky WiFi: We have continued to grow our WiFi footprint across the 
UK and now have over 20,000 high bandwidth, public access 
hotspots. The quality of our hotspots in popular locations where 
people dwell provides valued, seamless internet access free of 
charge to Sky Broadband Unlimited, Sky Connect, Sky Fibre 
Unlimited and Sky Fibre Unlimited Pro customers. The service 
provides flexibility and convenience and proves particularly valuable 
for customers who access Sky content on the go.

Sky Business
We offer a number of our services, including our HD service, to 
commercial TV customers in the UK and Ireland under a range of 
contracts. The types of contract, and the channels which are available 
to any particular commercial customer, depend primarily upon the 
type of business premises within which such customers wish to show 
our services. Our commercial TV customers include offices, retail 
outlets, hotels, pubs and clubs. We also offer WiFi services to 
commercial customers.

ECJ judgment: On 4 October 2011, the European Court of Justice 
(“ECJ”) handed down its judgment in actions brought by the Premier 
League (“PL”), amongst others, against pubs using (and suppliers 
supplying) foreign decoder cards and boxes to view live PL football. 
The ECJ determined that restrictions in an agreement between the PL 
and its Greek licensee, which obliged that licensee not to supply 
decoding devices to persons outside the licensed territory, are 
contrary to EU laws. The ECJ found that, although the PL did not have 

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  11

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business review 
 
 
 
 
 
copyright in the live coverage of its football matches, the PL title 
sequences, logo, anthem and graphical elements did attract 
protection under the Copyright Directive. The High Court consistently 
applied the ECJ’s judgment to the cases before it and the defendants 
in the civil litigation (the foreign card suppliers) were found to have 
infringed the PL’s copyright. The High Court also held that certain 
provisions in the PL’s agreements with foreign distributors prohibiting 
the distribution of decoder cards outside of the authorised territory 
were void under competition law.

The PL appealed (to the Court of Appeal) a limited aspect of the High 
Court decision which had found that the defendants had a defence to 
the allegation of infringement of the PL’s film copyright. In December 
2012, the Court of Appeal found that the defendants did have a 
defence in relation to the film copyright, but only because the UK has 
failed to implement properly the Copyright Directive. It is likely that 
the government will need to change UK law in order to bring it in line 
with the Directive, although there is no indication as to the timing of 
any such change.

OUR CONTENT

Overview of our content

The main reason why our customers come to Sky is the choice of high 
quality content that we provide. It is key that the content we offer 
differentiates Sky from what is available on the free-to-air channels.

Our News, Movies and Sports channels are best in breed and 
considerable investment is now being made in our Entertainment 
portfolio to provide distinct channel destinations. We are increasing 
our investment in original British content to £600 million per year by 
the end of 2014. We have had considerable success with comedy – 
with over 20 original series delivered in the last year – and will start to 
deliver a range of new British drama series in the year ahead.  We are 
also working with our partner channels such as History, National 
Geographic and Comedy Central to increase their commitment to 
delivering original British content.

Our channel portfolio

Our entertainment channels
 > Sky 1: Sky 1 is our flagship entertainment channel providing content 
that appeals to the whole household. The majority of its content 
investment is in UK commissions with a focus on comedy and 
drama. Sky 1 was once again nominated for Channel of the Year 
(having won it for the first time in 20 years last year). Its aim is to 
have 12 high profile shows every year that customers value – this 
year they included Stella, Got To Dance, Mad Dogs, Modern Family, 
Strikeback, An Idiot Abroad, The Simpsons, and Trollied. Sky 1 has 
focused on increasing the number of long running British drama 
series and a new addition for the year ahead will be The Smoke, a ten 
part drama series from the makers of Spooks.

 > Sky Living: Sky Living remains a destination of choice for our female 
customers and their partners. We have had considerable success 
with new and returning US dramas – such as Elementary, Hannibal, 
Bones, and Grey’s Anatomy. We have also started to introduce British 
comedy to the channel with the highly acclaimed Love Matters and 
continue to deliver well loved formats such as Britain and Ireland’s 
Next Top Model. High profile series coming to the channel this year 
include Dracula (a co-production with NBC), Doll and Em (a semi-
improvised comedy set in LA) and The Face hosted by Naomi Campbell.

 > Sky Atlantic: Sky Atlantic is the channel of choice for cinematic UK and 
US drama. The channel is the home of HBO content in the UK as part 
of an exclusive output deal. Key series performers this year have been 
Game of Thrones, The Following, The Borgias, Boardwalk Empire and 
Girls. It won four Baftas this year and was nominated for Channel of 
the Year. New British dramas coming to the channel in the 
forthcoming year include Fleming and The Tunnel.

 > Sky Arts: Sky Arts 1 is for audiences who love the Arts, and love 

creative risk. This year it has had its biggest audience ever with A 
Young Doctors Notebook, an original UK commission, starring John 
Hamm and Daniel Radcliffe. It has had remarkable success with 
Playhouse Presents – a run of one off plays starring actors such as 
Brenda Blenthyn, Alison Steadman, Vanessa Redgrave and Kylie 
Minogue. Sky Arts 2 continues to broadcast a range of the best in 
classical arts programming from around the world, including opera, 
literature, theatre, film and dance. Upcoming highlights will include 
the first ever portrait competition with the National Portrait Gallery 
and Talks Music  a unique interview series giving an exclusive insight 
into the careers of some of the world’s most iconic music legends.

Sky 1, Sky Living, Sky Atlantic, Sky Arts 1 and Sky Arts 2 are all 
broadcast in HD and are also available on Sky Go (except Sky Arts 2), 
and content from the channels is available on demand via On Demand, 
Sky Go and Sky Go Extra.

Our partner channels
 > To complement our own entertainment channels, Sky’s pay TV 

offering also includes a range of high quality channels from other 
broadcasters. This includes well known channels from major 
international broadcasters such as Disney, Discovery, Viacom, Fox 
and NBC Universal, amongst others. Partner channels such as 
Comedy Central, Gold, Watch, SyFy, Fox and MTV add breadth to 
Sky’s entertainment offering, with some very popular UK 
commissioned shows such as Dynamo: Magician Impossible, which 
delivered record audiences during the year.  Our childrens’ offering 
includes channels from the trusted Disney and Nickelodeon brands, 
and our factual offering includes some outstanding content from 
the likes of Discovery, National Geographic and History Channel.  
The majority of our partner channels are now made available to our 
customers in HD, with great content available On Demand.   

Sky Movies
 > Sky Movies Overview: Sky Movies has an unbeatable range of films 
including most of the latest Hollywood blockbusters new British 
films and a deep library of all-time greats. Through our exclusive 
agreements with the major studios and some of the leading 
independents, Sky Movies offers customers over 800 movies on 
demand and across 11 dedicated channels, including new premieres 
every week. Sky Movies customers can enjoy these new films within 
9 months from their initial release in cinemas and at least 12 months 
before any online movies subscription service. 
In the last year we created the pop up channel Sky Movies 007, 
which is the home to the complete Bond film franchise – a world 
first. We also launched Sky Movies Disney, a ground breaking 
partnership bringing Sky Movies customers exclusive Disney movies. 
Together with Disney Movies on Demand, we have the most 
comprehensive Disney movies offering in the UK. 
In addition to enjoying movies whenever they want with On 
Demand, Sky Movies customers can also watch movies wherever 
they are with Sky Go. The Sky Movies channels are also available via 
NOW TV. All of the Sky Movies channels are available in HD. We don’t 

12  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business reviewReview of our businesscontinuedshow any advertisements during our films and we PIN-protect 
pre-watershed.

 > Competition Commission Investigation: In August 2010, Ofcom 

referred the supply and acquisition of pay TV movie rights and the 
wholesale supply and acquisition of pay TV packages including Sky’s 
movie channels to the Competition Commission (“CC”) for 
investigation. The CC published its final report on 2 August 2012, 
concluding that the Group’s position in the acquisition and 
distribution of movies in the first pay window did not adversely 
affect competition in the pay TV retail market and that accordingly 
remedies were not required.

Sky Sports
 > Sky Sports Overview: The Sky Sports Channels are Sky Sports 1, Sky 
Sports 2, Sky Sports 3, Sky Sports 4, Sky Sports News and Sky 
Sports F1 together with their HD simulcasts. The channels are also 
all available online on Sky Go and via NOW TV. Some content from 
these channels is also available On Demand. In the 2012 calendar 
year, we broadcast 49,000 hours of sport across our six channel 
network.

 > Sky Sports programming: Our programming rights for the Sky Sports 
Channels include exclusive live rights to broadcast, in the UK (and in 
most cases Ireland), a range of sport including a number of football 
(including Premier League, UEFA Champions League, Football 
League and La Liga), motorsport, rugby union, rugby league, cricket, 
golf and tennis events. In 2013 Sky Sports set a number of new 
record audiences for individual sports. These include records for the 
dramatic climax to the 2012 Ryder Cup, Andy Murray’s win at the US 
Open, and the recent Lions series. Audiences watching on devices 
other than televisions also increased, with Sky Go viewing regularly 
adding 10% to in-home audience figures. The year ahead is set to be 
another exciting year for Sky Sports. For the first time we will have 
back to back Ashes series, with the summer series being played out 
on the temporarily re-branded Sky Sports Ashes channel. Coverage 
under the new PL contract commences on 17 August 2013 and this 
season we will broadcast 116 live PL games, more than ever before. 
The start of the 2013/14 PL season will also see the launch of our 
new Game Changers programme, which will aim to inspire greater 
sports participation amongst children. Both David Beckham and 
Jessica Ennis-Hill will be providing master-classes as features within 
the show. We also give valuable exposure to a wide range of other 
sports which appeal to a smaller but equally committed audience.
 > In March 2006, the European Commission rendered legally binding 
the PL’s commitment to sell live TV rights in six balanced packages 
for the three seasons from 2010/11, with no one bidder being 
allowed to buy all six packages. In February 2009, the Group 
successfully bid for five of those six available packages (each of 23 
games) of live rights to PL football in both the UK and Ireland for 
three seasons to the end of the recently completed 2012/13 season. 
In June 2012, following a restructure of the tender process, seven 
packages of live Premier League rights to 154 matches for seasons 
2013/14 to 2015/16 were offered by the PL (eight packages covering 
184 matches in Ireland). No one bidder was allowed to win more 
than 116 matches. We successfully secured five of the seven PL 
packages (116 live matches per year from the 2013/14 season) for the 
UK and Ireland. 

 > Wholesale must-offer obligations: On 31 March 2010, Ofcom published 
its decision to impose wholesale must-offer obligations on Sky (the 
“WMO Obligations”) for the channels Sky Sports 1, Sky Sports 2, Sky 
Sports 1 HD and Sky Sports 2 HD (the “Affected Channels”). The WMO 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
r
e
v

i

e
w

Obligations require Sky, amongst other things, to offer the Affected 
Channels on a wholesale basis to third parties which satisfy various 
minimum qualifying criteria (including financial, technical and security 
criteria). The WMO Obligations specify maximum prices that Sky may 
charge for Sky Sports 1 and/or Sky Sports 2. Under the WMO 
Obligations, the wholesale price is linked to Sky’s retail price. 
The WMO Obligations do not specify a maximum price for Sky 
Sports 1 HD and/or Sky Sports 2 HD. Rather, they require Sky to offer 
these channels on a fair, reasonable and non-discriminatory basis. In 
April 2010, Sky applied to the Competition Appeal Tribunal (“CAT”) for 
a suspension of the implementation of the WMO Obligations. On 29 
April 2010, Sky’s application was resolved by way of an agreed Order 
from the President of the CAT. The terms of the Order resulted in the 
suspension of certain aspects of Ofcom’s decision, pending the 
outcome of Sky‘s substantive appeal. In summary, the effect of the 
Order is as follows:
 > Sky is required to offer the Affected Channels to each of BT, Top 
Up TV and Virgin Media (“VM”) for distribution via DTT and to VM 
for distribution via cable. Other parties may apply to the CAT to 
be added to the list of persons to whom Sky is required, subject 
to the satisfaction of minimum qualifying criteria, to offer its 
channels (on 23 November 2010, REAL Digital EPG Services 
Limited was added to the list in respect of DTH satellite 
distribution, but has not commenced distribution of any Sky 
Sports channels).

 > In the event that BT, Top Up TV or VM enter into a distribution 

agreement for Sky Sports 1 and/or Sky Sports 2, the distributor is 
required to pay Sky the equivalent of the maximum price Sky may 
charge for the channel(s) under the WMO Obligations. The 
difference between that price and the rate card price set by Sky 
will be paid into escrow.

On 8 August 2012, the CAT handed down its judgment on Sky’s appeal 
against Ofcom’s decision to impose the WMO Obligations (the “Pay 
TV Judgment”), publishing its full judgment on 26 October 2012. The 
CAT found that “Ofcom’s core competition concern is unfounded” 
(Ofcom had found that Sky deliberately withheld wholesale supply of 
the Affected Channels) and that accordingly Sky’s appeal must be 
allowed.

On 26 April 2013, BT was granted permission to appeal the Pay TV 
Judgment to the Court of Appeal . The Court of Appeal has stayed 
the withdrawal of Ofcom’s original decision (and therefore the 
withdrawal of the WMO Obligations and distribution of the monies 
held in escrow) pending determination of BT’s appeal.

Sky is currently unable to determine whether, and to what extent, BT’s 
appeal would be successful, and it is not possible for Sky to conclude 
on the financial impact of any outcome at this stage; however, should 
the outcome of the appeal process be adverse to Sky this may have a 
significant effect on the financial position or profitability of Sky.

 > Ofcom Competition Act Investigation: Following receipt of a 

complaint from BT, on 14 June 2013, Ofcom opened an investigation 
into whether Sky has abused a dominant position contrary to 
Chapter II of the Competition Act 1998 and/or Article 102 of the 
Treaty on the Functioning of the EU. BT’s complaint alleges that the 
terms on which Sky offered wholesale supply of Sky Sports I and 2 
to BT for its service on the YouView platform amount to an abuse of 
dominance. The complaint alleges that Sky is making wholesale 
supply of Sky Sports 1 and 2 to BT for its YouView service conditional 
on BT wholesaling BT Sports Channels to Sky for retail on Sky’s 

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  13

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business review 
 
 
 
 
 
satellite platform. BT is seeking interim measures from Ofcom. 
Ofcom has indicated that it expects to issue a decision on the 
interim measures application in July. Sky is currently unable to 
determine the outcome of Ofcom’s investigation or of BT’s 
application for interim measures.

Sky News
Sky News provides national and international news to viewers in the 
UK, Ireland and across the globe. The channel is broadcast 
unencrypted on Astra satellites (see “Satellites’’ on page 15), and 
distributed to viewers via cable and satellite networks in Europe, 
Africa, the Middle East and Asia. It is also currently shown on most 
cable networks in the UK and Ireland, on DTT in the UK as part of the 
Freeview offering and on the Freesat offering in the UK. An HD version 
of Sky News is available only in Sky households. Sky News is also 
available to viewers on the Sky News website, Sky News mobile 
applications, the Sky News for iPad application and on Sky Go. In June, 
Sky News was the first 24-hour news channel to launch an application 
on Apple TV and is already attracting a good audience, particularly in 
the US. Overall, Sky News reaches 107 million homes in 118 countries, 
most recently adding Japan to the list.

Our television coverage of significant events such as the U.S. Election, 
the Boston Marathon Bomb and Margaret Thatcher’s funeral has 
delivered strong audiences. 

Our joint venture, Sky News Arabia, also continues to grow audience 
and we continue to collaborate more closely on relevant stories, for 
example, the recent coup in Egypt.

Sky News Digital has seen significant growth over the past 12 months, 
with unique users across all platforms averaging six million each 
month. There have now been more than eight million downloads of 
mobile Sky News apps.

OUR ADJACENT BUSINESSES

Overview of our adjacent businesses

In addition to the retail and broadcast operations described above, 
we operate a number of other operations including wholesaling our 
channel portfolio, selling advertising on ours and partner channels, 
our Sky betting and gaming business and our international 
distribution operation. We are able to monetise our content 
investments more broadly with these activities as they benefit from a 
larger customer base.

Sky Media

In 2013, we derived revenue of £440 million from advertising sales and 
sponsorship (2012: £440 million). Sky Media sells advertising and 
sponsorship across all of the Sky Channels and also acts as the 
advertising and sponsorship sales representative for 17 channel 
partners representing 69 channels. We also sell online advertising 
across Sky’s network of websites, mobile advertising, green–button 
advertising, advertising across Sky’s video on demand service and 
product placement opportunities. Sky is in the process of developing 
Adsmart, its capability to deliver targeted advertising to its customer 
base and intends to launch later in 2013.

Wholesale Distribution

Overview of wholesale distribution
In fiscal 2013, we derived £396 million in revenues from the wholesale 
distribution of our channel portfolio (2012: £351 million). Wholesale 
operators (see “Wholesale Operators” section below) acquire the 
right from us to distribute certain of the Sky Channels which they 
combine with other channels from third parties and distribute to their 
subscribers.

Wholesale Operators
In the UK, we have arrangements in place with VM and Talk Talk for the 
retransmission of certain of the Sky Channels and associated on 
demand services on their cable and IPTV systems respectively, as well 
as an agreement with British Telecommunications for the distribution 
of Sky Sports 1 and Sky Sports 2 via BT Vision Cardinal set-top boxes 
only. As of 30 June 2013, we no longer distribute Sky Sports 1 and Sky 
Sports 2 to Top Up TV Limited or otherwise via DTT in the UK. In 
Ireland, we have arrangements in place with UPC Communications 
Ireland Limited for the re-transmission of certain of the Sky Channels 
to their subscribers via its cable and MMDS systems. We also have 
contracts with a number of smaller regional cable operators in both 
the UK and Ireland.

Free-to-air distribution
We currently broadcast versions of three of our channels, Sky News, 
Challenge and Pick TV, unencrypted free-to-air via DTT in the UK and 
since 3 December 2012 also on Freesat.

Betting and Gaming

We offer a range of betting and gaming services under the “Sky Bet’’, 
“Sky Poker’’, “Sky Vegas’’ and “Sky Bingo’’ brands, in relation to which 
Sky acts as bookmaker and operator. These products are licensed by 
the Alderney Gambling Control Commission and are made available 
across multiple platforms, including by means of Sky set-top boxes, by 
telephone, on the internet and on mobile devices. The gambling 
business is certified by the gambling charity GamCare and has in 
place stringent social responsibility measures for the protection of 
minors and other vulnerable people. We also take active measures to 
prevent persons resident in the US and other restricted jurisdictions 
from participating in our internet gaming and betting services.

Sky Vision

In July 2012, we acquired the Parthenon Media Group, a leading 
independent international distribution and multi-media rights 
management company. Now rebranded as Sky Vision, it has 
established a new distribution arm to market the international rights 
to our originated content as well as content from third parties. The 
distribution capability generates revenues from Sky‘s content 
investment from the sale of overseas rights, which in turn enables us 
to reinvest in the UK’s creative economy for the benefit of both 
customers and content makers.

INFRASTRUCTURE AND TECHNOLOGY

Overview of our infrastructure and technology

Sky utilises a powerful hybrid network to deliver a high quality 
integrated entertainment experience for our customers. Satellite 
remains the most efficient means to broadcast HD live TV into the 
home and the local storage of the HD set-top box gives customers 

14  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business reviewReview of our businesscontinuedB
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
r
e
v

i

e
w

the added capability of time-shifted viewing. Our HD box is Ethernet 
enabled and connects via broadband to give customers access to our 
On Demand service. We have also developed a range of software 
applications that enable access to our content across multiple 
devices and away from the home. Developing and maintaining our 
technological capabilities is critical to our commitment to, and 
passion for, continued innovation.

Satellites

The digital transmissions of our channels, for reception both by DTH 
customers and cable operators, take place using capacity on a number 
of satellite transponders on the SES Astra 2A, 2F and 1N satellites and, 
until 3 October 2013, on the Eutelsat 28A satellite. We contract with SES 
Astra for the majority of this capacity (currently 32 transponders) and, 
until 3 October 2013, with Arqiva for the remaining capacity (four 
transponders on the Eutelsat 28A satellite). In June 2009, we signed a 
long term transponder arrangement with SES Astra which covers the 
renewal of the arrangements on 24 of our transponders. Those 
transponder agreements have expiry dates between 2019 and 2025 
and thus provide long term security for the platform. As part of this 
arrangement we also entered into an inter-satellite back-up 
transponder agreement which provides protection for 31 of our SES 
Astra supplied transponders in the event of transponder or satellite 
failures. We have been designated a “non pre-emptible customer’’ 
under each of our transponder agreements. This means that, in the 
event of satellite or transponder malfunction, our use of these 
transponders cannot be suspended or terminated by SES Astra or 
Eutelsat in favour of another broadcaster with pre-emption rights in 
preference to us. We have also put in place disaster recovery plans in 
the event that we experience any significant disruption of our 
transponder capacity.

We consider that these arrangements with SES Astra are essential to 
the business of the Group within the meaning of section 417(5)(c) of 
the Companies Act 2006.

In addition to using some of the transponder capacity that we have 
contracted to broadcast Sky Channels, some of our transponder capacity 
(and in some cases all of the capacity on a particular transponder) is 
sub-contracted to third parties for the transmission of other channels or 
services, including certain of the Sky Distributed Channels.

Playout and uplink facilities

Our uplinking facilities, located in southern England, provide uplinking 
capacity for our digital services to the satellites referred to above. 
Our television channels are distributed from two sites with each of 
the sites providing backup service for the other.

Digital satellite reception equipment

In order to receive our DTH service, customers are required to have a 
digital satellite system, which includes a satellite dish and LNB (low 
noise block converter), a digital satellite receiver (“set-top box’’), a 
smartcard and a remote control.

We source all of our set-top boxes from our own manufacturing 
division, Home Service and Supply. Our Product Design and 
Development division work with Home Service and Supply, to design, 
specify, develop and sell HD set-top boxes (both PVRs and standard 
set-top boxes), although the actual manufacture of these set-top 
boxes is outsourced to factories in Romania and China, and in 

conjunction with such activities support the development of 
additional new features and functionality for those set-top boxes.

Encryption and security

We use VideoGuard conditional access technology to encrypt and 
decrypt digital television and audio services and to control access to 
certain channels on our DTH platform. We use the VideoGuard 
technology and distribute smartcards in the UK and Ireland under an 
agreement with NDS. NDS supplies smartcards and undertakes ongoing 
security development and other support services in return for the 
payment of fees by us. In conjunction with NDS, we maintain a policy of 
refining and updating the VideoGuard technology in order to restrict 
unauthorised DTH reception of our services. We take appropriate 
measures to counter the threats of unauthorised reception, including 
the implementation of over-the-air counter measures altering authorised 
smartcards in a manner which then renders counterfeit smartcards 
obsolete and seeking legal remedies, both civil and criminal, reasonably 
available to us. We constantly monitor and review other methods of 
piracy of our services that may be developed and where appropriate we 
deploy countermeasures to thwart such activities.

Other digital rights management and/or conditional access systems 
are used to protect our content when it is distributed by means of 
other platforms (e.g. cable, DTT or via the range of devices relying on 
Internet-delivery). Where we wholesale our content these systems will 
have been deployed and are operated by the relevant wholesale 
customer (e.g. VM or TalkTalk) and similarly in relation to certain 
devices (e.g. iPhones or Xbox) the device manufacturer may determine 
the type of content protection system deployed.

DTT Transmission

Arqiva provides DTT capacity on Multiplex C for Sky’s three DTT 
channels under a technical services agreement which expires in 
November 2014. 

Communications Infrastructure

Our UK broadband network comprises a fixed access network, a 
public WiFi access network, and a long distance core fibre network. To 
provide broadband and talk services in the UK, we rent access to the 
copper line to the customer home from BT on regulated terms and 
prices (as well as wholesale managed products from BT in some 
instances). Those lines are connected to our own electronic 
equipment in the local telephone exchange. Our electronic equipment 
is currently sited in 2,323 telephone exchanges, covering 
approximately 88% of the UK’s population. To provide fibre 
broadband, we purchased a further wholesale product from BT based 
on fibre to the cabinet technology, which BT is again obliged by 
regulation to supply. Our core fibre network is one of the most 
extensive all-IP, fibre optic networks in the UK. It comprises 7,500 
kilometres of high capacity fibre optic circuits, stretching from 
Cornwall to Scotland. We do not operate our own network in Ireland 
but instead supply Sky Talk and Sky Broadband in Ireland using the 
network of our wholesale partner BT Ireland.

SIGNIFICANT AGREEmENTS

The Companies Act 2006 requires us to disclose the following 
significant agreements that take effect, alter or terminate on a 
change of control of the Company:

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  15

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business review 
 
 
 
 
 
Premier League

In 2012, British Sky Broadcasting Limited (a Group subsidiary) entered 
into an agreement (the “PL Licence”) with The Football Association 
Premier League Limited (the “PL”), pursuant to which the Group was 
awarded five of seven available packages of live audio-visual rights for 
Premier League football (the seven packages are together the “Live 
Packages”) together consisting of 116 live matches per season. The PL 
will not award Live Packages containing in the aggregate more than 
116 live matches per season to a single licensee (either on its own or 
as part of a consortium or through one or more of its related parties) 
(the “Single Buyer Rule”). Pursuant to the PL Licence, the PL can 
suspend and/or terminate all of the rights which are included in, or 
exercisable as part of, Live Packages containing in the aggregate up to 
38 live matches per season in the event that a change of control of 
the Company occurs at any time prior to the expiry of the PL Licence 
which, if it had occurred prior to the award of the Live Packages to the 
Group, would have resulted in a breach of the Single Buyer Rule.

Revolving Credit Facility

The Group has a £743 million syndicated revolving credit facility 
(“RCF”) with a maturity date of 31 October 2017. There is one further 
opportunity to request an extension of one additional year to the 
RCF, at the lenders’ discretion, with a potential final maturity of 
October 2018. The lenders can require any amounts outstanding 
under the RCF to be repaid in the event of a change of control of the 
Company (other than in the event that Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. 
or any subsidiary or holding company thereof (or a subsidiary of such 
holding company) acquires such control).

Twenty-First Century Fox voting agreement

On 21 September 2005, the Company, BSkyB Holdco Inc.,  21st Century 
Fox UK Nominees Limited and Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. entered 
into a voting agreement, pursuant to which 21st Century Fox UK 
Nominees Limited’s voting rights at any general meeting are capped 
at 37.19% (the “Voting Agreement’’). The provisions of the Voting 
Agreement cease to apply inter alia, on a change of control of the 
Company.

EMTN bond issue

On 3 April 2007, the Group established a euro medium term note 
programme (the “EMTN Programme’’) which provides the Group with a 
standardised documentation platform to allow for senior debt 
issuance in the Eurobond markets. The maximum potential issuance 
under the EMTN Programme is £1 billion. On 14 May 2007, under the 
EMTN Programme, the Company issued Eurobonds consisting of £300 
million guaranteed notes paying 6.000% interest and maturing on 
14 May 2027 (the “Notes”). Pursuant to the final terms attaching to 
the Notes, the Company will be required to make an offer to redeem 
or purchase its Notes at its principal amount plus interest up to the 
date of redemption or repurchase if there is a change of control of the 
Company (i) which, if the Notes carry an investment grade credit 
rating, results in a downgrade to a non-investment grade rating or a 
withdrawal of that rating; or (ii) where, if the Notes carry a non-
investment grade rating, results in a downgrade by one or more 
notches or a withdrawal of that non-investment grade rating; or (iii) 
where, if the Notes do not carry a credit rating, the Company does not 
seek such a rating or is unable to achieve such a rating, provided that 
in each case the decision to downgrade, withdraw or not to award a 

16  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

credit rating occurs within a certain period of time after the change of 
control and the relevant rating agency cites that such decision(s) 
resulted from the change of control.

February 2008, November 2008 and November 2012 bond issues

In February 2008, the Group entered into an indenture in respect of 
US$750 million 6.100% senior unsecured notes due 2018. In November 
2008, the Group entered into an indenture in respect of US$600 
million 9.500% senior unsecured notes due 2018. In November 2012, 
the Group updated the November 2008 indenture in respect of a 
further issuance of US$800 million 3.125% senior unsecured notes 
due November 2022. Pursuant to the final terms attaching to the 
securities, the Company will be required to make an offer to redeem 
or purchase its securities at a price equal to 101% of their principal 
amount plus accrued and unpaid interest up to the date of 
redemption or repurchase, if there is a change of control of the 
Company (i) which, if the securities carry an investment grade credit 
rating, results in a downgrade to a non-investment grade rating or a 
withdrawal of that rating; or (ii) which, if the securities carry a 
non-investment grade rating, results in a downgrade by one or more 
notches or a withdrawal of that non-investment grade rating; or (iii) 
where if the securities do not carry a credit rating, the Company does 
not seek such a rating or is unable to achieve such a rating, provided 
that in each case the decision to downgrade, withdraw or not to 
award a credit rating occurs within a certain period of time after the 
change of control and the relevant rating agency cites that such 
decision(s) resulted from the change of control.

UK broadcasting licences

The Group is party to a number of Ofcom broadcasting licences for 
the broadcast of the Sky Channels. The Broadcasting Act 1990 (as 
amended by the Broadcasting Act 1996 and the Communications Act) 
lays down a number of restrictions on those parties permitted to 
hold Ofcom broadcasting licences. Among those restricted from 
holding Ofcom broadcasting licences or from controlling a licensed 
company are (a) local authorities, (b) political bodies, (c) religious 
bodies, (d) any company controlled by any of the previous categories 
or by their officers or associates, (e) advertising agencies or any 
company controlled by such an agency or in which it holds more than 
a 5% interest. Licensees have an ongoing obligation to comply with 
these ownership restrictions. Failure by a licensee to do so (either by 
the licensee becoming a “disqualified person’’ or any change affecting 
the nature, characteristics or control of the licensee which would have 
precluded the original grant of the licence) may constitute a breach of 
the licence and, if not rectified, could result in revocation of the 
licence.

Ofcom also has a duty under the Broadcasting Acts to be satisfied that 
any person holding a broadcasting licence is fit and proper to hold those 
licences and may revoke those licences if it ceases to be so satisfied.

On 20 September 2012, Ofcom published its decision finding the Group 
to be a fit and proper holder of its broadcasting licences. In its decision, 
Ofcom found no evidence that Sky was involved in any wrongdoing either 
admitted or alleged to have taken place at the News of the World or the 
Sun (together, the “News Group Newspapers”). However, Ofcom also 
considered whether the characters and conduct of James Murdoch, 
Rupert Murdoch and News Corporation to the extent implicated in, or 
tainted by, alleged or admitted wrongdoing at News Group Newspapers 
were relevant to the Group’s fitness and propriety to hold broadcasting 

Annual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business reviewReview of our businesscontinuedB
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
r
e
v

i

e
w

licences. Ofcom found that, in the circumstances, including the 
compliance record of the Sky channels from 2006 to 2012, the Group’s 
success during James Murdoch’s tenure as CEO and Chairman, and the 
current governance structure, the Group remained fit and proper to hold 
broadcast licences. In its decision, Ofcom also noted the continuing 
nature of its duty to be satisfied that a licensee is fit and proper and that 
it would consider further evidence if it became available in future.

Under the rules on privacy in the Broadcasting Code, Ofcom has 
considered two instances of a Sky News journalist accessing the email 
of individuals suspected of criminal activity. The Group’s Audit 
Committee conducted a thorough review of each of those instances 
and concluded that the action was justified in the public interest and 
subject to proper editorial oversight. On 1 July 2013, Ofcom published 
its conclusion that the broadcaster’s right to freedom of expression, 
including the freedom to receive and impart information and ideas 
without interference, in the exceptional circumstances of this case, 
outweighed the individuals’ expectation of privacy and found Sky not 
in breach of the Broadcasting Code. 

SEEING THE BIGGER PICTURE

At Sky we want to build a business that is durable for the long-term. 
We know simply being good for Sky is not enough. To achieve 
sustainable success, we must also be good for our customers, our 
people, our partners and the communities in which we live and work. 
We call this seeing the bigger picture.

Our Contribution

We are proud of the positive social and economic contribution Sky 
makes to Britain and Ireland as a successful and growing business. 

Improving our customers’ lives
We have opened up choice in television, bringing customers a wide 
range of the best content from the UK and around the world. Our 
products offer world-leading innovation, helping customers to 
manage their lives better by allowing them to watch TV and go online 
where, when and how they choose. Our news service makes a vital 
contribution to media plurality in the UK, offering innovative, multi-
media coverage 24 hours a day. As a result, citizens are better 
informed and more engaged with democratic society.

We are bringing competition to the home communications market, 
helping millions of people to get online in an easy and affordable way. 
As a result, they are more connected to each other and to society as a 
whole.

Investing in the creative industries and sport
Over the past year, we have worked with more of the country’s leading 
writers, producers and actors to bring great new ideas to screen. We 
are on track to meet our commitment to spend £600 million a year on 
UK production and commissioning by the end of 2014. We have 
worked with hundreds of production companies, providing a platform 
for their creativity and helping them grow their own businesses.

We are a long-term supporter of sport at all levels. We have 
contributed over £15 billion to British and Irish sports organisations 
over the last 22 years and helped to create more fans for a wide range 
of different sports. Our investment has enabled sports bodies to 
improve performance, commercial value, participation and 
infrastructure at all levels. 

We have created a distribution platform that is now in over 40% of 
British and Irish homes, enabling scores of other broadcasters to 
reach an audience and build their business. We have also been a 
global pioneer of new technologies like digital, HD and 3D TV, which 
have subsequently become industry standards.

We are committed to training and developing our people. From 
dedicated programmes for apprentices and graduates through to 
life-long learning for our most experienced employees, we understand 
that the skills of our people are integral to our commercial success 
(see pages 21 to 23). 

Contribution to the UK economy 
Sky makes a significant contribution to UK GDP, estimated in a study 
by Oxford Economics to be £5.9 billion over the past year. Seventy-six 
per cent of our revenue was retained in the UK, where we also worked 
with over 6,600 suppliers. 

With over 24,000 people, we are now one of the country’s biggest 
employers. Our impact on the wider economy has become 
increasingly significant, with 120,800 jobs dependent on Sky across 
the UK in the past year. 

Sky generated a £2.7 billion contribution to tax revenues in the last 
year, equivalent to £43 for every person in the UK. Our direct tax 
contribution was £1.3 billion, consisting of taxes borne of £440 million 
and taxes collected of £810 million.

A Responsible Business

Acting responsibly and being successful commercially go hand in 
hand. Millions of homes across Britain and Ireland choose Sky. They 
have high expectations of us, trusting us to do the right thing. Our 
high ethical, social and environmental standards are essential to 
maintaining that trust and underpin the decisions we take every day. 

This approach is integral to the culture and values we seek to 
promote at Sky. It’s set out through a series of commitments in our 
Ways of Working, which is our code of conduct that everyone who 
works at Sky is expected to adhere to.

Our commitment to customers and viewers
Because we never forget that people make a choice when they buy 
our products or watch our programmes, we commit to treating our 
customers and viewers with respect and strive to make sure our 
services meet their needs and expectations. 

We maintain high editorial standards on our TV channels and online 
services and this year we published our Sky News editorial guidelines 
to help with decision-making in sensitive or difficult situations. 

We take our responsibilities seriously as a major advertiser and media 
owner. We follow the relevant codes set out by the Advertising 
Standards Authority, both for our own advertising and the advertising 
from others that we carry on our services.

We champion diversity on-screen, aiming to reflect the diverse make 
up of our customer base in our programmes. Once again this year we 
supported International Women’s Day, showcasing leading female 
directors, presenters and women in sport over a week in March. As 
part of our diversity and inclusion commitment, we have increased 
the representation of women as expert commentators on Sky News 
pieces from 25% to 33% over the past 18 months.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  17

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business review 
 
 
 
 
 
We help parents to keep their children safe on our TV platform and 
online, providing them with effective and easy to use tools and 
making sure they understand how to use them. Over the past year, we 
have worked with industry, government and a range of non-
government organisations to develop a leading approach to 
supporting customers to keep their families safe online. We have 
encouraged our customers to activate our free parental controls 
tools and made it a requirement for all new Sky Broadband customers 
to make a choice about whether they want these controls or not. We 
made a strong contribution to raising the awareness of Safer Internet 
Day 2013 with coverage on Sky News, Sky Sports, radio and our digital 
channels.

Over the year, more than 1,605 young people created their own Sky 
news report about using the internet and social networking tools 
safely in Sky Skills Studios, our state-of-the-art, free learning 
experience that’s linked to the curriculum. They have helped raise 
awareness more widely by sharing their videos with their schools, 
parents and friends. 

We make our products and services accessible to everyone, including 
those with disabilities. We provide subtitling and audio description on 
our TV channels and exceed the Ofcom requirements.

Access service provision against Ofcom requirements(i)

2010/11

2011/12

2012/13

Key performance 
indicator
Subtitling (%)(ii)
Audio 
Description (%)(iii)

Annual 
Quota

60

10

Achieved

Annual 
Quota

Achieved

Annual 
Quota

Achieved

68

27

70

10

74

26

70

10

73

21

Notes 
(i)  2011/12 and 2012/13 data is independently assured by Deloitte LLP and can be 

viewed online at sky.com/biggerpicture

(ii)  Average across Sky News, Sky 1, Sky Sports 1, Sky Sports News and Sky Movies 

Premier

(iii)  Average across Sky 1, Sky Sports 1 and Sky Movies Premier; Sky News and Sky Sports 

News are exempt

We continue to work with customers and organisations representing 
disabled people, to make sure our current and future products 
include specially designed features to meet their needs. This year is 
the 10th anniversary of our 80 strong Accessible Customer Service 
team who continue to provide specialised support to customers with 
disabilities.

Our data management practices are overseen by our Executive Data 
Governance Committee which reports, in turn, to the Audit 
Committee. We take steps to make sure our customers’ personal 
information is kept confidential and secure, and is only used for clearly 
communicated, authorised purposes. Our new product Adsmart 
enables us to use our knowledge of our customers to deliver them 
more tailored and relevant advertising. We make sure our customers 
can opt-out if they prefer us not to use their data in this way. 

Our commitment to colleagues and the company
Because our people are critical to our success, we want to create a 
culture where they can do their best work and fulfil their potential. 
Equally, everyone at Sky has a responsibility to the Company to 
protect its assets and its reputation and to play their part in building 
a successful and durable business. We champion diversity in our 
workforce and make sure our people are safe at work (see pages 21 
to 23).

Our commitment to shareholders
We take seriously our responsibilities as a major British business 
listed on the London Stock Exchange, maintaining high standards of 
corporate governance and taking steps to ensure our communications 
with investors are clear, open and timely. Our Board oversees the 
alignment of the Company’s strategy with the interests of our 
investors and takes account of the interests of our stakeholders 
(see page 60). 

Our commitment to business partners
Because our business relies on strong partnerships with many 
suppliers and distributors, we want to build productive, fair and 
collaborative relationships with them, based on mutual improvement.

We expect everyone we do business with to deliver a high-quality 
service and provide good value for money, as well as to behave 
ethically and comply with all relevant laws and regulations. We want to 
be a good partner in return, treating suppliers fairly, rewarding good 
performance and meeting all of our obligations to them.

We promote better social and environmental standards through our 
Responsible Sourcing Principles, which we expect all our suppliers to 
embrace. Over the past year, we have improved our Responsible 
Sourcing Programme, refining how we communicate our social and 
environmental expectations to suppliers and enhancing the tools we 
use to assess performance so that they are easy to use and support 
industry standards. We have also undertaken audits of key strategic 
suppliers such as product manufacturers to assess their 
performance against our Responsible Sourcing Principles, working 
with them on areas for improvement.

Our commitment to the environment
Because we want to build a business that is sustainable for the long 
term, we understand the importance of minimising our environmental 
impact and taking a leadership position in the business community.

We know that operating efficiently, saving energy and using natural 
resources wisely helps us to be a better business, as well as 
contributing to a more sustainable future for everyone. To achieve 
this, we have set out a series of bold environment targets and 
commitments, expanded in November 2012, so that we have fewer 
environmental impacts and better, more sustainable products.

We continue to make very good progress on reducing our impacts. 
Over the last year, we have reduced our carbon intensity by 33% 
against the baseline we set in 2008/09, and we are on track to meet 
our new target of a 50% reduction by 2020, having reached our 
previous target of a 25% reduction last year. Our absolute gross 
emissions are stable at 100,045 tonnes.

Our continued long-term investment in low-carbon and renewable 
energy technologies on our sites in London and Scotland means we 
are now sourcing 6% of our energy from our on-site wind turbine, 
Combined Cooling, Heat and Power plant and biomass boiler. 

We have further improved the environmental sustainability of our 
products, measuring ourselves against a set of ambitious objectives 
and commitments, which we review and update each year. Our new 
Sky+HD boxes now use less than 0.5W in passive standby and have 
an “eco-mode” function that automatically puts the box into this 
passive state. Over the year we have been working to make our new 
products more energy efficient than previous models. We use 
life-cycle assessment, such as the one we completed this year on our 

18  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business reviewReview of our businesscontinued 
new Sky Hub, our wireless router, to up skill the product designers in 
our business on how to reduce environmental impacts effectively. 

We are sharing what we have learned with non-government 
organisations, other companies and policy makers, in order to drive 
positive change on low carbon energy technologies and renewable 
energy. We also share our knowledge by working alongside our 
production companies to enable them to measure and reduce the 
environmental impacts of film making. We collaborate closely with our 
key product manufacturers on process efficiencies and with our 
logistics suppliers, ensuring together we provide efficient and 
effective distribution, maintenance and end-of-life recycling for our 
Sky products.

Our total CO2e emissions(i)
Key performance indicator
Total gross CO2e emissions 
(tCO2e)(ii) (iii)
Total net CO2e (tCO2e)(iv)

Baseline

107,215
35,860

2009/10

2010/11

2011/12

2012/13

110,531
44,198

109,042
35,070

100,272
24,866

100,045
26,564

Notes
(i)  2013 data is independently assured by Deloitte LLP and can be viewed online at sky.

com/biggerpicture

(ii)  Historical data is recalculated each year in line with the latest Guidelines to Defra/ 
DECC’s Greenhouse Gas Conversion Factors for Company Reporting and re-stated 
accordingly

(iii)  tCO2e emissions including emissions from premises and company-owned vehicles 

(Scope 1 and 2)

(iv)  Our net emissions take into account the renewable energy procured from a 

renewable energy tariff with Scottish and Southern Energy Group. Scottish and 
Southern retain on our behalf the Levy Exemption Certificates and Renewable 
Energy Guarantee of Origin (REGOs). In addition, we offset our total gross emissions 
through the purchase of Voluntary Carbon Standard credits

Our carbon intensity(i)

Key performance indicator
Carbon intensity  
(CO2e/£m revenue)
Change in total gross  
tonnes per £million revenue  
(CO2e/£m) (%)(i)(iii)(iv)

Target Baseline 2009/10(ii) 2010/11(ii) 2011/12(ii) 2012/13(ii)

20.7

19.1

16.3

14.8

13.8

-50

-8

-21

-29

-33

Notes
(i)  2011/12 and 2012/13 data is independently assured by Deloitte LLP and can be 

viewed online at sky.com/biggerpicture; previous years’ data was independently 
assured by ERM

(ii)  Performance relative to base year 2008/09
(iii)  Target is to halve our emissions (tonnes) relative to revenue (£m) by 2020
(iv)  Historic data is recalculated each year in line with the latest Guidelines and Defra/ 
DECC’s Greenhouse Gas Conversion Factors for Company Reporting and re-stated 
accordingly 

Progress towards our on-site renewable energy target(i)

Key performance indicator
Sky-owned sites to obtain 20% of their energy 
requirement from owned or controlled renewables (%)(ii)

Target

2011/12

2012/13

20

2

6

Notes
(i)  2012/13 data is independently assured by Deloitte LLP and can be viewed online at 

sky.com/biggerpicture

(ii)  Measured against baseline data for 2008/09

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
r
e
v

i

e
w

Our commitment to complying with the law and working with 
regulators, government and media
We take steps to ensure compliance with all laws and regulations that 
apply to our business and have well established functions across Sky 
to that end. Because we want external stakeholders to understand 
our business and our contribution, we engage in open and honest 
dialogue with regulators, government and media and we respond 
promptly to their enquiries.

Inspiring People to Take Action

As an entertainment and communications company with 11.2 million 
customers across Britain and Ireland, we have an opportunity to 
reach beyond our business and make an even greater positive impact 
and a valuable contribution to a more sustainable society. 

We choose to focus on four areas that we’re passionate about, where 
we believe Sky can make a difference and we can inspire people to 
take action. These are improving lives through sport; championing 
creativity and opening up the arts; helping young people to build skills 
for a changing world; and taking action to protect the environment.

Using the power of sport to excite, inspire and change lives
Sport is one of the central pillars of our content investment and we 
believe in its power to improve lives. We bring our customers a wealth 
of sport on TV, and that investment – over £15 billion over the last  
22 years – helps to fund the sports we all love and get people 
watching and playing. But we want to do even more, so we also work 
with our partners off screen, using our reach and the power of the Sky 
Sports brand to inspire more people to get involved.

We do this through our grassroots-to-elite support for British cycling, 
and three complementary Sky Sports initiatives, each supported by 
Sky Sports programming, marketing, talent ambassadors and staff.
 > Sky Sports Living for Sport – this national schools-based 

programme, run in partnership with the Youth Sport Trust, uses 
sports stars and skills to help raise the aspirations and improve the 
life skills of young people. Now in its tenth year, over 1,500, or one 
third of all schools across the UK, participated this academic year. 
Over 30,000 students benefitted, with 96% of lead teachers 
reporting improvements in self-confidence and 90% reporting 
improvements in attitudes to learning amongst the students over 
the past academic year. 

Raising aspirations and building life skills through Sky Sports 
Living for Sport(i)

Key performance indicator
Number of schools taking  
part (ii)

Target

2009/10

2010/11

2011/12

2012/13

1,500

269

376

866

1,517 (iii)

Notes
(i)  2011/12 and 2012/13 data is independently assured by Deloitte LLP and can be 

viewed online at sky.com/biggerpicture

(ii)  Each year
(iii) 

In the 2012/13 year, as measured from 1 September 2012 to 1 June 2013

 > Sky Sports Scholarships – this mentoring and sponsorship 

programme supports some of Britain and Ireland’s most exciting 
emerging athletes, helping them to fulfil their potential on the 
international stage and prepare them for life in the spotlight. We 
supported 11 scholars, many of whom went on to achieve 
international success at the World Championships, European 

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  19

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business review 
 
 
 
 
 
Championships and London 2012. We have now recruited the next 
cohort of athletes in anticipation of similar success.

 > Sky Sports ECB (England and Wales Cricket Board) Coach 

Education Programme – this programme has played a key role in 
attracting and training cricket coaches in England and Wales, 
equipping them with the skills necessary to deliver high-quality 
coaching at all levels of the game, ensuring the success of the sport 
with a new generation of players. Over 50,000 places have been 
taken up on courses since the scheme started in 2007.

 > Cycling – our ground-breaking partnership with British Cycling aims 
to get more people on their bikes through the inspiration of elite 
success by Team GB and Team Sky, combined with our grassroots 
Sky Ride initiatives that make it easy to participate. Since the start 
of the partnership in 2008, our elite cyclists have achieved 
unprecedented success, with 41 Olympic and Paralympic Gold 
Medals and two British winners of the Tour de France. Last summer, 
146,100 people took part in the Sky Ride events we held across the 
country. Sky Ride Local, our guided ride programme delivered locally 
throughout the UK, resulted in over 17,000 people participating. In 
September last year, we met our target of over one million more 
people across the country cycling regularly, one year ahead of 
schedule. 

Improving lives through cycling(i)

Key performance indicator Target
Number of new people 
cycling regularly by 2013(ii)

1 million

2009/10(iii)

2010/11(iii)

2011/12(iii)

2012/13(iii)

92,000

376,000

688,000 1.15 million

Notes
(i)  2011/12 and 2012/13 data is independently assured by Deloitte LLP and can be 

viewed online at sky.com/biggerpicture

(ii)  Number of new people cycling on average once a month or 12 times a year as a result 

of Sky’s initiatives
(iii)  Cumulative year on year

Championing creativity and opening up the arts
Millions of people love the arts, but it’s not always easy to see 
favourite artists and performers. We believe in opening up the arts to 
more people. That’s why Sky Arts broadcasts 48 hours of arts 
programmes a day, covering the whole range from classical arts to 
rock concerts. But we want to do more than just showcase the arts 
on screen, we want to do our bit to ensure great ideas reach their full 
potential by working with the artistic community to help create new 
works of art today and develop new talent for tomorrow.

We do this through Sky Arts Ignition and Sky Arts Futures Fund:
 > Sky Arts Ignition – this series of partnerships with leading arts 
organisations across Britain and Ireland aims to support the 
creation of innovative new works and events that might otherwise 
never get off the ground. In September 2012, we launched an award 
winning first collaboration with Tate Liverpool and renowned 
multimedia artist Doug Aitken to create Sky Arts Ignition: The 
Source, an outdoor installation exploring the roots of creativity 
which was visited by almost 50,000 people. In June 2013, we worked 
with the V&A to bring Sky Arts Ignition: Memory Palace to life, a 
unique exhibition based on the power of memory. We are investing 
in the thriving Irish arts landscape with our third project which will 
launch in Ireland in the coming financial year.

 > Sky Arts Futures Fund – we are boosting the careers of five 

emerging young artists a year by providing them with a £30,000 
bursary together with support and mentoring from senior Sky staff 
and arts industry experts to develop their commercial skills and 

knowledge. In 2013, audiences have enjoyed experiencing the 
successful projects from the first artists we supported, such as 
Opera Director Daisy Evan’s Silent Opera and Theatre Director Felix 
Mortimer’s The Trial. This year, following on from the five we 
supported in 2012, we have chosen five more young artists from 
disciplines such as creative production, composition and poetry. 

Engagement with Sky Arts activities on the ground at Sky Arts 
Ignition: The Source at Tate Liverpool(i)

Key performance indicator
Number of visitors

Target
42,000

2012/13
49,543

Note
(i)   2012/13 data is independently assured by Deloitte LLP and can be viewed online at 

sky.com/biggerpicture

In addition, we broadcast Mariella’s Book Show live in front of studio 
audiences at the Cheltenham and Hay Literature festivals, as well as 
championing moments of creativity amongst festival goers, offering 
free creative classes and inspiring performances in the Sky Arts Den.

Helping young people to build skills for a changing world
We know that future success, not just for Sky but also for society as a 
whole, depends on equipping young people with the skills they need 
for a changing world. That’s why training and development is a high 
priority right across our business from front line staff to future 
leaders. But we want to go further, reaching beyond our employee 
base to open up Sky to more young people, raising their aspirations 
and helping them learn valuable new skills. 

As well as running strong graduate and apprenticeship programmes, 
we do this through practical work experience opportunities and our 
dedicated learning facility for schools on our campus in West London.
 > Sky Skills Studios – opened in September 2012, this unique, free 

learning experience takes schools behind the scenes at Sky in our 
state of the art broadcasting facility. Linked to the curriculum, it 
helps students to build life skills by working with our latest 
technology to make their own television report on subjects they’re 
studying at school. We set a target of welcoming over 12,000 young 
people in the first academic year, and we are on track, reaching 
9,500 by the end of June 2013. 

Raising aspirations and building life skills through Sky Skills 
Studios(i)

Key performance indicator

Number of young people taking part

Target(ii)

2012/13(iii) 

12,000

9,588 

Notes
(i)  2012/13 data is independently assured by Deloitte LLP and can be viewed online at 

(ii) 

sky.com/biggerpicture
In the first year,  from September 2012 to August 2013; the target will be 10,000 for 
the next academic year

(iii)  Until 30 June 2013

 > Work experience, apprenticeships and graduate schemes – read 

more about these on pages 21 to 23. 

 > Our local communities – we are investing in long-term relationships 
with local schools near our campuses in Hounslow, Scotland and 
Leeds to help build life skills. Our network of Sky volunteers play an 
active role in our local communities, with 1,691 people volunteering 
their time to help make a difference in 2013. As well as all staff 
having two paid days to volunteer each year, our employees can 
make tax-free donations to any UK registered charity of their choice 

20  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business reviewReview of our businesscontinuedB
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
r
e
v

i

e
w

and we give an extra 50p for every £1 donated. We also support 
employees fundraising through our match funding scheme.

Taking action to protect the environment
We recognise that climate change is one of the world’s biggest 
challenges and we have a responsibility to take action. We want to do 
more than minimising the environmental impact of our operations 
and our products. An even bigger opportunity lies in working together 
with our 11.2 million customers to inspire them to join with us to tackle 
climate change. 
 > Sky Rainforest Rescue – we are now in the fourth year of our 

partnership with WWF and the state government of Acre in Brazil to 
help save one billion trees in the Amazon rainforest and protect the 
region’s rich natural diversity. In 2013, we worked with Lily Cole, Sky 
Rainforest Rescue Ambassador, model and environmentalist, 
focusing on raising awareness of the threat of tropical 
deforestation at home in Britain and Ireland. We’ve raised an 
additional £1 million, to bring the amount raised to £3 million since 
2009, which Sky has matched pound for pound to a total of 
£6 million. We’ve also worked with over 1,200 families in local 
communities on the ground in Brazil to make the forest worth more 
alive than dead.

Funds raised for Sky Rainforest Rescue

Key performance indicator
Total donations since the 
launch of Sky Rainforest 
Rescue in 2009 (£)(i)(ii)
Total families helped 
(number)(iv)(v)

Target

2009/10

2010/11

2011/12

2012/13

4 million(iii) 335,000 790,000

2 million

3 million

1,000

1,241

Notes
(i)  2011/12 and 2012/13 data is independently assured by Deloitte LLP and can be 

viewed online at sky.com/biggerpicture

(ii)  Cumulative year on year
(iii)  £4 million to 2015 which Sky will match to a total of £8 million
(iv)  Families registered into the Land Certification Scheme
(v)  2012/13 data is independently assured by Deloitte LLP and can be viewed online at 

sky.com/biggerpicture 

PEOPLE

We aim to attract and select the best people and provide 
opportunities so that everyone can fulfill their potential. We work 
hard to create a great place to work and build an open culture that 
rewards and recognises great performance.

Creating opportunities

Over the last year we have provided over 1,200 additional job 
opportunities across a wide range of functions but specifically in 
Technology, Sales and Marketing and Customer Service. In addition to 
new roles created, we have moved over 1,000 of our people into 
different roles, broadening their experience and strengthening 
succession for the future. The new jobs and the internal development 
moves have been spread across our locations in the UK and Ireland.

Developing Our People

Our people’s performance is the key driver of our growth and success. 
Apart from creating career development through internal job mobility 
we provide many opportunities for employees to build their 
experience and skills through a wide range of development and skills 
training. This is achieved through face to face training by attendance 
on external or internally run courses, through our online training and 
education facility, the Sky Development Studio, and through coaching 
and mentoring.

The Development Studio has had 385,000 visits this year. More than 
160,000 hours of e-learning courses have been completed via the 
Development Studio, up 93% on the last financial year. In total, 
104,678 development days have been undertaken this year.

We have continued to build strong leadership capability of our senior 
team through training and the introduction of leadership surveys 
which provide direct feedback to managers from their teams. Last 
year we apportioned an element of the senior managers’ annual 
bonus directly to their performance in this area. We also introduced a 
series of “master classes” which focused on delivering Sky’s 
Leadership behaviours and values and continued our programme for 
the most senior managers and directors in conjunction with Henley 
Business School. During the year, 35.9% of those employed in 
management positions were females.

We recognise that to offer the best service in the country, it’s 
important for our people to be at the top of their game.  Across the 
Customer Service Group we have delivered over 600,000 hours of 
training and over 100 days of leadership development during the last 
twelve months.  This has included multi-skill training for advisors so 
that they are equipped to deal with queries over the full range of our 
products and leadership training for our first and second line 
management teams. In addition we consolidated the success of our 
externally accredited course “Aspire” by rolling this out to Customer 
Service Advisors as well as Sales Advisors. We have also implemented 
large scale training and development programmes at our newly 
created Dublin site.

To further support the Company’s “ONE Service Pilot” we ran team 
working sessions to promote even higher levels of collaboration 
across the different service activities and delivered new Service 
Excellence programmes for our Engineers.

Investing in Future Talent and Youth

We have been investing heavily in providing opportunities for young 
people. As well as direct entry roles we have expanded our offer of 
work experience and work placements this year. Over 500 young 
people have participated in one of our schemes which range from a 
week’s work experience programmes to a year’s paid placement. We 
also run programmes for young people who might otherwise find it 
difficult to find opportunities in the job market, specifically in the 
areas of Entertainment, Content and News. The “Fast Forward” and 
“Mama Youth” programmes have been running for several years and 
go from strength to strength. We introduced a new programme this 
year in Sky News for budding journalists from either a Black, Asian and 
Minority Ethnic (BAME) or financially disadvantaged background. The 
scheme is supported by bursaries for those who would otherwise not 
be able to take up the opportunity. We have also continued to 
develop our 17 year partnership with the National Film and Television 
School by developing a production diploma that we help to deliver.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  21

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business review 
 
 
 
 
 
We recognise more and more young people are exploring alternative 
options to university, so we are increasing the number of 
apprenticeship opportunities to around 100 across Sky with brand 
new schemes in Marketing, Sky Production Services, Technology, 
Contact Centres and Home Service & Supply. We recruited close to 
100 graduates into the business this year. Our on-campus university 
campaign was targeted to promote applications from diverse 
backgrounds resulting in a 12% increase in female hires and a 1% 
increase in ethnic minority hires in comparison to 2011/12.

Our specialist software Engineering Academy has gone from strength 
to strength, this year hiring 24 of the brightest technology minds. We 
invest in an intensive training programme which rapidly develops their 
software skills whilst exposing them to a range of live, cutting edge 
development projects.

Employee Engagement

We want all our people to feel involved and engaged in our business. 
Therefore we need to know what our people are thinking and how 
they feel about working for Sky. We have a variety of ways of keeping 
close to our employees, two of the most significant ways are the Sky 
Forum and the People Survey.

The Sky Forum is a team of 88 elected employee representatives from 
across the business. This year new members from Sky Ireland were 
elected to join the group. The Sky Forum meets several times a year 
to discuss a wide range of business challenges and to provide input 
that helps Sky to continuously innovate and improve the way we 
operate. Meetings are run throughout the year to address local issues 
and are supplemented by two Sky-wide meetings which are attended 
by the CEO and other executives. Each member has a responsibility to 
collect the views of the people they represent and to provide 
information back to them. Increasingly, we are also able to drive 
information, dialogue and idea generation though use of the 
corporate social media site “Chatter”.

We run our people survey every 4 months and use external 
benchmark data from Towers Watson, to compare our performance 
against other UK companies. The benchmark information shows us 
that participation in our surveys is consistently higher than 
experienced elsewhere (averaging 75% across the 3 surveys this year). 
It also shows that we perform better than other large UK companies 
in 9 out of the 11 categories we measure. Our score for employee 
engagement shows an average of 94%. This is up 7 points from last 
year’s reported figure and 11 points above the external benchmark. 
The employee engagement category includes questions about 
whether our people support our strategy, understand how their work 
contributes to it, are willing to go the extra mile to help us succeed 
and are proud to work for Sky. We are delighted that over 90% of our 
people continue to respond positively to these key questions.

Diversity and Inclusion

We believe that a diverse workforce creates a stronger business and 
therefore we work to create an environment that encourages 
diversity and innovation. We have established a number of diversity 
networks to connect people to information that is relevant for them 
and to help us ensure that our employment practices are inclusive. 
LGBT@Sky is a network for lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender 
employees, we have a network for women and a Diversity and 

22  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Inclusion@Sky network to champion diversity at Sky. We have driven 
awareness of diversity and the benefits it brings to the business 
through use of stories and blogs on our internal communication 
network which often generate higher than typical page views across 
our intranet and the feedback is very positive. We also continued the 
roll out of an awareness training programme on unconscious bias. 

This year we implemented a week long season of programmes across 
our channels to mark International Women’s Day and also held an 
event at Sky Studios that was webcast to the business. We work in 
partnership with SWIMM (Senior Women in Media Mentoring) to 
mentor rising (female) stars in the media industry.

Overall, the proportion of female and BAME employees has held firm 
across the year. We continue to work with a range of external 
partners to support our work in diversity and our relationship with 
the broadcasting industry’s Cultural Diversity Networks (CDN) is 
particularly important in this regard. Sky News was one of the first 
broadcasters to sign up to the campaign to challenge the gender 
imbalance among media contributors and we have made great 
progress in this achieving a gender balance of on-air contributors. 
Over the last eighteen months our average ratio of male to female 
commentators has improved from 4:1 to 2:1. 

Sky is an equal opportunities employer and we believe that everyone 
should have full and fair consideration for all vacancies, promotions, 
training and development. Should an employee become disabled 
during their employment at Sky, where possible, we will actively 
re-train and adjust their environment to allow them to maximise their 
potential. Over the course of the year, we have partnered with various 
not-for-profit organisations with the aim of providing more 
opportunities for people with disabilities.

Health and Safety

The health and safety of all our people is of paramount importance to us.

We take a holistic approach to keeping Sky a safe place to work, so 
whilst accident prevention and safety training is a priority, the 
long-term wellbeing of our people is equally important. This year we 
have implemented a range of new initiatives such as Home Service 
and Supply’s Drive Safe campaign and specific Manual Handling 
training. We have also introduced Engineer medical assessment 
programmes to promote and protect the health of our field 
workforce, a hearing protection programme for the Formula One 
support team and a brand new Occupational Health Service in Ireland 
launched following the opening of our Dublin contact centre.

It is also essential that as a business we remain resilient to 
unexpected events and our dedicated Business Continuity Team help 
Sky protect the services our people deliver to our customers. Last 
year, with the London Olympics 2012 our Business Continuity Team 
were specifically engaged with multiple stakeholders on the 
contingency planning in preparation for the impact that the Olympics 
could have had on our business operations across the UK. We have 
500 people across the business now actively engaged on business 
continuity initiatives and training. As a result, our business continuity 
plans and our ability to execute against them continues to improve.

Annual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business reviewReview of our businesscontinuedRecognition and reward

There are a number of recognition schemes across the Company that 
provide us with the opportunity to reward and recognise employees 
who have provided exceptional customer service or have gone the 
extra mile in delivering their normal day to day duties. In addition, we 
continue to run an annual Corporate Scheme called “Believe in Better” 
that rewards outstanding achievement. This year the awards had a 
record number of nominations with over 3,700 people and around 
570 teams being nominated. The 3 top winners were awarded with a 
long-haul holiday for them and a partner, with close to 50 people 
receiving other significant prizes.

We continued to share Sky’s success with our people. We awarded an 
above average pay increase and specifically weighted the balance of 
the pay review to those on lower incomes. 

In addition, for those people choosing to participate in the Sky 
sharesave scheme, they saw gains of up to 90% of the original option 
price for options which vested in 2013. 

Other items included our annual two day music and entertainment 
event “Sky Fest” for our employees and their families which included 
regional events this year to reflect Sky’s growing regional footprint.

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
r
e
v

i

e
w

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  23

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business review 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties

The Group risk register is reported formally to the Audit Committee 
twice a year and focused risk reporting on selected themes occurs on 
a quarterly basis. Additional information on the Group’s internal 
control and risk management processes is set out in the Corporate 
Governance Report (see page 44).

This section describes the current principal risks and uncertainties 
facing the Group. In addition to summarising the material risks and 
uncertainties, the table below gives examples of how we mitigate 
those risks.

The Group has a formal risk management framework embedded 
within the business to support the identification and effective 
management of risk across the Group.

The divisions within the Group are each responsible for managing and 
reporting risk in accordance with the Group’s risk management policy 
and standards that have been approved by the Audit Committee. The 
risks are then consolidated into a Group risk register which provides 
an overview of the Group risk profile.

Description of risk

Market and competition:

Mitigation

The Group operates in a highly competitive environment and faces 
competition from a broad range of organisations. Technological 
developments also have the ability to create new forms of quickly 
evolving competition.

A failure to develop the Group’s product proposition in line with changing 
market dynamics and expectations could erode the Group’s competitive 
position.

Great content is central to Sky’s product proposition and increased 
competition could impact the Group’s ability to acquire content that its 
customers want on commercially attractive terms.

Economic conditions have been challenging in recent years and the 
future remains uncertain. A significant economic decline could impact 
the Group’s ability to continue to attract and retain customers.

The Group continues to make significant investments in innovation.

The Group’s product development strategic aim is to be at the forefront 
of progressive technology. 

Please see the “Review of our business” section for further details of 
these products.

The Group regularly reviews its pricing and packaging structures to 
ensure that its product proposition is appropriately placed within the 
market.

The Group works closely with its marketing partners to ensure that the 
value of its offering is understood and communicated effectively to its 
customers.

The Group makes significant investments in the origination of UK 
content as well as acquisition from across the world.

The Group also works to develop and maintain the brand value 
associated with its individual channels.

Regulatory breach and change:

The Group is subject to regulation primarily under UK, Irish and European 
Union legislation.

The Group manages these risks through active engagement in the 
regulatory processes that affect the Group’s business.

The regimes which apply to the Group’s business include, but are not 
limited to:
 > Gambling – Alderney Gambling Commission regulation;
 > Broadcasting – the Group is subject to Ofcom’s licensing regime under 
the Broadcasting Acts 1990 and 1996 and the Communications Act 
2003.

These obligations include the requirement to comply with the relevant 
codes and directions issued by Ofcom including, for example, the 
Broadcasting Code, the Code on the Scheduling of Television 
Advertising and the Cross Promotions Code.

Please see page 16 of the Business Review for further details of our UK 
broadcasting licences;

The Group actively seeks to identify and meet our regulatory obligations 
and to respond to emerging requirements. This includes, for example:
 > Gambling – controls and processes are in place to monitor our 

compliance with, and our adherence to, our obligations under the 
Alderney Gambling Commission regulations. We are subject to regular 
independent audit by the Commission against the regulations;
 > Broadcasting – compliance controls, processes and contacts are in 

place in Entertainment, Movies, Sports and News services. Interaction 
with Ofcom is co-ordinated between the Compliance, Regulatory and 
Legal departments;

 > Platform services – processes are in place to monitor third party 

broadcaster access to the digital satellite platform and to ensure that 
this is provided on fair, reasonable and non-discriminatory terms; and

24  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Principal risks and uncertaintiescontinuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business reviewDescription of risk

Mitigation

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
r
e
v

i

e
w

 > Telecommunications – compliance controls, processes and contacts 
are in place overseen by the Customer Compliance Committee to 
monitor compliance and performance against the General Conditions 
of Entitlement.

The Group maintains appropriate oversight and reporting, supported by 
training, to provide assurance that it is compliant with regulatory 
requirements.

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Regulatory breach and change continued
 > Platform services – as a provider of EPG and CA services, the Group is 
subject to regulation under the Communications Act 2003 which, 
amongst other things, requires it to provide EPG and CA services to 
other broadcasters on fair, reasonable and non-discriminatory terms; 
and

 > Telecommunications – the Group is subject to the General Conditions 
of Entitlement adopted under the Communications Act 2003 which 
impose detailed requirements on providers of communications 
networks and services.

The Group is also subject to generally applicable legislation including, but 
not limited to, competition (antitrust), consumer protection, data 
protection and taxation.

The Group is currently, and may be in the future, subject to proceedings, 
and/or investigation and enquiries from regulatory authorities.

The Group’s ability to operate or compete effectively could be adversely 
affected by the outcome of investigations or by the introduction of new 
laws, policies or regulations, changes in the interpretation or application 
of existing laws, policies and regulations, or failure to obtain required 
regulatory approvals or licences.

Customer service:

The Group’s business is based on a subscription model and its future 
success relies on building long-term relationships with its customers. A 
failure to meet its customers’ expectations with regards to service could 
negatively impact the Group’s brand and competitive position.

The Group strives consistently to exceed its customer expectations, to 
put its customers first, to understand what they want and to be 
responsive to what they say.

The Group makes significant investments in order to deliver continuous 
development and improvement to its customer service capabilities.

The Group has increased, and is continuing to increase the number of 
contact centres located across the United Kingdom and Ireland and has 
implemented ongoing training and development plans.

The Group benchmarks its customer service experience and strives to 
be the best in class.

Technology and business interruption:

The products and services that the Group provides to its customers are 
reliant on complex technical infrastructure.

The Group makes significant investment in technology infrastructure to 
ensure that it continues to support the growth of the business.

A failure in the operation of the Group’s key systems or infrastructure, 
such as the broadcast platform, customer management systems or the 
telecommunications networks on which the Group relies, could cause a 
failure of service to our customers and negatively impact our brand. 
Details of our infrastructure and technology are set out on pages 14 to 
15 of the Business Review.

The Group is committed to achieve best in class business continuity 
standards and makes significant investments in the resilience and 
robustness of its business infrastructure.

The Group also organises regular scenario based group-wide business 
continuity exercises to ensure ongoing readiness of key staff, systems 
and sites.

Supply chain:

The Group relies on a number of third parties and outsourced suppliers 
operating across the globe to support its supply chain.

The Group continues to invest in its supply chain infrastructure to 
support its business plan commitments.

A significant failure within the supply chain could adversely affect the 
Group’s ability to deliver products and service to its customers.

A robust supplier selection process is in place with appropriate ongoing 
management and monitoring of key partners and suppliers.

The Group performs regular audits of key suppliers and of their 
installations and, wherever possible, has dual supply capability.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  25

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business review 
 
 
 
 
 
Description of risk

Financial:

Mitigation

The effective management of its financial exposures is central to 
preserving the Group’s profitability.

The Group has some exposure to the European financial crisis although 
the Group’s net euro cash flows are approximately 3% of total group 
revenues and the Group’s practice is to hold less than £10 million on 
deposit in euros.

A number of the Group’s syndicate banks are headquartered in Europe 
but the Group does not currently anticipate drawing the RCF.

The Group’s finance teams are embedded within the business to provide 
support to management and to ensure accurate financial reporting and 
tracking of our business performance. Reporting on financial 
performance is provided on a monthly basis to senior management and 
the Board.

The Group continually invests in the improvement of its systems and 
processes in order to ensure sound financial management and reporting.

The Group manages treasury risk by minimising risk to capital and 
providing appropriate protection against foreign exchange and interest 
rate movements.

Cash investment is made in line with the Group’s strict treasury policy 
which is approved by the Audit Committee and sets limits on deposits 
based on counterparty credit ratings. No more than 10% of cash 
deposits are held with a single bank counterparty, with the exception of 
overnight deposits which are invested in a spread of AAAm rated 
liquidity funds.

All non-sterling debt is swapped at inception to ensure appropriate 
currency and interest rate protection is in place, and trading currency 
risk is hedged up to 5 years in advance.

The Group manages its tax risk by ensuring that risks are identified and 
understood at an early stage and that effective compliance and 
reporting processes are in place.

The Group continues to maintain an open and proactive relationship 
with the regulating tax authorities which are primarily HM Revenue & 
Customs. The Group aims to deal with taxation issues, wherever possible, 
as they arise in order to avoid unnecessary disputes.

Security:

The Group must protect its customer and corporate data and the safety 
of its people and infrastructure as well as needing to have in place fraud 
prevention and detection measures.

The Group takes measures ranging from physical and logical access 
controls to encryption, or equivalent technologies, to manage its 
security risks.

The Group is responsible to third party intellectual property owners for 
the security of the content that it distributes on various platforms (Sky’s 
own and third party platforms).

A significant breach of security could impact the Group’s ability to 
operate and deliver against its business objectives.

The Group continues to invest in new technological controls and in 
improving broader business process and works closely with law 
enforcement agencies and policy makers in order to protect its assets 
and to comply with its contractual obligations to third parties.

Projects:

The Group invests in, and delivers, significant capital expenditure 
projects in order continually to drive the business forward. The failure to 
deliver key projects effectively and efficiently could result in significantly 
increased project costs and impede our ability to execute our strategic 
plans.

A common project management methodology is used to enable the 
Group to manage, monitor and control its major capital expenditure 
projects and strategic programmes. This includes standardised 
reporting and monthly reviews by senior management.

Third party partners will, where appropriate, be engaged to provide 
support and expertise in our large strategic programmes, complex 
initiatives and for emerging technologies.

Intellectual property protection:

The Group, in common with other service providers, relies on intellectual 
property and other proprietary rights, including in respect of 
programming content, which may not be adequately protected under 
current laws or which may be subject to unauthorised use.

Please see page 11 of the Business Review.

We maintain an ongoing programme to support appropriate protections 
of our intellectual property and other rights. This includes, for example, 
the use of automated on line monitoring tools, the implementation of on 
screen imprinting of content together with an active programme to 
protect our trade marks.

26  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Principal risks and uncertaintiescontinuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business reviewB
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
r
e
v

i

e
w

Description of risk

People:

Mitigation

People at Sky are critical to the Group’s ability to meet the needs of its 
customers and achieve its goals as a business.

Failure to attract or retain suitable employees across the business could 
limit the Group’s ability to deliver its business plan commitments.

Making Sky a great place to work is central to the Group’s strategy. The 
Group champions diversity and develops talent through a number of 
activities, including the Graduate program, Development Studio, an 
apprenticeship scheme and a leadership programme.

The Group has well established channels and procedures to recruit and 
retain its employees and to ensure that an adequate number of suitable 
employees work within its customer service teams and across all its 
operations.

Further detail on our people is set out on pages 21 to 23 of the Business 
Review.

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  27

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Business review 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report – Financial and operating review

INTRODUCTION

The following discussion and analysis is based on, and should be read 
in conjunction with, the consolidated financial statements, including 
the related notes, that form part of this Annual Report. The 
consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with IFRS as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the EU.

The Group maintains a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending on the Sunday 
nearest to 30 June in each year. In fiscal 2013, this date was 30 June 
2013, this being a 52 week year (fiscal year 2012: 1 July 2012, 52 week 
year). For convenience purposes, the Group continues to date its 
consolidated financial statements as at 30 June and to refer to the 
accounting period as a year.

A reconciliation of non-GAAP measures is set out on page 114 and a 
detailed reconciliation of profit to adjusted profit is included in note 8 
to the consolidated financial statements.

OVERVIEW AND RECENT DEVELOPmENTS

During the current year, total revenue increased by 7% to 
£7,235 million, compared to the year ended 30 June 2012 (“the prior 
year”). Adjusted operating profit for the current year increased by 9% 
to £1,330 million, resulting in an adjusted operating profit margin of 
18.4%, compared to 18.0% in the prior year. Reported operating profit 
was £1,291 million, compared to £1,243 million in the prior year. 
Adjusted free cash flow was 13% higher at £1,028 million, compared to 
£910 million in the prior year.

Adjusted profit for the year was £969 million, generating adjusted 
basic earnings per share of 60.0 pence, compared to an adjusted 
profit of £875 million and adjusted basic earnings per share of 50.8 
pence in the prior year. Reported profit for the year was £979 million, 
generating basic earnings per share of 60.7 pence, compared to a 
profit of £906 million and basic earnings per share of 52.6 pence in the 
prior year.

Our successful transition to more broadly-based growth, combined 
with the acquisition of the O2 consumer broadband and fixed-line 
telephony business, has delivered an increase of 3,269,000 
subscription products in the year to a total of 31,634,000. Of this 
increase, 706,000 arose from the O2 acquisition and 2,563,000 from 
organic growth.

At 30 June 2013, the total number of TV Customers in the UK and 
Ireland was 10,422,000, representing a net increase of 134,000 in the 
current year, including subscribers to our new internet TV service NOW 
TV launched in July 2012. The total number of HD customers was 
4,786,000, representing 46% of total TV Customers. This represents 
growth in HD customers of 10% in the current year. The number of 
Multiroom customers also continued to grow, increasing by 87,000 in 
the current year to 2,489,000; 24% penetration of total TV Customers. 
Sky Go Extra, our new paid-for mobile TV service, had a total of 
166,000 customers at 30 June 2013, just five months after launch.

Strong growth in our home communications products is driven by 
both organic growth and the acquisition of the O2 consumer 
broadband and fixed-line telephony business. The number of 
Broadband customers increased by 905,000 in the current year to 
4,906,000. The number of Telephony customers reached 4,501,000, 
representing an increase of 733,000 in the current year. The number 
of Line Rental customers increased by 801,000 in the current year to 

4,364,000. In all, 35% of our customer base now takes all three of TV, 
broadband and telephony, up from 32% last year.

We are progressing with our plans to connect more Sky+HD boxes to 
the internet with 2,709,000 TV households with connected boxes as at 
30 June 2013, an increase of 1,714,000 year on year.

Sky Go, our mobile video service, attracts a great response from 
customers with quarterly unique users at 3,257,000 in the fourth 
quarter compared to 2,740,000 in the fourth quarter last year, an 
increase of 19%.

Our total customer base increased by 552,000 to 14,830,000 
comprising 11,153,000 retail customers and 3,677,000 wholesale 
customers taking at least one paid-for Sky channel, increases of 
547,000 and 5,000 respectively on the prior year.

Churn for the current year was 10.8% (2012: 10.2%) which reflects the 
continuing pressure on household budgets in a tough economic 
environment, but was within our 10% to 11% target range.

During the year we unbundled 358 additional exchanges, increasing 
our footprint to approximately 88% network coverage.

CORPORATE

The Board of Directors is proposing a final dividend of 19.0 pence per 
ordinary share, resulting in a total dividend for the year of 30.0 pence, 
representing growth of 18% over the prior year full-year dividend. The 
ex-dividend date will be 13 November 2013 and, subject to shareholder 
approval at the Company’s Annual General Meeting (“AGM”), the 
dividend will be paid on 6 December 2013 to shareholders of record on 
15 November 2013.

On 29 November 2011, at the Company’s AGM, the Company was 
granted the authority to return £750 million of capital to shareholders 
via a share buy-back programme (the “November 2011 Authority”). This 
authority was subject to an agreement between the Company and 
Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. (formerly known as News Corporation) 
(and others) dated 28 July 2011 whereby following any market 
purchases of shares by the Company, Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. 
would sell to the Company sufficient shares to maintain its percentage 
shareholding at the same level as applied prior to those market 
purchases. The price payable to Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. would be 
the price payable by the Company in respect of the relevant market 
purchases (the “2011 Share Buy-back Agreement”). 

At the Company’s AGM on 1 November 2012, the Company was granted 
the authority to return a further £500 million of capital to shareholders 
via a share buy-back programme (the “November 2012 Authority”). This 
authority was subject to an agreement between the Company and 
Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. (and others) dated 28 July 2012 on 
substantially the same terms as the 2011 Share Buy-back Agreement.

On 25 July 2013, the Board agreed to seek the necessary approvals to 
return a further £500 million of capital to shareholders via a share 
buy-back programme. Shareholder approvals will be sought at the 
Company’s AGM on 22 November 2013. The Company has entered into 
an agreement with Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. (and others) under 
substantially the same terms as the 2011 Share Buy-back Agreement. 
The agreement is conditional on the appropriate shareholder approvals 
being granted. The effect of the agreement is to provide that there will 
be no change in Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.’s economic or voting 
interests in the Company as a result of the share buy-back programme.

28  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Directors’ report – Financial and operating reviewcontinuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Financial and operating reviewi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

r
e
v

i

e
w

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

In the year to 30 June 2013, the Company repurchased for cancellation 
80,549,699 ordinary shares, representing 5% of the Company’s issued 
share capital as at 30 June 2013, for a total consideration of 
£627 million which included stamp duty and commission of £3 million. 
This comprised 25 million shares under the November 2011 Authority 
and 56 million shares under the current November 2012 Authority. The 
closing share count at the end of the financial year was 1,593,905,182.

US$800 million of 3.125% Guaranteed Notes, repayable in November 
2022, were issued in November 2012. At the time of issuing these 
notes, the US dollar proceeds were swapped into pounds sterling 
(£503 million). After hedging, 100% of the resulting sterling liability was 
subject to fixed interest rates at an average rate of 3.23%.

On 30 April 2013, the Group completed the purchase of the O2 
consumer broadband and fixed-line telephony business from 
Telefónica UK. Total consideration comprised £180 million of cash 
relating to the purchase price, contingent consideration of £20 million 
and a £5 million provisional cash adjustment relating to working 
capital and active subscribers.

OPERATING RESULTS

Revenue

Our revenue is principally derived from retail subscription, wholesale 
fees, advertising and installation, hardware and servicing.

Our retail subscription revenue is a function of the number of 
customers (residential and commercial) including those subscribing to 
a TV product or a standalone home communications product, the mix 
of services subscribed to and the rates charged. Revenue from the 
provision of pay-per-view services, which include Sky Box Office and 
Sky Store, is included within retail subscription revenue.

Our wholesale subscription revenue, which is revenue derived from the 
supply of Sky Channels to cable, DTT and Internet Protocol Television 
(“IPTV”) platforms, is a function of the number of subscribers on the 
relevant operators’ platforms, the mix of services subscribed to and 
the rates charged to those wholesale operators.

Our advertising revenue is mainly a function of the number of 
commercial impacts, defined as individuals watching one thirty 
second commercial on our wholly-owned channels, together with the 
quality of impacts delivered and overall advertising market conditions. 
Advertising revenue also includes net commissions earned by us from 
the sale of advertising on those third party channels for which we act 
as sales representative.

Installation, hardware and service revenue includes income from 
set-top box sales and installation, service calls and warranties.

Other revenue principally includes income from Sky Bet, technical 
platform services, third party set-top box sales, public access WiFi 
services, and programme distribution fees.

Operating expense

Our operating expense arises from programming, direct networks, 
marketing, subscriber management and supply chain, transmission, 
technology and fixed networks and administration costs.

Programming costs include payment for: (i) licences of television rights 
from certain US and European film licensors including the results of 
foreign exchange programme hedges; (ii) the rights to televise certain 

sporting events and sports production costs; (iii) other programming 
acquired from third party licensors; (iv) the production and 
commissioning of original programming; and (v) the rights to retail the 
Sky Distributed Channels to TV Customers. The methods used to 
amortise programming inventories are described in section (g) of note 
1 to the consolidated financial statements “Inventories”.

Under our current pay television agreements with the US major movie 
studios, we generally pay a US dollar-denominated licence fee per 
current movie, calculated on a per movie subscriber basis. During the 
year, we managed our US dollar / pound sterling exchange risk 
primarily by the purchase of forward foreign exchange contracts and 
currency options (collars) for up to five years ahead (see note 22 to 
the consolidated financial statements).

Under the DTH distribution agreements for the Sky Distributed 
Channels, we generally pay a monthly fee per subscriber for each 
channel, the fee in some cases being subject to periodic increases 
(due to factors such as inflation or viewing performance), or we 
pay a fixed fee or no such fee at all. A number of our distribution 
agreements are subject to minimum guarantees, which are linked to 
the proportion of the total number of TV Customers receiving specific 
packages. Our costs for carriage of the Sky Distributed Channels will 
(where a monthly per subscriber fee is payable) continue to be 
dependent on changes in the subscriber base, contractual rates, 
viewing performance and/or the number of channels distributed.

Direct network costs include costs directly related to the supply of 
broadband, telephony and internet-based TV services to our 
customers. This includes call costs, monthly wholesale access fees 
and other variable costs associated with our network.

Marketing costs include: (i) above-the-line spend (which promotes our 
brand and range of products and services generally); (ii) below-the-
line spend (which relates to the growth, retention and maintenance of 
the customer base, including commissions payable to retailers and 
other agents for the sale of subscriptions and the costs of our own 
direct marketing to our existing and potential customers); and (iii) the 
cost of providing and installing digital satellite reception and home 
communications equipment for new and existing customers in excess 
of the relevant amount actually received from customers for such 
equipment and installation.

Subscriber management and supply chain costs include customer 
management costs, supply chain costs and associated depreciation. 
Customer management costs are those associated with managing 
new and existing customers, including customer handling and 
customer bad debt costs. Supply chain costs relate to: systems and 
infrastructure; installation costs of satellite reception equipment and 
home communications equipment; and installation costs of new 
products purchased by customers such as HD and Multiroom set-top 
boxes, including smartcard costs. Customer management costs and 
supply chain costs are largely dependent on customer levels and new 
customer additions in the year.

Transmission, technology and fixed network costs include costs that 
are dependent upon the number and annual cost of the satellite 
transponders that we use. Our transponder capacity is primarily 
supplied by the SES Astra and Eutelsat satellites. Transmission, 
technology and fixed network costs also include the costs associated 
with transmission, uplink, home communications connectivity costs 
and the costs of our broadcasting facility, Sky Studios.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  29

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Financial and operating review 
 
 
 
 
 
Administration costs include depreciation, channel management, facilities, 
other central operational overheads and the expense recognised for 
awards granted under our employee share option schemes.

Operating expense
The Group’s operating expense excluding adjusting items (as detailed 
on page 31) can be analysed as follows:

For certain trend information related to our revenue and operating 
expense, see the “Trends and other information” section below.

Current year compared to prior year

Revenue
The Group’s revenue can be analysed as follows:

For the year to 30 June
Retail subscription
Wholesale subscription
Advertising
Installation, hardware
and service
Other

2013

2012

£m
5,951
396
440

87
361
7,235

%
82
6
6

1
5
100

£m
5,593
351
440

98
309
6,791

%
82
5
7

1
5
100

Group revenue increased by 7% to £7,235 million (2012: £6,791 million), 
with growth in both retail and wholesale operations and improvement 
in the more cyclical operations in advertising and pubs and clubs.

Retail subscription revenue grew by 6% to £5,951 million (2012: £5,593 
million) reflecting continued product and customer growth and the 
benefit of price increases which came into effect in September 2012.

Wholesale subscription revenue increased by 13% to £396 million 
(2012: £351 million) as we continue to benefit from greater take-up of 
Sky premium channels on other platforms, despite the volume of 
wholesale subscribers remaining flat.

Advertising revenue was flat year on year at £440 million (2012: £440 
million) as a result of headwinds impacting the sector, including the 
impact of market decline in the first quarter as a result of the 
Olympics, offset by growth underpinned by increased ratings for our 
media partner channels, with whom we share revenue upside.

Installation, hardware and service revenue of £87 million was lower 
year on year (2012: £98 million), due to improved product reliability, an 
increased number of customer self-installations and right-first-time 
engineer visits.

Other revenue increased by 17% to £361 million (2012: £309 million), 
due to continued strong performance from Sky Bet which saw an 
increase in unique users in the year, and growth in international 
programme sales due to more original commissions.

2013

2012

For the year to 30 June
Programming
Direct networks
Marketing
Subscriber management
and supply chain
Transmission, 
technology and fixed 
networks
Administration

£m
2,486
715
1,116

647

401
540
5,905

%
42
12
19

11

7
9
100

£m
2,298
676
1,064

621

395
514
5,568

%
42
12
19

11

7
9
100

Direct Costs
Programming costs increased by 8% to £2,486 million (2012: £2,298 
million) in line with our expectations. Sports accounted for the 
majority of the absolute increase due to the inclusion of Formula 1, 
Ryder Cup and Lions costs not in the prior year. Movie costs increased 
and included investment in expanded rights agreements to support 
new product offerings such as Sky Go Extra and NOW TV. 
Entertainment costs saw the largest percentage increase (15% year on 
year) as we continued to invest in new and exclusive UK-commissioned 
content across our channel portfolio.

Direct network costs increased by only 6% to £715 million (2012: £676 
million), despite a 15% growth in home communications product 
volumes on an organic basis, reflecting our work on network efficiency 
within our communications operation.

Other Operating Costs
Marketing costs increased 5% to £1,116 million (2012: £1,064 million), 
although reduced by 30 basis points as a percentage of sales year on 
year. Lower cost route-to-market sales and lower acquisition volumes 
helped to offset additional marketing spend to support the launch of 
NOW TV and a national broadband campaign which included the 
launch of fibre in the second half of the year.

Subscriber management and supply chain costs were up 4% at 
£647 million (2012: £621 million) driven largely by higher Sky Italia 
set-top box sales and higher broadband volumes.

Transmission, technology and fixed network costs increased by 2% to 
£401 million (2012: £395 million) due to the increased transmission of 
additional content from the Formula 1 channel, Sky Go, NOW TV and 
On Demand, largely offset by continued efficiencies.

Administration costs were up 5% at £540 million (2012: £514 million) 
reflecting the biennial phasing of our share incentive plans. Excluding 
this, administration costs would have been flat on last year.

Operating profit and operating margin
Adjusted operating profit increased by 9% to £1,330 million in the 
current year, as a result of strong growth in subscription revenue 
and cost efficiencies in our operations. Adjusted operating margin 
(calculated as total revenue less all operating expense as a 
percentage of total revenue) for the current year was 18.4%, compared 
to 18.0% in the prior year.

30  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Directors’ report – Financial and operating reviewcontinuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Financial and operating reviewi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

r
e
v

i

e
w

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Reported operating profit increased by 4% to £1,291 million in the 
current year, as a result of the factors described above and the 
one-off items outlined in “Adjusting items” below.

Joint ventures and associates
Joint ventures are entities in which we hold a long-term interest and 
share control under a contractual arrangement with other parties. 
Our equity share of the net operating results from joint ventures and 
associates increased by £7 million to £46 million in the current year. 
This included a profit on disposal of a joint venture of £9 million, 
arising from the sale of our investment in MUTV Limited. In the prior 
year this included a profit on disposal of a joint venture of £7 million, 
arising from the sale of our investment in Chelsea Digital Media 
Limited.

Investment income and finance costs
Finance costs have decreased by 3% to £108 million (2012: £111 million) 
as the result of a £5 million write-off of the previous RCF facility fee in 
the prior year and a £4 million increase in non-cash fair value gains on 
derivative financial instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting 
and hedge effectiveness. This has been offset by an additional 
interest charge arising from the issue of the $800 million Guaranteed 
Notes entered into in November 2012.

Taxation
The total tax charge for the current year of £278 million (2012: £283 million) 
comprises a current tax charge of £288 million (2012: £270 million) and a 
deferred tax credit of £10 million (2012: charge of £13 million). The lower tax 
charge in the current year was primarily due to the lower UK corporation 
tax rate.

Profit for the year and earnings per share
Profit for the year was £979 million, compared to £906 million in the 
prior year. The increase in profit was primarily due to growth in 
subscription revenue and cost efficiencies in our operating 
expenditure.

The Group’s earnings per share are as follows:

Earnings per share from profit for the year
Basic
Diluted

2013
pence

60.7
59.7

2012
pence

52.6
52.2

In order to provide a measure of underlying performance, 
management has chosen to present an adjusted profit for the year 
which excludes items that may distort comparability. See note 8 to 
the consolidated financial statements for a detailed reconciliation 
between profit and adjusted profit for the year.

The Group’s adjusted earnings per share from adjusted profit for the 
year are as follows:

Basic
Diluted

2013
pence
60.0
59.1

2012
pence
50.8
50.4

Adjusting items
In the current year, reported operating profit of £1,291 million included 
a net charge of £39 million relating to the adjusting items outlined 
below:

In the current year we recognised a gain of £32 million relating to a 
credit note received from BT following an Ofcom determination that 
BT had overcharged for Ethernet services between 2006 and 2009. 
During the year we also reached a final settlement of disputes with a 
former manufacturer of set-top boxes supplied between 2004 and 
2008, resulting in a gain of £33 million.

In each of these instances it was our customers who were most 
impacted. Accordingly, we decided to pass the benefits of the 
resolution of these disputes back to customers with two one-time 
programmes. First, we targeted a small cohort of around 150,000 of 
our customers who currently have one of the earliest versions of our 
Sky+HD box to offer them a free upgrade to the current version 
allowing them the same functionality as the vast majority of HD 
customers. Second, we are offering wireless connectors to selected 
Sky Movies customers, enabling them to connect their existing 
Sky+HD box to the full range of On Demand services. We recognised a 
charge in the year for these two one-off initiatives of £56 million.

Reported operating profit for the year also included a £33 million 
charge relating to a corporate efficiency programme resulting in the 
redundancy of approximately 250 head office employees and 
£15 million of costs relating to the acquisition and integration of O2’s 
consumer broadband and fixed-line telephony business. 

Reported profit for the year included a gain of £9 million on the 
disposal of our investment in MUTV Limited and a gain of £23 million 
for mark-to-market gains relating to the remeasurement of all 
derivative financial instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting 
and hedge ineffectiveness.

In the prior year, reported operating profit of £1,243 million included a 
net benefit of £20 million. This consisted of a £31 million gain relating 
to the break fee from News Corporation (subsequently renamed 
Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.) net of related costs, and £11 million of 
restructuring costs which comprised severance payments in relation 
to approximately 35 senior roles as part of a restructuring initiative to 
improve operational efficiency; both of these amounts were classified 
as administration costs. 

In the prior year, reported profit for the year included a cost of 
£5 million due to writing off fees relating to the previous RCF, a gain of 
£7 million on the disposal of our investment in Chelsea Digital Media 
Limited and a gain of £19 million for mark-to-market gains relating to 
the remeasurement of all derivative financial instruments not 
qualifying for hedge accounting and hedge ineffectiveness.

Tax adjusting items and the related tax effects on the above items 
resulted in a £17 million credit (2012: £10 million charge).

Balance sheet
During the year, total assets increased by £836 million to £6,345 
million at 30 June 2013. Non-current assets increased by £542 million 
to £3,776 million, primarily due to an increase of £288 million in 
intangible assets and property, plant and equipment and an increase 
of £194 million in available-for-sale investments significantly resulting 
from the increase in the value of our investment in ITV plc.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  31

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Financial and operating review 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets increased by £294 million to £2,569 million at 30 June 
2013. This increase was significantly due to a £236 million net increase 
in cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits, driven by the 
proceeds from the November 2012 bond issue, and a £92 million 
increase in inventories resulting from further investment in 
programming content.

Total liabilities increased by £768 million to £5,333 million at 30 June 
2013. Current liabilities increased by £219 million to £2,317 million, 
primarily due to an increase in trade and other payables. Non-current 
liabilities increased by £549 million to £3,016 million, principally due to 
a £511 million increase in the Group’s non-current borrowings 
following the November 2012 bond issue.

Foreign exchange
For details of the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on our 
financial position and performance, see note 22 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

Liquidity and capital resources
An analysis of the movement in our net debt (including related fees) is 
as follows:

As at
1 July
2012
£m
8
2,398

(356)
2,050
(464)
(710)
876

Cash
move-
ments
£m
(1)
498

–
497
(351)
115
261

Non-
cash
move-
ments
£m
4
13

As at
30 June
2013
£m
11
2,909

29
46
–
–
46

(327)
2,593
(815)
(595)
1,183

Current borrowings
Non-current borrowings
Borrowings-related derivative 
financial instruments
Gross debt
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term deposits
Net debt

The Group refers to net debt in discussing its indebtedness and 
liquidity position. Net debt is a non-GAAP measure that management 
uses to provide an assessment of the overall indebtedness of the 
Group. The most similar IFRS GAAP measures are current and 
non-current borrowings, see note 20 to the consolidated financial 
statements.

Management uses net debt to calculate and track adherence to the 
Group’s borrowing covenants, as disclosed in note 20 to the 
consolidated financial statements. Management monitors the 
Group’s net debt position because net debt is a commonly used 
measure in the investment analyst community and net debt, with 
certain adjustments, is a key metric used by Moody’s and Standard & 
Poor’s in their assessment of the Group’s credit rating. As such, 
management makes decisions about the appropriate investing and 
borrowing activities of the Group by reference to, amongst other 
things, net debt.

Our long-term funding comes primarily from our issued equity and US 
dollar and sterling-denominated debt. For details of the Group’s 
facilities, long-term funding, indebtedness position and the terms of 
material debt arrangements, including compliance with borrowing 
covenants, see note 20 to the consolidated financial statements. For 
details of the Group’s treasury activities, see note 22 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

Our principal source of liquidity is cash generated from operations, 
combined with access to a £743 million committed RCF, which expires 
on 31 October 2017. At 30 June 2013, this facility was undrawn 
(30 June 2012: undrawn).

Cash flow
Adjusted free cash flow increased by 13% to £1,028 million (2012: £910 
million), reflecting growth in adjusted EBITDA, a positive working 
capital movement, lower interest and capital expenditure.

Capital expenditure of £454 million (2012: £457 million), was slightly 
lower than last year despite an increase in investment in the fourth 
quarter as we started the construction of a new building on our main 
site and commenced the integration of acquired O2 fixed-line and 
telephony customers. 

Net debt increased to £1,183 million (2012: £876 million) primarily as a 
result of the share buy-back and dividend growth. Gross debt was 
£2,593 million with £1,410 million of cash and cash equivalents at 
30 June 2013. The Group’s liquidity and headroom remain comfortable.

Trends and other information

The significant trends and factors which have a material effect on our 
financial performance are outlined below.

The total number of paid-for subscription products was 31,634,000, 
an increase of 3,269,000 during the year.  Paid-for subscription 
products consist of TV, HD, Multiroom, Sky Go Extra, Broadband, Talk 
and Line Rental products.  This includes the impact of the acquisition 
of the O2 consumer broadband and fixed-line telephony business.  

The total number of retail customers, including standalone home 
communications customers, was 11,153,000, an increase of 547,000 
customers during the year, including the impact of the acquisition of 
the O2 consumer broadband and fixed-line telephone business. 

We expect growth in the number of products sold and customer 
numbers to continue as a result of the quality, choice, reliability and 
value of the services that we provide, which is expected to generate 
increased retail revenue on a per customer basis.

Churn for the current year was 10.8%, compared to 10.2% in the prior 
year. Over the medium term we expect our churn to remain broadly 
around this level.

During the current year, the number of wholesale subscribers taking 
at least one paid-for Sky channel in the UK and Ireland was 3,677,000 
compared to 3,672,000 in the prior year. Our wholesale subscribers 
are wholly dependent on the strategies of the relevant wholesale 
operators generally as they relate to the distribution of our Channels 
(for further details see “Directors’ report – Business review – Review 
of our business” on page 10).

Advertising revenue was flat year on year. In the short term, the UK 
television advertising sector is expected to remain volatile and 
challenging reflecting the continued wider economic uncertainty.

The Group’s programming costs have increased in the current year 
reflecting our continued commitment to investing in high-quality 
content. We expect programming costs will continue to increase and 
note our commitment to increase our investment in UK originated 
content and production.

32  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Directors’ report – Financial and operating reviewcontinuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Financial and operating reviewi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

Direct network costs increased during the current year and are 
expected to increase in future years. The expected increase reflects 
increasing Sky Broadband and Sky Talk subscribers, scaling our LLU 
presence and the growth of broadband traffic to support incremental 
customers and fibre capability, increasing Irish broadband 
subscribers and increased usage per customer.

Marketing costs increased in the year and are expected to increase in 
future years in order to maintain our share of voice in an increasingly 
competitive environment. 

Subscriber management and supply chain costs were flat year on 
year. The level of growth in both the total number of customers and 
the number of additional services taken by our customers (for 
example HD) will remain key drivers of these costs in future as will our 
ability to deliver rate efficiency improvements across our contact 
centre and supply chain operations.

Administration costs, excluding the impact of phasing of our share 
incentive plans, were flat year on year. Going forward, our aim is to 
hold the rate of growth in administration costs below that of revenue 
growth.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

At 30 June 2013, the Group did not have any undisclosed off-balance 
sheet arrangements that require disclosure as defined under the 
applicable rules of IFRS.

Events after the reporting period

On 25 July 2013, the Board agreed to seek the necessary approvals to 
return a further £500 million of capital to shareholders via a share 
buy-back programme.

For further details, see note 30 to the consolidated financial 
statements.

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

r
e
v

i

e
w

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  33

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Financial and operating review 
 
 
 
 
 
Board of Directors

3

6

9

12

15

1

4

7

2

5

8

10

11

13

14

34  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

1. Nick Ferguson, CBE 
Chairman

4. Chase Carey 
Non-Executive Director

Appointed to the Board: 15/06/2004 
Nationality: British 

Appointed to the Board: 30/01/2013 
Nationality: American

Skills and experience
An executive with extensive media and  
Pay TV experience. Chase is President and 
Chief Operating Officer of Twenty-First 
Century Fox, Inc. and Chairman of the 
Supervisory Board of Sky Deutschland AG.

Former President and Chief Executive  
Officer of DIRECTV, Inc., where he led the 
operations and strategic direction of the 
Direct TV Group. Prior to joining DIRECTV, Inc., 
he was Co-Chief Operating Officer of  
News Corporation (subsequently renamed 
Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.) and Chairman 
and Chief Executive Officer of the Fox 
Television Group.

5. Tracy Clarke 
Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed to the Board: 11/06/2012
Nationality: British

Committee membership
Member of the Remuneration and the  
Bigger Picture Committees

Skills and experience
An experienced banking and human 
resources professional. Group Head, People, 
Compliance, Communications and Culture  
at Standard Chartered Bank, Tracy has spent 
most of her career in banking roles both  
in the UK and in Hong Kong. A former 
Non-Executive Director of SC First Bank  
in Korea (2005-2007) and Non-Executive 
Director of Eaga plc (2007-2011), where  
she chaired the Remuneration Committee.  
Tracy is a trustee of the charity, WORKing  
for YOUth. A member of the Institute  
of Financial Services and a Fellow of  
the Chartered Institute of Personnel  
and Development.

6. David F. DeVoe
Non-Executive Director

Appointed to the Board: 15/12/1994
Nationality: American

Skills and experience
A finance professional with extensive 
experience in the media sector. From July 
2013, David will serve as Senior Advisor to  
the Board of Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.  
(formerly known as News Corporation) 
having served as CFO from 1990 to June 2013 
and as a Senior Executive Vice President 
from 1996 to June 2013. David is a Director of 
Shine Limited and has previously served as a 
Director of Gemstar-TV Guide (2001-2008) 
and as a Director of DIRECTV (2003-2008).

Committee membership
Member of the Remuneration and Corporate 
Governance & Nominations Committees

Skills and experience
Extensive experience in leadership roles  
in the finance sector. Co-founder and 
instrumental in the development of Schroder 
Ventures (the private equity group which 
later became Permira) of which he served  
as Chairman from 1984 to 2001. Prior to his 
appointment as Chairman of the Company 
on 3 April 2012, he served as Deputy 
Chairman and Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director. Chairman of Alta 
Advisers Limited, an investment advisory 
firm, since January 2007. Former Chairman  
of the Courtauld Institute of Art for ten years 
before retiring in July 2012. Chairman of SVG 
Capital plc, a public quoted private equity 
group, from April 2005 to November 2012. 

2. Jeremy Darroch
Chief Executive Officer

Appointed to the Board: 16/08/2004 
Nationality: British

Skills and experience
Jeremy joined the Company as Chief 
Financial Officer (CFO) in 2004 and was 
appointed CEO in December 2007. He has 
extensive experience in the retailing and 
fast-moving consumer goods sectors. Prior 
to joining the Company, Jeremy was Group 
Finance Director of DSG International plc 
(DSG), formerly Dixons Group plc and prior to 
DSG, he spent 12 years at Procter & Gamble 
in a variety of roles in the UK and Europe.

Until June 2013, Jeremy was Non-Executive 
Director and the Chairman of the Audit 
Committee of Marks and Spencer Group plc. 
Jeremy is a Board Member of the charity, 
Youth Sport Trust and is a Business Member 
of the National Centre for Universities  
and Business.

3. Andrew Griffith
Chief Financial Officer

Appointed to the Board: 07/04/2008 
Nationality: British

Skills and experience
An experienced finance professional.  
Andrew joined the Company in 1999 and  
held a number of senior finance roles prior  
to his appointment as CFO in April 2008.  
In addition to his role as CFO, Andrew  
has executive responsibility for  
Sky’s commercial businesses, including 
advertising, data services and broadcasting 
to licensed premises. Andrew joined the 
Company from Rothschild, the investment 
banking organisation, where he provided 
financial and strategic advice to corporate 
clients in the technology, media and 
telecommunications sector. He has a degree 
in law from Nottingham University and  
is a member of the 100 Group of Finance 
Directors and Advisory Board of the Oxford 
University Centre for Business Taxation.

Annual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governance7. Martin Gilbert  
Independent Non-Executive Director

10. Dave Lewis 
Independent Non-Executive Director

13. Danny Rimer
Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed to the Board: 29/11/2011 
Nationality: British 

Appointed to the Board: 16/11/2012
Nationality: British

Appointed to the Board: 07/04/2008
Nationality: Swiss

Committee membership
Chairman of the Audit Committee and 
member of the Remuneration Committee

Skills and experience
Experienced finance professional and 
entrepreneur and CEO of Aberdeen Asset 
Management PLC, the fund management 
group that he co-founded in 1983. He is  
a member of the Scottish Government’s 
Financial Services Advisory Board. Martin  
is former Chairman of Chaucer PLC and  was 
Non-Executive Director of Dynmark 
International Limited. He is a Director of a 
number of investment trusts and is 
Chairman of Firstgroup plc. 

8. Adine Grate
Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed to the Board: 17/07/2013
Nationality: Swedish

Skills and experience
An executive with extensive finance and 
investment management experience. Adine 
has operated at the top tiers of Nordic 
based international business for the past 
two decades. Chairperson of NASDAQ OMX 
Swedish Listing Committee and Vice 
Chairperson of AP7, a Swedish pension and 
savings asset management company. 
A Board member of: Three (Scandinavia), a 
mobile telecommunications and broadband 
operator; SOBI AB, an international specialty 
healthcare company; Sampo OY, a leading 
financial and insurance institution and 
Swedavia AB, an airport operator. Formerly 
Executive Vice President and Managing 
Director of Investor AB, owner of a number of 
Nordic based international companies.

Adine is Chairperson of Base23 and Friends 
of a Designmuseum.

9. Andy Higginson  
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director 

Appointed to the Board: 01/09/2004 
Nationality: British

Committee membership
Chairman of the Corporate Governance  
& Nominations Committee and member  
of the Audit Committee

Skills and experience
A former Director of Tesco plc having spent 
15 years at the company, first as Finance  
and Strategy Director, and latterly as  
Chief Executive of their Retailing Services 
business. His early career was with Unilever, 
Guinness, Laura Ashley and the Burton 
Group. He is a member of the 100 Group of 
Finance Directors. Andy is Chairman of 
Poundland Limited and N Brown plc and a 
Non-Executive Director of Woolworth SA  
and the Rugby Football Union.

Committee membership
Member of the Audit, Corporate  
Governance & Nominations and the  
Bigger Picture Committees

Committee membership
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
and member of the Corporate Governance & 
Nominations Committee

Skills and experience
Experienced executive with strong 
operational expertise. Dave is President, 
Personal Care for Unilever plc, where he also 
sits on the Unilever Leadership Executive. 
Joining Unilever as a graduate trainee in  
1987, he has held a variety of senior roles in 
Europe, South America and Asia, including 
President for the Americas and Chairman  
of Unilever UK and Ireland.

11. James Murdoch  
Non-Executive Director

Appointed to the Board: 13/02/2003 
Nationality: American 

Committee membership
Chairman of the Bigger Picture Committee 

Skills and experience
An experienced media executive who  
has held a number of senior leadership  
roles within Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. 
(formerly known as News Corporation). He 
has been a Director of the Company since 
2003, having served as CEO from November  
2003 until December 2007 and Chairman 
from December 2007 until April 2012. 

James is Deputy Chief Operating Officer, 
Chairman and CEO, International at 
Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. James is  
a member of the Board of Directors and 
Executive Committee at Twenty-First 
Century Fox, Inc. and a member of the  
Board of News Corporation, Inc. Between 
2000 and 2003, he was Chairman and CEO  
of Star Group Limited. James is a former 
Non-Executive Director of GlaxoSmithKline 
plc (2009-2012) and Sotheby’s (2010-2012).

12. Matthieu Pigasse 
Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed to the Board: 29/11/2011 
Nationality: French

Committee membership: 
Member of the Audit Committee

Skills and experience
Leading investment banking professional 
and former civilian administrator of the 
French Ministry of Economy and Finance.  
In 2002 he joined investment banking firm 
Lazard. Matthieu is Deputy CEO of Lazard  
in France and Vice Chairman of Lazard in 
Europe. He is also the owner of a French 
publishing group, Les Inrockuptibles and  
a co-controlling shareholder of the leading 
newspaper publisher Le Monde and the 
French edition of the Huffington Post.  
A Board member of Groupe Lucien  
Barrière, Derichebourg and Relax News.

Skills and experience
Investment finance professional and 
entrepreneur with extensive experience  
of building investment businesses 
internationally. Specific sector knowledge 
and skills focus include internet 
infrastructure software and services, 
technology, communications, ecommerce, 
and media business. General Partner of  
the venture capital firm Index Ventures 
Management LLP (Index Ventures). Prior  
to joining Index Ventures, he was a  
General Partner of The Barksdale Group. 

Danny serves on a number of boards 
including Etsy, Inc., First Dibs, Inc.,  
Flipboard, Inc., FON Wireless Limited,  
Nasty Gal, Inc., RightScale Inc. and Viagogo.

14. Arthur Siskind  
Non-Executive Director

Appointed to the Board: 19/11/1991 
Nationality: American

Committee membership
Member of the Corporate Governance  
& Nominations Committee

Skills and experience
Highly experienced legal practitioner and 
member of the Bar of the State of New  
York since 1962. Senior Advisor to the 
Chairman since January 2005 and Director 
Emeritus since October 2012 of Twenty-First 
Century Fox, Inc. (formerly known as News 
Corporation). Arthur served at News 
Corporation as an Executive Director from 
1991 to October 2012, Group General Counsel 
from 1991 to December 2004, as a Senior 
Executive President from 1996 to December 
2004 and as an Executive Vice President 
from 1991 to 1996. Adjunct Professor of Law 
at the Cornell Law School (2007-2009) and 
Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown 
University Law Center (2005-2007). 

15. Andy Sukawaty
Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed to the Board: 01/06/2013
Nationality: American

Committee membership
Member of the Remuneration Committee

Skills and experience
Executive Chairman of Inmarsat plc, global 
mobile satellite communications provider. 
Andy has previously held a number of senior 
management positions in the 
telecommunications industry including; 
Chief Executive and President of Sprint  
PCS and Chief Executive of NTL (UK) and 
roles at US West and AT&T. Andy is 
Non-Executive Chairman of the Supervisory 
Board of Ziggo N.V., a Dutch national  
media and communications company. 

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  35 

Annual Report 2013: Directors’ report – GovernanceShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance report 

CHAIRmAN’S OVERVIEW

 On behalf of the Board it gives me great pleasure to introduce this 
year’s Corporate Governance Report. I would like to take this 
opportunity to provide you with some direct insight into the Board’s 
views on Corporate Governance, our focus during the year, the changes 
to our Board composition through the year and the Board’s first 
external Board evaluation.

As a Board, we are the stewards of the Company. It is our responsibility 
to ensure that the Company’s strategy is aligned to the interests of 
our investors and takes account of the interests of all the Company’s 
stakeholders. As individuals, we believe that effective Corporate 
Governance is based on honesty, integrity and transparency, and can 
only be fully realised within an environment of open, robust and 
effective debate. This is the Board culture we foster at Sky, and it is my 
personal responsibility as Chairman to ensure that we continue to live 
this culture and promote it within our business.

Firstly, I would like to address our Board composition. There have been 
a number of changes in Board and Committee membership during the 
year. I am pleased to welcome Dave Lewis, Chase Carey, Andy Sukawaty 
and Adine Grate to the Board. Jacques Nasser and Lord Wilson of 
Dinton both retired from the Board during the year. Chase Carey, who 
previously served as a Non-Executive Director from February 2003 to 
February 2009, replaced Thomas Mockridge following his resignation 
in January 2013. In order to clarify the roles of Board members, within 
our Corporate Governance Report on pages 37 and 38, we have 
included a detailed description of the Directors’ roles and 
responsibilities.

It has been the Board’s strategy to attract directors who complement 
and expand upon the skill set of the Board. We seek to appoint 
directors who provide diversity in background, experience and views. 
We recognise that gender diversity can bring a greater range of 
viewpoints to boardroom debate and improve board dynamics.

In line with corporate governance best practice, during the year an 
external Board evaluation was undertaken by Alice Perkins of JCA 
Group. The feedback from the evaluation confirmed that the Board 
and each of its Committees continue to operate effectively and that 
each Director continues to make an effective contribution and retains 
a strong commitment to their role. The resulting development themes 
that arose from the evaluation are discussed on page 41. 

During the year we have continued our work in promoting greater and 
more effective engagement with our shareholders. Andy Higginson, 
our Executive Directors, and I have met with institutional investors 
and analysts. Along with Danny Rimer, Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee, we will continue to engage with shareholders over the 
course of the coming financial year.

Nick Ferguson 
Chairman

COmPLIANCE WITH THE UK CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE CODE
The UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”) provides the 
standard for corporate governance in the UK. The Financial Conduct 
Authority requires listed companies to disclose whether they have 
complied with the provisions of the Code throughout the financial 
year. The Code as revised in September 2012 will apply to the Company 
during the next financial year. For this financial year, the Company has 
continued to apply the 2010 version of the Code.

The Board considers that the Company has fully complied with the 
provisions and applied the main principles of the Code for the whole 
of the year ended 30 June 2013. This section of the Annual Report 
along with the Remuneration Committee’s report on Directors’ 
remuneration on pages 48 to 56 and other governance and statutory 
disclosures on pages 57 to 59 provide details of how the Company has 
applied the main principles. Further information on the Code is 
available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website frc.org.uk.

LEADERSHIP

Role of the Board and its Members

The Board has collective responsibility for the management, direction 
and performance of the Company and provides leadership within a 
framework of prudent and effective controls which enables risk to be 
appropriately assessed and managed. The Board sets the strategic 
direction, ensuring that the necessary resources are in place for the 
Company to meet its objectives and deliver sustainable performance.

The Board takes a long term outlook and sees itself as responsible to 
a wide range of stakeholders, whilst pursuing its objectives in a 
manner consistent with its statutory duties, for the benefit of the 
Company’s members as a whole.

The Directors of the Board are selected on the criteria of proven skill 
and ability in their particular field of endeavour, and a diversity of 
outlook and experience which directly benefits the operation of the 
Board as the custodian of the business. A full biography of each Board 
member is provided on pages 34 to 35.

The Board agenda

The roles of the Chairman and CEO are separate and have been so 
since the Company’s shares were admitted to listing in 1994. The roles 
and expectations of each Director are clearly defined and recorded 
within their letters of appointment or service contracts. The roles and 
responsibilities of the Board members are explained below.

To maintain an appropriate level of control over the day to day affairs 
of the Company, the following matters are subject to the 
determination and/or approval of the Board, and are contained within 
the Company’s “Schedule of Matters Reserved to the Board”:
 >approval of the annual budget and any changes to it;
 >a major change in the nature, scope or scale of the business of the 

Group;

 >approval of the interim and final results;
 >approval of any dividend policy;
 >changes relating to the Group’s capital structure, including 

reductions of capital and share buy-backs;

 >the entering into by the Group of a commitment or arrangement (or 

any series of related commitments or arrangements) which, 

36  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Corporate governance report continuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governancei

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

whether budgeted or unbudgeted, involves or could reasonably 
involve, the payment or receipt by the Group of amounts equal to or 
in excess of £200 million in aggregate value;

 >the entering into by the Group of a commitment or arrangement (or 
any series of related commitments or arrangements) with a related 
party (as defined by the Listing Rules) which involves, or could 
reasonably involve, the payment or receipt by the Group of amounts 
equal to or in excess of £25 million in aggregate value;

 >approval of resolutions to be put forward to shareholders at a 

general meeting;

 >changes to the structure, size and composition of the Board, 

following, if applicable, recommendations from any committee to 
which the Board delegates consideration of such issues;

 >appointment and removal of the Chairman of the Board and the 

CEO; and

 >determining the independence of Non-Executive Directors.
The full schedule of matters reserved for decision making by the 
Board can be found on the Company’s corporate website at sky.com/
corporate. In the event that a matter is required to be resolved by a 
vote of the Board, the matter shall be decided by a majority of votes in 
accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association. The Chairman 
does not have a casting vote.

Board Focus

During the year and in addition to its reserved and standing matters, 
the Board also considered and received a number of updates and 
presentations relating among others, to:
 >The Company’s finance and operations
 >Governance and formal business
 >The general market and economic outlook
 >The competitive landscape
 >Products and services
 >Content investments

Strategy Away Days

In February 2013, members of the Board attended an offsite day 
dedicated to the Company’s strategic priorities. This format gives 
Directors a further opportunity to explore, analyse and challenge 
management on its strategic approach. At this year’s away day, the 
Board were engaged in and received presentation and updates 
relating to:
 >The Company’s five year financial plans
 >New product developments
 >Growth of existing business activities
 >Opportunities and market trends

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

The Chairman

The Chairman is responsible for leadership of the Board, ensuring its 
effectiveness on all aspects of its role and setting its agenda. This 
includes ensuring, via the Company Secretary, that the Directors 
receive accurate, timely and clear information. The duties of the 
Chairman include the following:
 >to provide a sounding board to the CEO;
 >to encourage and ensure effective communication with 

shareholders, and ensure shareholder views are communicated to 
the Board as a whole;

 >to facilitate a structure to allow the effective contribution of all 

Directors, and of Non-Executive Directors in particular;

 >to create an environment which engenders constructive relations 

between Executive and Non-Executive Directors;

 >to organise the business of the Board so that it can be carried out 

effectively and efficiently;

 >to lead the Board in discussions regarding the Company’s strategy 

and in the achievement of its objectives;

 >to ensure Board committees are properly established, composed 

and operated; and

 >to enhance the Company’s public standing and image overall.

The Chief Executive Officer

The CEO is responsible for the daily operation of the Company, 
advancing long-term shareholder value, supported by the 
management team. He is accountable and responsible to the Board 
for the management and operation of the Company. He is also 
involved in the management of the social and environmental 
responsibilities of the Company. The duties of the CEO include the 
following:
 >to be responsible and accountable to the Board for the 

management and operation of the Group;

 >to prepare and implement plans and programmes for the 

attainment of approved objectives and to recommend such plans 
and programmes to the Board as appropriate;

 >to provide leadership in the Group’s commitment to attaining high 

business standards generally;

 >to create the conditions within the Group for the efficient operation 

of all business units;

 >to establish and maintain relationships with shareholders and 

potential shareholders, and major external bodies;

 >to keep the Board informed on all matters of material importance; 

and

 >to chair meetings of the Executive Committee.

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director (SID)

The role of the SID is to provide both support and a counterbalance to 
the position of Chairman and encompasses the following:
 >to provide a sounding board to the Chairman;
 >to serve as an alternative source of advice to the Chairman for the 

other Non-Executive Directors;

 >together with the other Independent Non-Executive Directors, to 
evaluate the performance of the Chairman and agree development 
points required;

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  37

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
Environment supportive of challenge

The effective operation of the Board is dependent on the inherent 
checks and balances within the various Board roles. As highly qualified 
and successful individuals in their respective fields of endeavour, all 
Independent Non-Executive Directors influence, debate and 
contribute to decisions relating to the strategy of the Company, its 
performance and its impact on stakeholders. The Independent 
Non-Executive Directors are evaluated and judged on the quality and 
content of their contributions to Board debate and are expected to 
offer alternative viewpoints and challenge perceptions and decisions 
as appropriate.

Board delegation

The Board has delegated specific responsibilities to Board 
committees, notably the Audit, Remuneration, Corporate Governance 
& Nominations and the Bigger Picture committees. Each committee’s 
terms of reference can be found on the Company’s corporate website. 
The Board is satisfied that the terms of reference of each of the 
committees satisfy the requirements of the Code.

The minutes of committee meetings are made available to all Board 
Directors on a timely basis. At each Board meeting the chairman of 
each committee provides the Board with a brief update of the work 
currently being carried out by the committee they chair.

A committee of senior management generally meets on a weekly basis 
to allow prompt discussion of relevant business issues. It is chaired by 
the CEO and comprises the CFO and other senior executives from 
within the Group.

 >along with the Chairman, to liaise with institutional shareholders 

and representative bodies during the year; and

 >to assist shareholders in resolving concerns should alternative 

channels be inappropriate.

Non-Executive Directors

Collectively, and specifically within the remit of the Independent 
Non-Executive Directors, the Non-Executive Directors are responsible 
for the following aspects of governance of the Board:
 >to scrutinise the performance of management in reaching agreed 

objectives and monitor reporting;

 >to satisfy themselves on the integrity of financial information;
 >to ensure financial controls and systems of risk management are 

robust and defensible;

 >to determine appropriate levels of remuneration of Board members; 

and

 >to determine the composition of the Board in respect of succession 

planning.

Company Secretary

The Company Secretary is responsible for the following in respect of 
effective Board operation:
 >to ensure good information flows within the Board and its 

committees, between senior management and Non-Executive 
Directors;

 >to facilitate Director induction and assisting with professional 

development; and

 >to advise the Board through the Chairman of all corporate 
governance obligations and developments in best practice.

All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company 
Secretary who advises on corporate governance matters, Board 
procedures and other relevant rules and regulations. In addition, 
Directors have the right to seek independent professional advice at 
the Company’s expense.

During the year, Chris Taylor was appointed Company Secretary in 
place of David Gormley who moved to another role within Sky.

Board and Committee framework 

Board

Audit
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Bigger Picture
Committee

Corporate Governance &
Nominations Committee

38  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Corporate governance report continuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governancei

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Meetings of the Board during the year

The Board met five times during the year. Attendance at Board and Committee meetings during the year is set out in the table below. 
The table shows the number of meetings each Director and Committee member were eligible to attend.

Number of meetings held in year

Director

Jeremy Darroch, CEO

Andrew Griffith
Chase Carey(i)
Tracy Clarke(iv)(v)
David DeVoe(vii)
Nick Ferguson(ii)(v)
Martin Gilbert(iii)(v)
Andy Higginson(ii)(iii)(viii)
Dave Lewis(i)(ii)(iii)(iv)
James Murdoch(iv)
Matthieu Pigasse(iii)(ix)
Danny Rimer(ii)(v)
Arthur Siskind(ii)
Andy Sukawaty(i)(v)
Thomas Mockridge(vi)(x)
Jacques Nasser(vi)
Lord Wilson of Dinton(ii)(iv)(vi)

Board

5

5/5

5/5

2/2

5/5

4/5

5/5

5/5

4/5

3/3

5/5

3/5

5/5

5/5

1/1

2/3

2/2

4/4

Audit

Remuneration

Corporate 
Governance & 
Nominations

Bigger Picture

6

3

4

2

6/6

5/6

2/2

3/6

3/3

3/3

2/3

3/3

1/1

2/2

1/1

2/2

4/4

3/4

1/1

3/4

4/4

3/3

2/2

Notes
(i)  Dave Lewis was appointed to the Board on 16 November 2012, Chase Carey was appointed to the Board on 30 January 2013 and Andy Sukawaty was appointed to the Board on 

1 June 2013.

(ii)  Corporate Governance & Nominations Committee member. Lord Wilson of Dinton retired as a member on 1 June 2013 and Dave Lewis became a member on 11 June 2013.
(iii)  Audit Committee member. Andy Higginson stepped down as Chairman of the Audit Committee on 1 November 2012. Dave Lewis became a member on 30 January 2013.
(iv)  Bigger Picture Committee member. Dave Lewis was appointed as a member on 30 January 2013 and Lord Wilson of Dinton resigned as a member on 1 June 2013.
(v)  Remuneration Committee member. Jacques Nasser retired as a member on 1 November 2012 and Andy Sukawaty became a member on 11 June 2013.
(vi)  Jacques Nasser retired from the Board on 1 November 2012, Thomas Mockridge resigned from the Board on 30 January 2013 and Lord Wilson of Dinton retired from the Board on 

1 June 2013.

(vii)  David DeVoe was unable to attend a Board meeting due to a conflicting News Corporation (subsequently renamed Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.) meeting.
(viii) Andy Higginson was unable to attend a Board meeting due to family commitments.
(ix)  Matthieu Pigasse was unable to attend Board and Committee meetings due to overseas travel on Lazard business and personal reasons.
(x)  Thomas Mockridge could not attend a Board meeting as he resigned from the Board that day.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  39

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EFFECTIVENESS

Board composition and independence

The Board currently comprises 15 Directors, made up of two Executive 
Directors and 13 Non-Executive Directors. At least half of the Board of 
Directors are determined to be independent by the Board in 
accordance with provision B.1.2 of the Code. Biographies of each of the 
Directors are set out on pages 34 to 35 and identify those Directors 
who are, in the view of the Board, independent within the meaning of 
the Code. On appointment the Chairman met the independence 
criteria set out in provision B.1.1 of the Code.

The Independent Non-Executive Directors bring a wide range of 
experience and expertise to the Group’s affairs, and carry significant 
weight in the Board’s decisions. The Independent Non-Executive 
Directors are encouraged to challenge management and help develop 
proposals on strategy. Time is regularly put aside at Board meetings 
to discuss the strategic direction of the Company.

Prior to appointment, and on an annual basis, each Board member 
receives and completes a questionnaire to determine factors that 
may affect independence according to best practice statements 
contained within the Code. The responses to the questionnaire assist 
the Board in ascertaining whether a Director is independent in 
character and judgement, and whether there are relationships or 
circumstances which are likely to affect, or could appear to affect, the 
Director’s judgement.

Appointments to the Board and succession planning

The Corporate Governance & Nominations Committee keeps the 
Board’s balance of skills, knowledge, experience and the length of 
service of individuals under constant review. In respect of succession 
planning and supplementing the skill set of the Board, there is an 
established procedure for the appointment of Directors. In brief, the 
Committee identifies the set of skills and experience required and, 
with the assistance of external search agencies, selects individuals to 
take Board positions on review of their individual merits. The process 
adopted by the Committee around Director recruitment is discussed 
in the Corporate Governance & Nominations Committee’s report on 
pages 45 and 46.

Board diversity

The Board has noted the findings of the Davies Review and has 
published a statement of its intention to increase female 
representation on the Board. This statement can be found on the 
Company’s corporate website. The Corporate Governance & 
Nominations Committee is responsible for succession planning and 
further information of the work of the Committee during the year can 
be found on pages 45 and 46.

Directors’ reappointment

In respect of Code provision B.7.1, all Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors will retire and offer themselves for reappointment at the 
2013 AGM of the Company in compliance with the Code.

Board and committee changes during the year

At the Company’s AGM on 1 November 2012, Jacques Nasser retired 
from the Board and also as a member of the Remuneration 

Committee. Following the AGM, Martin Gilbert was appointed as 
Chairman of the Audit Committee in place of Andy Higginson who 
remains a member. On 16 November 2012, Dave Lewis was appointed 
as an Independent Non-Executive Director. On 30 January 2013, Dave 
Lewis was appointed as a member of the Audit Committee and the 
Bigger Picture Committee and on 11 June 2013 he was appointed as a 
member of the Corporate Governance & Nominations Committee.

On 30 January 2013, Thomas Mockridge resigned and Chase Carey was 
appointed as a Non-Executive Director. On 1 June 2013, Lord Wilson of 
Dinton retired from the Board and as a member of the Corporate 
Governance & Nominations Committee and the Bigger Picture 
Committee. On 1 June 2013, Andy Sukawaty was appointed as an 
Independent Non–Executive Director. On 11 June 2013, Andy Sukawaty 
was appointed as a member of the Remuneration Committee. On 
17 July 2013, Adine Grate was appointed as an Independent Non-
Executive Director.

Time commitment

Executive Directors are not allowed to take on the chairmanship of a 
FTSE 100 company, but are allowed to take up one external non-
executive FTSE 100 appointment and retain any payments in respect 
of such appointments. Any external appointments for the Executive 
Directors are considered by the Corporate Governance & Nominations 
Committee. All Non-Executive Directors are advised of the likely time 
commitments required on induction, and are expected to devote 
sufficient time for the effective discharge of their functions. The 
Company provides Non-Executive Directors with appropriate support 
and facilities for consideration of the Company’s strategy and 
performance, and a dialogue with the Chairman is strongly 
encouraged so that any issues regarding conflicting commitments 
and time pressures can be addressed appropriately.

Induction & training

All new Directors receive an induction tailored to their individual 
requirements. The induction process involves meeting with all of the 
Company’s Executive Directors and Senior Executives. This facilitates 
their understanding of the Group and the key drivers of the business’ 
performance. During the year, Directors have received presentations 
from a number of areas of the business including Customer Group, Sky 
Media, Sky Sports and Strategic Planning Group. The Chairman meets 
with the Directors throughout the year to review and agree their 
individual training and developmental needs.

In consultation with the Chairman and CEO, the Company Secretary 
organises and facilitates directors’ induction. For example, Dave Lewis 
was appointed to the Board on 16 November 2012 and has undergone 
the initial stages of induction, which have included meetings with key 
executives, a meeting with the Bigger Picture team, and a tour of the 
Sky Skills Studio. During the remainder of 2013, he will attend an 
outside broadcast and visit a customer call centre.

Information provided to the Directors

The Company Secretary is responsible for ensuring good information 
flows within the Board and its committees, between senior 
management and Non-Executive Directors. For each Board and 
Committee meeting, Directors are provided with a tailored Board pack 
at least one week prior to the meeting. To improve the delivery and 
security of Board papers, the Company has adopted an electronic 

40  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Corporate governance report continuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governancesystem whereby Directors’ board packs are accessible and available 
irrespective of geographic location. Directors regularly receive 
additional information from the Company between Board meetings 
including a daily press summary and a monthly Group performance 
update. Where a Director was unable to attend a meeting, they were 
provided with all the papers and information relating to that meeting 
and were able to discuss issues arising directly with the Chairman 
and CEO.

Conflicts of interest

Under UK company law, all Directors must seek authorisation before 
taking up any position with another company that conflicts, or may 
possibly conflict, with the Company’s interests. The Company’s 
Articles of Association contain provisions to allow the Directors to 
authorise situations of potential conflicts of interest so that a 
Director is not in breach of his duty under company law. All existing 
external appointments for each Director have been authorised by the 
Board and each authorisation is set out in a Conflicts Register. 
Directors are required to notify the Board of potential conflicts so 
that they can be considered, and if appropriate, authorised by the 
Board. In addition, the Corporate Governance & Nominations 
Committee conducts an annual review of Directors’ conflicts and 
reports its findings to the Board.

The Corporate Governance & Nominations Committee reviewed the 
Board’s conflicts during the financial year and concluded that 
conflicts had been appropriately authorised and that the process for 
authorisation is operating effectively. The Corporate Governance & 
Nominations Committee and the Board will continue to monitor and 
review potential conflicts of interest on a regular basis.

Directors & Officers’ Insurance and Indemnity

The Company recognises that all Directors are equally and collectively 
accountable under the law for the proper stewardship of the 
Company’s affairs. The Company maintains a Directors’ and Officers’ 
liability insurance policy which meets defence costs when the Director 
is not proved to have acted fraudulently.

Additionally, the Company’s Articles of Association allow the Company 
to indemnify the Directors and deeds of indemnity have been issued 
to all Directors of the Company.

Board Evaluation

In line with corporate governance best practice, an external Board 
evaluation was undertaken during the year. The process was 
facilitated by Alice Perkins who works for the coaching division of JCA 
Group, which is separate to the recruitment division engaged by the 
Corporate Governance & Nominations Committee during the year to 
assist in the recruitment of non-executive directors. JCA Group have 
no other relationships with the Company. 

Following discussions with the Chairman, Senior Independent Director, 
CEO and the Company Secretary, JCA Group prepared discussion 
guidelines which formed the basis for one to one interviews with all 
Board members and the Company Secretary. The areas covered by the 
discussion guidelines included: 
 >Organisation of the Board and its composition
 >Committee organisation and composition
 >Strategy 

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

 >Peer reviews
 >Board relations with key stakeholders
 >Risk, compliance and financial monitoring
 >Overall Board effectiveness and succession planning
The findings were presented to the Corporate Governance & 
Nominations Committee and the Board for discussion in October 
2012. The feedback confirmed that the Board and each of its 
Committees continue to operate effectively and that each Director 
continues to make an effective contribution and demonstrates a 
strong commitment to the role. 

The Board discussed the key findings and agreed the following action 
points:
 >The Board induction process would be reviewed and strengthened; 
 >The composition of the Board and its Committees would be kept 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

under review;

 >Board information flows would be reviewed to ensure that all 
Directors are kept up to date with developments in between 
meetings; 

 >The Board and Committee meeting schedule would be reviewed. 
The performance of each director was evaluated as part of the 
evaluation process, based on self-analysis and input from the other 
directors. It is the Board’s intention to continue to review its 
performance and that of its Committees and individual directors on 
an annual basis. In respect of the evaluation process for the 2013/14 
financial year, it is likely that a mixture of external facilitation and 
internal facilitation will be used. 

ACCOUNTABILITY

Throughout this report and, as required, through other periodic 
financial statements, the Board is committed to providing 
shareholders with a clear assessment of the Company’s position and 
prospects. The Audit Committee has responsibility for oversight of 
corporate reporting, risk management and the Company’s relationship 
with its auditor. A full description of the Audit Committee’s terms of 
reference is included in the Audit Committee Report on pages 42 
to 45.

Significant risks to the business are kept under constant review and 
appropriate material controls are sanctioned and employed as 
appropriate. The Company’s principal risks and examples of how we 
mitigate those risks are detailed on pages 24 to 27.

REmUNERATION

The Board believes in adopting remuneration packages that are 
appropriate for attracting, retaining and motivating Directors. The 
Remuneration Committee’s report on Directors’ remuneration on 
pages 48 to 56 explains how remuneration packages and 
performance incentives are employed by the Company at Board level. 
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for setting the 
Remuneration policy for the Board and ensures that no Director is 
involved in decisions affecting their own remuneration.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  41

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
RELATIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS

Shareholder communications

AUDIT COmmITTEE

Chairman Martin Gilbert

Presentations and webcasts on the development of the business are 
available to all shareholders on the Company’s corporate website. The 
Company also uses email alerts and actively promotes downloading of 
all reports enhancing speed and equality of shareholder 
communication. The Company has taken full advantage of the 
provisions within the Companies Act 2006 allowing the website to be 
used as the primary means of communication with shareholders 
where they have not requested hard copy documentation. The 
shareholder information section on pages 116 to 117 contains further 
details on electronic shareholder communications together with more 
general information of interest to shareholders which is also included 
on the Company’s corporate website.

Shareholder engagement

The Company is committed to maintaining and improving dialogue 
with shareholders in order to ensure that the objectives of both the 
Group and the shareholders are understood. A programme of 
meetings with institutional shareholders, fund managers and analysts 
takes place each year. The Company also makes presentations to 
analysts and investors around the time of the half-year and full-year 
results announcement; conference calls are held with analysts and 
investors following the announcement of the first quarter and third 
quarter results, and presentations are made during the year to many 
existing or potential shareholders at investor conferences.

The Annual General Meeting

The Board views the AGM as an opportunity to communicate with 
private investors and sets aside time at the meeting for shareholders 
to ask questions. At the AGM, the Chairman provides a brief summary 
of the Company’s activities for the previous year to the shareholders. 
All resolutions at the 2012 AGM were voted by way of an electronic poll. 
This follows best practice and allows the Company to count all votes 
rather than just those of shareholders attending the meeting. As 
recommended by the Code, all resolutions were voted separately and 
the voting results, which included all votes cast for, against and those 
withheld, together with all proxies lodged prior to the meeting, were 
indicated at the meeting and the final results were released to the 
London Stock Exchange as soon as practicable after the meeting. The 
announcement was also made available on the Company’s corporate 
website. As in previous years, the proxy form and the announcement 
of the voting results made it clear that a “vote withheld” is not a vote 
in law and will not be counted in the calculation of the proportion of 
the votes for or against the resolution.

Members Martin Gilbert, Andy Higginson, Dave Lewis and 
Matthieu Pigasse

Chairman’s overview

 During the year, the Committee continued to focus on the financial 
performance of the Company, internal audit, risk management, 
compliance and financial governance. In accordance with the Code, the 
membership of the Committee consists exclusively of Independent 
Non-Executive Directors.

This year the Committee has received a number of presentations from 
the management of different business areas, including technology, 
entertainment and legal and regulatory to improve its understanding 
of their operations and the risks they face and how those risks are 
managed.

The Committee has also reviewed the Group’s integration of the O2 
consumer broadband and fixed-line telephony business, received 
presentations from the Chairman of the Data Governance Committee, 
the Director of People in relation to Health & Safety and received 
regular reports from the Company’s internal audit function and 
external auditor.

During the year, Andy Higginson stepped down as Chairman of the 
Committee and I would like to thank him for his stewardship of the 
Committee during his Chairmanship. Andy remains a Committee 
member. Dave Lewis joined the Committee in January 2013 bringing 
strong operational experience which will add to the quality and 
effectiveness of discussions at Committee meetings.
Martin Gilbert 
Committee Chairman

Attendance at Committee Meetings

The Committee, has clearly defined terms of reference as laid down 
by the Board which are available on the Company’s website. The 
Committee is chaired by Martin Gilbert and the other members are 
Andy Higginson, Dave Lewis and Matthieu Pigasse. The CFO and 
representatives from the external auditor and the internal audit 
department attend meetings at the request of the Committee. The 
CEO and other business and finance executives attend meetings from 
time to time. The Committee Chairman reports regularly to the Board 
on its activities.

David DeVoe and Arthur Siskind have a standing invitation to attend 
meetings of the Committee. Their attendance at these meetings is as 
observers only and in a non-voting capacity.

42  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Corporate governance report continuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – GovernanceChanges to the membership of the Committee during the year

Andy Higginson stepped down as Chairman of the Committee on 
1 November 2012 and was replaced by Martin Gilbert and remains a 
member of the Committee. Dave Lewis was appointed as a member of 
the Committee on 30 January 2013.

The role of the Committee

The Chairman reports regularly to the Board on its activities. Its main 
duties include:
 >making recommendations to the Board in relation to the 

appointment, reappointment and removal of the external auditor 
and discussing with the external auditor the nature, scope and fees 
for the external auditor’s work;

 >reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding the 
approval, or any amendment to, the quarterly, half year and annual 
financial statements of the Group;

 >reviewing the Group’s significant accounting policies;
 >reviewing the Group’s systems of internal control;
 >reviewing the Group’s treasury policies;
 >recommending the appointment of the Group’s Director: Audit, Risk 

Management and Compliance;

 >reviewing the audit plan and findings of the Group’s internal audit 

function;

 >monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 

audit function;

 >approving all non-audit services provided by the Group’s external 

auditor in accordance with the Group’s policy;
 >monitoring the Group’s whistle-blowing policy;
 >reviewing and monitoring compliance with the Company’s business 

standards and codes relating to anti-bribery and corruption, 
competition law, data protection, health and safety and other 
compliance programmes;

 >reviewing a schedule of all transactions between the Company and 
related parties entered into during the year and which exceed 
£100,000 in value and payments pursuant thereto;

 >approval is required for the entering into by the Group of a 

commitment or arrangement (or any series of related commitments 
or arrangements) with a related party which involves or could 
reasonably involve the payment or receipt by the Group of amounts 
equal to or in excess of £10 million, but not exceeding £25 million in 
aggregate value. Any transaction in excess of £25 million in 
aggregate value must be submitted to the Committee and, if 
approved by the Committee, must also be submitted to the full 
Board for approval;

 >to approve (subject, where applicable, to Board approval) all 

transactions which fall within the Listing  Rule definition of related 
party transactions and to recommend such transactions as it 
approves to the Board.

The Committee members have considerable financial and business 
experience and the Board considers that the membership as a whole 
has sufficient recent and relevant financial experience to discharge its 
functions. In addition, the Board has determined that each member of 
the Committee has sufficient accounting or related financial 
management expertise as required by the UK Listing Authority’s 
Disclosure and Transparency Rules.

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

The Committee reviewed the significant areas of judgement in line 
with the Group’s critical accounting policies as set out on pages 72 
and 73 with particular focus on the following:
 >Retail subscription revenue: the majority of the Group’s revenues 
derive from retail subscriptions. The Group applies judgement in 
determining the allocation of consideration from customers to 
different elements of the contract. The Committee keeps the 
policies under review and confirms with management that this 
policy has been applied consistently.

 >General entertainment programming inventory: the Committee 
reviews the policy for the recognition of content costs and seeks 
assurances that it has been applied appropriately. The amortisation 
method for general entertainment programming inventory requires 
more judgement and the committee received a presentation from 
management on the policy and reviewed the different genres of 
programmes by comparison with viewing profiles and industry 
benchmarks.

 >Capitalisation of intangible and tangible non-current assets: the 

Committee obtains assurances from management that the Group’s 
project controls are operating and that the requirements of IAS 16 
and IAS 38 regarding the capitalisation of expenditure have been 
followed.

Activities during the year

The Committee met six times during the financial year. Meeting 
agendas were organised around the Company’s financial reporting 
cycle and items covered were as follows:

Financial management and reporting
 >received regular updates from the CFO on the financial performance 

and financial management of the Group;

 >reviewed the Company’s Annual Report, half-yearly results and 

interim management statements;

 >reviewed the Group’s accounting policies; and
 >received quarterly reports from the treasury function on the 

funding, liquidity, going concern and operational capabilities of the 
Group and compliance with treasury policies.

Internal control
 >considered the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls over 

financial reporting;

 >reviewed the internal audit department’s resources and annual 

audit plan;

 >reviewed quarterly reports from internal audit on the results of its 

audit work and management’s implementation of its 
recommendations;

 >received quarterly updates from internal audit on the status of 

Senior Accounting Officer (SAO) certification work to ensure SAO 
compliance; and

 >evaluated the effectiveness of the internal audit department.

External Audit Matters
 >received regular reports from the external auditor;
 >reviewed and approved the 2012/13 audit work plan;
 >received regular updates on the use of non-audit services provided 
by the external auditor and ensured that all services and fees were 
approved in accordance with the Group’s policy;

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  43

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 >reviewed the effectiveness, quality of work and independence of 

the external auditor; 

 >approved the re-appointment, remuneration and engagement 

letter of the external auditor; and

 >private meetings with the external auditor for additional discussion 

and assessment of activities.

Risk management
 >reviewed the Group’s Risk Register;
 >received risk presentations from various business areas; 
 >approved the Group’s Risk Management Policy and Standards; and
 >received an insurance renewal update.

Other
 >reviewed quarterly security updates which include whistle-blowing;
 >received a report on cyber security;
 >reviewed quarterly related party transactions reports; and
 >reviewed the Group’s implementation of adequate procedures in 

relation to the Bribery Act 2010.

The Committee also received updates from the Director of Tax and 
Treasury, the Chairman of the Data Governance Committee and the 
Director of People on health and safety.

The external auditors attended six meetings of the Committee during 
the year. The Director: Audit, Risk Management and Compliance has 
direct access to the Committee Chairman and the external audit 
partner.

Internal control and risk management

The Directors have overall responsibility for establishing and 
maintaining the Group’s systems of internal control and risk 
management and for reviewing their effectiveness. These systems are 
designed to manage, and where possible eliminate, the risk of failure 
to achieve business objectives and to provide reasonable, but not 
absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss. There is an 
ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing the 
significant risks faced by the Group in accordance with the revised 
guidance on internal control issued by the Financial Reporting Council 
in October 2005. During the period under review no significant failings 
or weaknesses were identified.

The Committee, on behalf of the Board, considers the effectiveness of 
the operation of the Group’s systems of internal control and risk 
management during the year and this review has been carried out for 
the year ended 30 June 2013 and up to the date on which the financial 
statements were approved. This review relates to the Company and 
its subsidiaries and does not extend to joint ventures. The Committee 
meets on at least a quarterly basis with the Group’s Director: Audit, 
Risk Management and Compliance and the external auditors.

There is a comprehensive budgeting and forecasting process, and the 
annual budget, which is regularly reviewed and updated, is approved 
by the Board. Performance is monitored against budget through 
weekly and monthly reporting cycles. During the financial year under 
review monthly reports on performance were provided to the Board 
and the Group reports to shareholders each quarter.

In respect of Group financial reporting, the Group finance team is 
responsible for preparing the Group financial statements and there 

are well established controls over the financial reporting process. 
These are also documented in line with the requirements of the SAO 
legislation and the controls are reviewed and signed off to confirm 
their continuous operation by the control owners twice a year and are 
independently tested by the internal audit team.

The results of the SAO testing are reported to the Committee on a 
quarterly basis.

There are risk registers which identify the risks faced by the Group 
and these are consolidated into a Group Risk Register. The registers 
detail the controls that manage the risks and, where necessary, the 
action plans to mitigate the risk exposure. The business develops the 
action plans and the internal audit team monitors their 
implementation. The Committee formally reviews the Group Risk 
Register twice a year and there is a rolling programme where senior 
executives from the business present their risk management plans. 
The Group’s principal risks and uncertainties are detailed in the 
Business Review on pages 24 to 27.

The internal audit team provides objective assurance as to the 
effectiveness of the Group’s systems of internal control and risk 
management to the Group’s operating management and to the 
Committee.

Disclosure controls and procedures

The Company maintains disclosure controls, procedures and systems 
that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed 
as part of the Company’s UK listing obligations is accumulated and 
communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as 
appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

The Company has established a Disclosure Committee. The committee 
is chaired by the Company Secretary and its members consist of 
senior managers from the finance and legal departments. It has 
responsibility for considering the materiality of information (including 
inside information) and, on a timely basis, determination of the 
disclosure and treatment of such information. The Disclosure 
Committee also has responsibility for overseeing the process for the 
formal review of the contents of the Company’s Annual Report.

Changes in internal controls

No change in the Group’s internal control over financial reporting has 
occurred during the year ended 30 June 2013 that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Group’s 
internal control over financial reporting.

Auditor independence

For the year ended 30 June 2013, the Committee has reviewed audit 
independence and scope of non-audit services and independence 
safeguards with Deloitte LLP, the Group’s external auditor. As part of 
the review, the Audit Committee has received and reviewed 
confirmation in writing that, in Deloitte LLP’s professional judgement, 
Deloitte LLP is independent within the meaning of all UK regulatory 
and professional requirements and the objectivity of the audit 
engagement partner and audit staff is not impaired.

The Committee was satisfied throughout the year that the objectivity 
and independence of Deloitte LLP was not in any way impaired by 
either the nature of the non-audit related services undertaken during 

44  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Corporate governance report continuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governancei

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

the year, the level of non-audit fees charged, or any other facts or 
circumstances. Audit and non-audit services provided during the year 
were approved by the Committee. An analysis of auditor remuneration 
is disclosed in note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

Audit and non-audit services

The Group has a policy on the provision by the external auditor of 
audit and non-audit services, which categorises such services 
between:
 >those services which the auditor is not permitted to provide;
 >those services which are acceptable for the auditor to provide and 
the provision of which has been pre-approved by the Committee; 
and

 >those services for which the specific approval of the Committee is 
required before the auditor is permitted to provide the service.

The policy defines the types of services falling under each category 
and sets out the criteria which need to be met and the internal 
approval mechanisms required to be completed prior to any 
engagement. An analysis of all services provided by the external 
auditor is reviewed by the Committee on a quarterly basis.

During the year, the following examples were deemed to be pre-
approved in accordance with the policy.
 >Comfort procedures in relation to 2012 bond issue
 >iXBRL tagging of statutory accounts
 >Assurance of certain KPIs for the Bigger Picture Review.

Audit partner rotation

The external auditor is required to rotate the audit partner 
responsible for the engagement every five years. The current lead 
partner started his term of office in relation to the 2010/11 financial 
year.

Tenure of external auditor

The appointment of Deloitte LLP as the Group’s external auditor 
(incumbents since 2002) is kept under review. The Committee has 
approved the external auditor’s remuneration and terms of 
engagement and is fully satisfied with the performance, objectivity, 
quality of challenge and independence of the external auditor. Having 
performed a review of effectiveness, the Committee has 
recommended that a resolution to reappoint the external auditor as 
the Company’s statutory auditors be proposed at the Company’s 
forthcoming AGM. In addition to the annual review of effectiveness 
undertaken when considering the recommendation to shareholders 
regarding the annual re-appointment of the external auditor, the 2012 
version of the Code now requires the Company to undertake a 
competitive tender for the role of external auditor on a comply or 
explain basis every ten years. The present audit partner’s permitted 
fifth and final year is the year ending 30 June 2015 and it is the 
Committee’s current intention to conduct a competitive tender to 
select auditors for either that year or the year ending 30 June 2016. 

Data Governance

The Data Governance Committee (the “DG Committee”) reports to the 
Committee. The role of the DG Committee is to ensure that 
appropriate procedures and controls are in place to ensure that the 

Group processes personal data in accordance with Data Protection 
laws, and that individuals are able to exercise their rights under such 
laws. A set of policies are in place which outline and promote 
consistent standards and practices in the collection and use of 
personal data across the Group. The policies also set out the 
responsibilities of employees in managing personal data and the 
escalation process to be followed, should employees become aware of 
any breach of policy. These policies are subject to regular review by 
the DG Committee.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE & 
NOmINATIONS COmmITTEE

Chairman Andy Higginson

Members Nick Ferguson, Andy Higginson, Dave Lewis, Danny Rimer 
and Arthur Siskind

Chairman’s overview

We have had another active year continuing our orderly programme of 
replacing Independent Non-Executive Directors as they retire. We 
have secured the appointment of two new independent non-
executive directors. Dave Lewis and Andy Sukawaty succeed Jacques 
Nasser and Lord Wilson of Dinton on their retirement from the Board. 
A third candidate, Adine Grate was appointed to the Board on 17 July 
2013.

Succession planning is a key part of our annual programme and for 
each position we have reviewed the existing skill-set on the Board, 
specifically in terms of background, knowledge, experience and the 
diversity of the Board. We have balanced this with the Company’s 
strategic direction and objectives to ensure that each appointment 
strengthens the Board so that it can help and challenge management 
to grow and take the business forward.

We have used external consultants to help us with the recruitment 
process and members of the Committee and the Chief Executive 
Officer have met with a number of candidates throughout the year 
who met the Committee’s criteria. This year’s Board evaluation 
process was undertaken by an external Company for the first time. 
Alice Perkins of JCA Group facilitated the evaluation process which 
involved her meeting all Board members and the Company Secretary 
through a series of one to one interviews. The results of the 
evaluation were very encouraging. The evaluation found that the 
Board and its Committees are operating effectively and that the 
Directors are making an effective contribution. A number of action 
points were agreed which are generally aimed at building on and 
improving existing processes. 

The Board as a whole welcomes the opportunity to adapt to 
innovations and change within the field, and is actively progressing 
initiatives such as addressing gender balance on the Board, sourcing 
the right skills to complement our talented management team, and 
creating robust succession plans to safeguard the Company’s future 
performance.

The Committee continues to comprise a majority of Non-Executive 
Directors in compliance with the Code.

Andy Higginson 
Committee Chairman 

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  45

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
The Committee also reviewed the independence of the Non-Executive 
Directors and recommended to the Board that there be no changes to 
the independent status of the current Independent Non-Executive 
Directors. The Non-Executive Directors who are considered by the 
Board to be independent are clearly identified on pages 34 to 35. The 
Board’s criteria for determining whether a Non-Executive Director is 
independent are set out in the Memorandum on Corporate 
Governance which can be found on the Company’s corporate website.

The Committee’s review took into consideration the fact that, by the 
date of the Company’s 2013 AGM, Andy Higginson will have served on 
the Board for more than nine years. Provision B.1.1 of the Code states 
that serving more than nine years could be relevant to the 
determination of a Non-Executive Director’s independence. The 
Committee concluded that Andy Higginson continued to demonstrate 
the essential characteristics of independence expected by the Board 
and that there are no relationships or circumstances that are likely to 
affect, or could appear to affect, his judgement. Andy Higginson has 
agreed to serve as a member of the Board until the 2014 AGM, in order 
to maintain a degree of certainty and smooth handover of Board and 
Committee experience and knowledge and help to facilitate the 
integration of the recently appointed Independent Non-Executive 
Directors to the Board.

The Committee reviewed the Board’s conflicts during the financial 
year and concluded that Directors’ conflicts had been appropriately 
authorised and that the process for authorisation was operating 
effectively. The Committee and the Board will continue to monitor and 
review potential conflicts of interest and take action to mitigate them 
as necessary.

Changes to the membership of the Committee during the year

Lord Wilson of Dinton retired as a member of the Committee on 1 June 
2013. Dave Lewis was appointed as a member of the Committee on 
11 June 2013.

The role of the Committee

The Chairman reports regularly to the Board on its activities. Its main 
duties include:
 >the identification and nomination, for approval by the Board, of 

candidates to fill Board vacancies as they arise;

 >the drafting of requirements for a particular appointment to the 
Board, taking into consideration the present balance of skills, 
knowledge and experience on the Board;

 >the regular review of the structure, size and composition of the 
Board and the recommendation of any changes to the Board or 
succession planning;

 >the provision of a formal letter of appointment, setting out clearly 
what is expected of new appointees to the Board, in terms of time 
commitment, term of office and committee service as well as their 
duties and liabilities as a Director, including details of the Company’s 
corporate governance policies and Directors’ and Officers’ liability 
insurance cover; and

 >the monitoring of the Company’s compliance with applicable 
Corporate Governance Codes and other similar requirements.

Activities during the year

During the year the Committee reviewed the composition of the Board 
and its committees and followed a formal recruitment process to 
identify candidates who meet the Board’s criteria. During the year, 
Committee members and the CEO met with a number of potential 
candidates. 

The Committee used JCA Group, an external recruitment consultancy 
to help the Committee identify possible candidates and run the 
recruitment process. The coaching arm of JCA Group, which is a 
separate business to the recruitment arm, performed the external 
Board evaluation during the year. JCA Group has no other connection 
with the Company. JCA Group were replaced by Ridgeway Partners as 
the Company’s external recruitment advisors in October 2012.

The recruitment process involved the Chairman of the Committee 
working closely with the external recruitment consultants to ensure 
that they understood the Company’s requirements. The external 
recruitment company approached potential candidates and a short 
list of candidates was drawn up and reviewed by the Committee. 
An interview process was then undertaken which involved members of 
the Committee and the CEO meeting the candidates.

The Committee recommended two candidates to the Board during 
the year, Dave Lewis and Andy Sukawaty. A third candidate, Adine 
Grate was recommended to the Board during the year and appointed 
on 17 July 2013. Each of these candidates has a background, 
experience and skill set which will help strengthen the Board and 
improve its diversity.

The Board and the Committee have noted the findings of the Davies 
Review and it is the Committee’s intention to increase female 
representation on the Board as the Company continues to follow its 
orderly programme for replacing members of the Board as they retire. 

46  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Corporate governance report continuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governancei

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

set to 2020 that will ensure the business has fewer impacts and 
better, more sustainable products year on year. 

They oversaw the expansion of Sky Sports Living for Sport into a third 
of all secondary schools in the UK, together with the launch into 
Ireland. For the latter, a target of also reaching one third of all 
secondary schools by 2016 has been set.

The Committee reviewed the progress of the second phase of Sky 
Rainforest Rescue, continuing to drive on the ground implementation 
in the project area in Brazil, while also increasing the activity to raise 
awareness, in the UK, of rainforest deforestation in the Amazon.

Having agreed the Sky Arts Ignition strategy last year, this year they 
oversaw the launch of projects in partnership with Tate Liverpool and 
the V&A, along with support and mentoring of five emerging young 
artists.

Two years ago, the Committee challenged the management team to 
further strengthen the Bigger Picture initiatives and extend their 
reach. At their final meeting of the year, they noted the significant 
progress made to increase the positive social and environmental 
impact of Sky on the UK and Ireland.

BIGGER PICTURE COmmITTEE

Chairman James Murdoch

Members Tracy Clarke, Dave Lewis and James Murdoch

During the year, the Committee has continued to provide strategic 
leadership in relation to Sky’s Bigger Picture programme.

It has been a good year, with strong progress made in each of our 
chosen areas of focus – sport, arts, environment and skills. This 
progress is detailed on pages 17 to 21 and at sky.com/biggerpicture

The Committee is pleased with the focus and scale of the work being 
done, and believes that it is making a significant contribution to the 
sustainability of the business and its reputation.

I would like to welcome Dave Lewis to the Committee and thank Lord 
Wilson, who stepped down from the Committee during the year, for 
his valuable contribution as a member of the Committee. He has 
served on the Committee since its inception and has made an 
important contribution to the growth and success of the Bigger 
Picture programme during that time.
James Murdoch 
Committee Chairman

Changes to the membership of the Committee during the year

Dave Lewis was appointed as a member of the Bigger Picture 
Committee on 30 January 2013 and Lord Wilson of Dinton retired as a 
member of the Bigger Picture Committee on 1 June 2013. 

The role of the Committee

The Chairman of the Bigger Picture Committee reports regularly to 
the Board on its activities. The main duties of the Bigger Picture 
Committee include:
 >reviewing and approving the Bigger Picture strategy;
 >seeking external stakeholders’ views on the Bigger Picture strategy 

and performance;

 >reviewing and approving the annual reporting of the Bigger Picture 

activities;

 >monitoring progress in achieving the Bigger Picture objectives and 

key performance indicators;

 >ensuring the resources and skills are available to implement the 

Bigger Picture strategy; and

 >providing the Board with an overview of the social, environmental 
and ethical impacts of the Company’s activities and how they are 
being managed.

Activities during the year

Over the year, the Committee reviewed the positive progress made in 
raising consumer awareness and favourability through the Bigger 
Picture initiatives. The independent quarterly mass consumer survey 
shows that 64% of customers and 43% of consumers are now aware 
of the Bigger Picture initiatives. 

The Committee also oversaw a number of key developments in 
relation to Sky’s Bigger Picture initiatives. They reviewed the new 
environment targets and accompanying commitments that Sky has 

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  47

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report 

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present our report on Directors’ 
remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2013. At Sky we are clear that 
our executive remuneration policy is key to the successful execution of 
our business plan, our growth strategy, and the delivery of value to our 
shareholders. The current remuneration framework continues to serve 
the Company and its shareholders well. We set tough performance 
targets commensurate with a growth business in a highly-competitive 
sector. Fixed pay is set low compared to market but achievement of 
stretching targets delivers significant but appropriate rewards for our 
Executive Directors through the annual bonus, the Long-Term Incentive 
Plan, and Co-Investment Plan awards. This has been an outstanding year 
for Sky and we believe that our remuneration policy aligns executive 
performance with shareholder value creation.

Our Long-Term Incentive Plan is atypical, vesting every second year 
breaking the annual vesting cycle. A consequence of this is that the value 
of the remuneration delivered to executive directors will spike every other 
year. The Committee reviewed the vesting schedule and concluded that it 
continues to support the overall strategy of the business.

When taking decisions on executive pay we take account of the prevailing 
facts and circumstances and the guidelines that are set for all employee 
remuneration across the Company. In this way we manage risk and best 
protect Sky and its shareholders. The Remuneration Committee 
continues to retain discretion to change remuneration either up or down 
to appropriately reflect Company or individual performance which we 
believe is in the best interests of our shareholders.

In what has remained a tough consumer environment, we sold more 
products to more customers and increased the amount they spend with 
us. Over the year, we added organically 2.6 million new subscription 
products, and with the acquisition of the O2 consumer broadband and 
fixed-line telephony business, we will finish the year with a total base of 
paid-for products of 31.6 million. This is more than double the level of five 
years ago. As a result of our strong performance in communications we 
became the UK’s second largest broadband provider, with more than 4.9 
million customers, achieving this milestone less than seven years after 
launching broadband services. We ended the year with 11.2 million 
customers, up 547,000 on last year, making Sky the choice of well over 
40% of households across Britain and Ireland.

This strong operational performance, combined with our continued focus 
on cost control and efficiency, has translated into excellent financial 
performance and increased returns to shareholders. Total revenue 
increased by 7%, adjusted operating profit was up by 9% to £1,330 million 
while adjusted basic earnings per share was 60.0 pence, an increase of 
18% on last year and almost two and a half times the level of five years 
ago. In light of this, the Board has proposed a full-year dividend of 30.0 
pence, an increase of 18% which represents the ninth consecutive year of 
growth. On the strength of the Group’s overall performance, annual 
bonuses were paid out close to maximum levels.

This is the year in which the Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP” or “Plan”) 
awards made in 2010 and 2011 are due to vest, in line with our biennial 
vesting schedule. In light of our outstanding performance, these awards 
vested in full. Over the three year period of the plan shareholders have 
benefited from excellent performance; revenue has increased by £1.5 
billion (27%), we have added £460 million to operating profit (53%) and 
almost doubled EPS from just over 30 pence to 60 pence per share. In 
addition, we have returned, via dividends and share buy-backs, £2.5 billion 
to shareholders, whilst our share price (using the undisturbed share price 

of £5.40 preceding the proposed News Corporation (subsequently 
renamed Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.) offer) has risen by 50%. As 
previously stated our Plan is atypical, vesting every other year as opposed 
to every 12 months, therefore total remuneration for this year will spike 
when compared to last year.

The Remuneration Committee has decided to increase the base salaries of 
the CEO and the CFO by 2.75% and 5% respectively. This is the first increase 
since July 2011 and for Andrew Griffith reflects an increase in responsibility 
for Sky’s commercial businesses. The base pay of the CEO still remains lower 
than that of his predecessor in 2007. The overall pay increase for employees 
is 2.75% increasing to 3.75% for those earning less than £50,000 per year. 
Individual pay awards range from 0% to over 5%. Over the last two years for 
employees earning less than £50,000 per year the average increase is 8%; 
considerably in excess of average pay increases in the UK and reflective of 
the significant contribution that all our employees make to the continued 
success of our business. Our disciplined approach to the management of 
fixed pay and our firm belief in rewarding for performance means that the 
ratio of fixed to variable pay of 14%:86% for our Executive Directors 
compares favourably to the average of 26%:74% for our comparator group.

During the next financial year, the Committee will continue to review and 
take into account the revised remuneration reporting regulations provided 
by the Department of Business, Innovation and Skills. We continue to refine 
and develop the structure of our report to provide greater clarity and 
transparency and welcome feedback from our shareholders on its contents.

Finally, I would like to announce that I will be stepping down as Chairman of 
the Committee immediately after the Company’s AGM in November 2013 and 
Tracy Clarke will be taking over as Chair.

Danny Rimer
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

1. Sky’s remuneration principles, policy and structure

1.1 What are Sky’s remuneration principles?
Four key principles underpin our Executive Director remuneration 
policy:
 > We reward our people fairly and competitively to attract and retain 

the skills we need to deliver significant growth in value.

 > The level of base pay is decided in the same way as for all 

employees, based on individual performance and experience, 
the size and scope of the role, taking account of total 
remuneration.

 > Short term operational performance is rewarded through the 

annual bonus, and total remuneration is geared towards achieving 
challenging long-term strategic objectives and provides the 
opportunity to earn significant rewards for outstanding 
performance.

 > We take care to ensure that remuneration does not inadvertently 

encourage inappropriate risk taking. 

Our reward policy for Executive Directors, how it supports the 
business strategy and the terms of operation are summarised in the 
table below. The table reflects the policy that applied in 2012/13 and 
what is envisaged for 2013/14. Section 1.3 looks at each element in 
more detail and includes our approach to recruitment policy and 
contracts of employment.

Execution of policy is guided by our responsibility to shareholders, the 
performance of the Company and ensures fair and appropriate 
reward to Executive Directors and all employees.

48  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Directors’ remuneration report continuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governancei

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

1.2 What is our remuneration policy?
Element
Basic salary

How it supports Sky’s strategy
Attracts and retains Executive Directors

Annual opportunity
 > CEO – £935,000
 > CFO – £573,500

Structure, Operation and Other details
 > Reviewed annually, effective from 1 July.
 > Set relatively low versus our peer group (the 20 

Annual bonus

Drives and rewards the delivery of annual 
performance goals

 > 200% of salary (CEO)
 > 150% of salary (CFO)

companies in the FTSE 100 above and below Sky by 
market capitalisation).
 > No increases on 1 July 2012.
 > On 1 July 2013 increases of 2.75% and 5% respectively 

for the CEO and CFO.

 > Performance measures and weightings are reviewed 
each year. Currently three equally weighted measures:
 > Operating profit growth – measures operational efficiency
 > Operating cash flow – shows ability to generate and 

manage cash

 > Product net growth – critical measure to execute  

our strategy

 > Stretching performance targets are set annually. 

Co-Investment Plan

Encourages personal investment and 
shareholder alignment; rewards long-term 
focus and performance achievement

Long Term Incentive Plan

Rewards longer-term value creation and 
aligns Executive Director interests with 
those of shareholders

Pension and other benefits Attracts and retains Executive Directors

Executive directors 
may invest up to half of 
their earned annual 
cash bonus in shares.

The maximum annual 
opportunity is:
 > 150% of basic salary 

(CEO) 

 > 112.5% of basic salary 

(CFO)

 > 600,000 shares (CEO) 
 > 320,000 shares (CFO)

 > CEO receives a cash 
supplement in lieu  
of pension

 > CFO receives a cash 

supplement in excess 
of Annual Allowance

Maximum bonus is paid only if targets are achieved or 
exceeded. Bonus payouts for performance below the 
targets set are at the discretion of the Committee.

 > Awards granted during the year: 

Executive Directors may invest up to half of their 
earned annual cash bonus in shares. The investment 
shares are matched on a gross basis and vest 
based on three-year compound annual EPS growth 
as follows: 
 > Below RPI +3% – no matching shares vest 
 > RPI +3% – shares vest 1 for 1 
 > RPI +6% – the shares vest in full 

 > For awards in 2013/14, the only change to the above is 

that RPI +6% has been changed to RPI +5%.

For awards vesting in 2013: 
 > 100% subject to three-year operational targets of 
EPS, Operating cash flow and Revenue growth.

For awards in 2013/14: 
 > 70% of the award is based on achievement of 
operational targets (equally weighted on EPS, 
operating cash flow and revenue growth). 

 > 30% of the award is based on TSR relative to the 

FTSE 100. 

 > Awards are based on number of shares; this avoids 
the “flow through” effect of salary increases when 
awards are determined as a percentage of salary. 
 > Further details of the vesting structure are on pages 

51 and 53.

 > Benefits are broadly in line with those for all employees.
 > Defined contribution pension with cash supplement for 
amounts in excess of the Annual Allowance and cash in lieu 
of employer contributions where Lifetime Allowance is 
reached.

 > Income protection for all members of up to  

two-thirds of salary.

 > Insured death in service of up to one-third of salary, 

which can be taken entirely as a pension, or 50% lump 
sum and 50% pension, or entirely as a lump sum, 
subject to the lifetime allowance.

 > Healthcare, 4x base salary life cover; use of a 

company car and 30 days’ holiday.

Notes
(i)  Operating profit, operating cash flow, EPS and revenue growth are generally defined as adjusted operating profit, adjusted operating cash flow, adjusted EPS and adjusted 

revenue growth. However the Committee will review the measures and may amend definitions at its discretion.

(ii)  The performance standards for the Co-Investment Plan and the Long-Term Incentive Plan are set in the light of the business plan for each year and the longer-term strategy.
(iii)  The tight link between pay and performance coupled with the Remuneration Committee practice of exercising its judgement when determining whether payouts are justified under Sky’s 
incentives plans creates an in-built “malus” provision; the Committee retains the discretion to withhold or vary downwards the vesting of shares based on its review of performance.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  49

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
The Committee can use its discretion to vary the bonus payment to each 
Executive Director up or down based on its assessment of factors which 
it considers to be of material importance in determining the final 
outcome – both those which the Committee considers to be in the 
control of the Executive Directors, and those which are outside of their 
influence. The Committee makes its assessment of performance in the 
context of a number of circumstances for example:
 > The general economic environment and the impact on consumer 

spending power

 > Sky’s performance relative to its competitors
 > The competitive landscape including entry and exit of competitors
 > Significant over or under performance of one or more of the three 

key metrics

 > Personal performance of the Executive Directors

The Committee also considers Sky’s underlying performance.

The maximum bonus opportunities for 2013/14 are unchanged at 
200% and 150% of basic salary for the CEO and CFO respectively. 
An explanation of the performance outturn for 2012/13 against 
the measures and the resulting payouts under the annual bonus 
is shown on pages 52 and 53.

Co-Investment Plan
The Co-Investment Plan (CIP) offers Executive Directors and invited 
senior executives the opportunity to invest up to half their annual 
bonus in the Company’s shares and earn performance-related 
matching shares in return for their investment. This plan is central to 
our pay policy in that it encourages personal long term investment 
and shareholder alignment, and rewards long-term focus and 
performance achievement. Participation is voluntary but encouraged. 
Fixed pay is relatively low and executives can contribute to the CIP to 
maximise their pay opportunity.

The maximum award of matching shares is 1.5 times the gross 
equivalent of the investment. Matching shares vest at one times once 
a threshold performance of RPI plus 3% is achieved and thereafter on 
a straight line basis up to a maximum of 1.5 times at RPI plus 5% (2013 
scheme) or 6% (2012 scheme). We expect 2013 awards to be granted in 
August 2013. Matching shares vest after three years only if three-year 
EPS growth exceeds the minimum levels of average annual growth.

The table below sets out performance thresholds under the 2012 
scheme:

EPS growth performance
(annual average growth 
over three-year term)
Less than  RPI +3%
RPI +3%
RPI +4%
RPI +5%
RPI +6%
More than  RPI +6%

match awarded
(number of matching shares awarded 
per deferred share*)
0.0
1.0
1.17
1.33
1.5
1.5

Straight-line interpolation between points

*i.e. on an equivalent gross basis

We operate a policy which delivers upper quartile pay for superior 
performance and significantly lower pay if performance is below our 
stretching targets. Our disciplined approach to the management of 
fixed pay and our firm belief in rewarding for performance means that 
the ratio of fixed to variable pay of 14%:86% for our Executive 
Directors compares favourably to the average of 26%:74% for our 
comparator group of the 20 companies in the FTSE 100 above and 
below Sky by market capitalisation. The variable components of the 
package – annual bonus, the Co-Investment Plan and the Long-Term 
Incentive Plan – only deliver significant payouts when the Executive 
Directors have achieved stretching financial and strategic goals. 
Participation in the Co-Investment Plan is optional, encourages 
personal long-term investment and shareholder alignment, and 
rewards long-term focus and performance achievement.

The chart below shows the relative importance of the elements of 
total remuneration for the Executive Directors in a year where goals 
are exceeded and the variable plans payout in full.

mAxImUm REmUNERATION: AVERAGE OF 
ExECUTIVE DIRECTORS

LTIP 
(51%)

Fixed pay (14%)

Bonus (20%)

Co-Investment (15%) 

1.3 How is the remuneration package structured?
The policy table on page 49 sets out the key elements of our executive 
remuneration structure of fixed pay, annual and deferred pay, long 
term incentives and pensions and other benefits. These are described 
in further detail below.

Basic salary
Basic salaries for the Executive Directors are reviewed annually on 
1 July in line with all employees. When reviewing salaries the 
Committee takes into account the overall employee salary review 
budget, the range of salary increases based on performance, 
market comparisons, the performance and experience of the 
individual, behaviours, the size and scope of the role and the value 
of total remuneration.

Annual bonus plan
The annual bonus drives the achievement of annual financial and 
strategic business goals. The plan, which is the same for senior 
executives, is based on three equally-weighted measures which are 
key performance indicators for our business:
 > adjusted operating profit
 > adjusted operating cash flow
 > net product growth

The annual bonus plan encourages Executive Directors to focus on 
achieving demanding performance standards that are aligned to our 
growth strategy. The maximum bonus may be payable if these 
standards are achieved or exceeded.

50  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Directors’ remuneration report continuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governance 
 
 
 
i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
We operate an LTIP for our Executive Directors and other senior 
executives to reward long-term focus and performance achievement, 
which in turn drives the growth strategy of the business, delivering 
long-term value creation for shareholders.

The key features of the Plan are as follows:
 > Awards of shares are made annually at the discretion of the 

Remuneration Committee.

 > The grants are awarded as a number of shares rather than as a 

 > For operating cash flow and revenue growth, one point is awarded 
for 75% achievement of “target” on a sliding scale up to ten points 
for 105% or more

 > One point equates to 10% of the award vesting, with maximum 
vesting for 21 points or more, vesting on a straight-line basis 
between these points

Performance measures for the period July 2012 to June 2015 are 
shown in further detail in the table below: 

Average EPS growth

Operating cash flow

Revenue growth

percentage of salary or monetary value in order to provide greater 
alignment with shareholders. The value of an Executive’s award is 
therefore linked to the share price and avoids the perverse effect of 
a fall in the share price resulting in an increase in the number of 
shares under award. It also avoids the compounding effect on LTIP 
awards as a result of increases in basic salaries.

 > The Committee reviews the number of shares to be granted to the 
Executive Directors annually and retains discretion to vary the 
number awarded. The number of shares granted annually has 
remained unchanged over the past five years, with the exception of 
2011 when additional awards were made due to the potential News 
Corporation (subsequently renamed Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.) 
bid.

 > The LTIP operates over a three-year performance cycle. Unlike 
other companies which grant the full award at the start of year 
one, we make the award in two tranches, one at the beginning of 
the cycle and one in the second year. Awards are made annually 
but there is a two year interval between vesting dates rather than 
the 12 months that is typical of the UK market. The LTIP awards for 
the performance period July 2010 to June 2013 vest in July 2013. 
The next vesting, for the performance period July 2012 to June 
2015, will be in July 2015. In plans with annual vesting, realised 
awards year-on-year are broadly similar. Our approach breaks  
the annual vesting cycle and leads to significant variation in 
realised pay with zero vesting in one year followed by a large 
vesting the following year.

 > To ensure an outcome that is fair to both shareholders and 

executives, the Committee has discretion to determine how shares 
should be treated in the event of change of control.

Performance 
achieved

Points
awarded

RPI +5% p.a.
RPI +4.5% p.a.
RPI +4% p.a.
RPI +3.5% p.a.
RPI +3% p.a.
Less than  
RPI +3% p.a.

10
8
6
4
2

0

Performance
achieved
(% of target)
105%
or more
100%
95%
90%
85%

75%
Less than
75%

Points
awarded

10
8
6
4
2

1

0

Performance
achieved
(% of target)
105%
or more
100%
95%
90%
85%

75%
Less than
75%

Points
awarded

10
8
6
4
2

1

0

The top end of the EPS growth range was set for awards in 2012 and 
2013 at RPI +5% p.a. This is equivalent to growth in earnings of 26% 
over three years if RPI is 3% a year. This level of growth in earnings was 
set at a level which exceeded consensus research analysts’ estimates.

Relative TSR performance - 30% of the award
Relative TSR was reintroduced as a measure for the 2012 and 2013 
awards, having been excluded in the awards made in 2010 and 2011 
which vest in July 2013, due to the impact on our share price of the 
possible bid from News Corporation (subsequently renamed Twenty-
First Century Fox, Inc.). The Company’s TSR performance is measured 
relative to the TSR of the constituents of the FTSE 100. If the 
Company’s TSR performance is below median, the TSR element of the 
award lapses in full. For median performance, 10% of an award may 
vest, with the full 30% vesting for upper quartile performance. Vesting 
is on a straight-line basis, between these points as shown below.

Performance measures for 2012/13 awards
The Committee regularly reviews the measures under the LTIP to 
ensure they align to the strategic objectives of the business. The 
performance measures for the 2012 and 2013 awards, which may vest 
in 2015, are as follows:

TSR vesting schedule

Payout
(% of grant)

30

Operational targets – 70% of the award
There are three equally weighted operational performance measures, 
each of which is a key indicator of Sky’s continued success:
 > EPS growth: measures our “bottom line” performance
 > Operating cash flow: measures our ability to generate and manage 

cash

 > Revenue growth: key to our growth strategy

Points are awarded for performance on the three operational 
measures as follows:
 > For EPS, two points are awarded for growth of RPI +3% per year, with 

the maximum ten points awarded for RPI +5% per year or more

10

i

n
a
d
e
M

e

l
i
t
r
a
u
Q

r
e
p
p
U

Below
Median

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

Final TSR rank (%)

TSR
Performance

Payout

Below Median

50%

55%

60%

65%

70%

75%

100%

0%

10%

14%

18%

22%

26%

30%

30%

TSR calculations are conducted independently by Towers Watson, 
appointed as advisors to the Committee in 2013.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  51

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension and other benefits
We operate a defined contribution plan for all eligible employees,  
the BSkyB Pension Plan (“Pension Plan”). The Company has no legacy 
defined benefit plans. With effect from 1 July 2013 all eligible 
employees are automatically enrolled into the Pension Plan.

Individuals whose pension contributions exceed the Annual Allowance 
or the Lifetime Allowance for pension tax relief are paid a cash 
supplement. Jeremy Darroch became a deferred member of the 
Pension Plan on 1 July 2012 on reaching the Lifetime Allowance. He was 
paid a cash supplement during the year of £158,564 in lieu of pension 
contributions. Andrew Griffith received a cash supplement of £36,986 
in lieu of pension contributions in excess of the Annual Allowance.

The Pension Plan has income protection of up to two-thirds salary, 
and insured death in service of up to one-third salary, which can be 
taken entirely as a pension, or 50% lump sum and 50% pension, or 
entirely as a lump sum, subject to the lifetime allowance. The Pension 
Plan also has Life Assurance cover up to two times for employees who 
are auto-enrolled, increasing to four times for members who joined 
prior to 1 July 2013 and for auto enrolled members who choose to 
increase their contributions. All employees are eligible to receive 
private medical insurance. In addition the Executive Directors have the 
use of a company car.

1.4 What other share schemes do we operate?
management Long-Term Incentive Plan (“mLTIP”)
The Company also operates a MLTIP for selected employees excluding 
the Executive Directors and senior executives who participate in the 
LTIP. Awards under this scheme are made at the discretion of the CEO, 
within the parameters agreed with the Remuneration Committee. The 
MLTIP mirrors the LTIP in design in order to ensure alignment between 
participants to both schemes.

Executive Share Option Schemes (“Executive Schemes”)
Sky has in place Approved and Unapproved Executive Share Option 
Schemes under HMRC guidelines. No options have been granted 
since 2004.

Sharesave Scheme
The Sharesave Scheme is open to UK and Irish employees. Options are 
normally exercisable after either three or five years from the date of 
grant. The price at which options are offered is not less than 80% of 
the middle-market price on the dealing day immediately preceding the 
date of invitation. It is the policy of the Company to make an invitation 
to employees to participate in the scheme following the announcement 
of the year-end results. Currently approximately 6,100 employees 
participate in these schemes.

1.5 What are the key elements of the Executive Directors’ service 
contracts?
Executive Directors’ service contracts contain a maximum notice 
period of one year and a non-compete provision of one year. In the 
event of termination, Executive Directors may be entitled to up to one 
year’s salary and benefits which may be payable in lieu of notice by 
the Company. No bonus is payable in respect of any notice period not 
worked by the individual. In the event of termination “for cause”, salary 
and benefits would be payable only up to the date of termination.

Jeremy Darroch’s initial service contract on appointment as CFO 
commenced on 16 August 2004. The contract was revised on 7 
December 2007 when he became CEO. Andrew Griffith’s service 
contract was revised on 7 April 2008 when he was appointed CFO.

Copies of the Executive Directors’ service contracts are available for 
inspection during normal business hours at the Company’s registered 
office on any business day and will be available at the place where the 
AGM is being held from 15 minutes prior to and during the meeting.

1.6 Do the Executive Directors have any external appointments?
Outside appointments for Executive Directors are considered by the 
Corporate Governance & Nominations Committee to ensure they 
would not cause a conflict of interest and, if not, are then approved by 
the Chairman on behalf of the Board. It is the Company’s policy that 
remuneration earned from such appointments may be retained by the 
individual. During the year ended 30 June 2013 Jeremy Darroch served 
as a Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of 
Marks and Spencer Group plc and earned £85,000. Jeremy stepped 
down from both appointments on 19 June 2013.

2. Performance and awards

As shown on pages 4 and 5, we delivered excellent financial results in a 
tough consumer environment. Customers continue to recognise the 
great value we offer by choosing Sky over other providers and buying 
more services from us.

Against this background we set out below the outcomes for the key 
elements of our remuneration programmes.

2.1 Basic Salary
The Remuneration Committee has decided to increase the base 
salaries of the CEO by 2.75% and the CFO by 5%, reflecting his increase 
in responsibilities. This is their first increase since July 2011, and is in 
the context of an overall pay increase for employees of 2.75% 
increasing to 3.75% for those earning less than £50,000 per year. Over 
the last two years for employees earning less than £50,000 per year 
the typical increase is 8%; considerably in excess of average pay 
increases in the UK and reflective of the significant contribution that 
our employees make to the continued success of our business.

2.2 Annual bonus payouts
Based on our relative performance against the key bonus measures 
and competition, the Committee has decided to award near maximum 
bonus payouts of 195% of base salary for the CEO and 145% for the 
CFO, which compared to maximum possible payouts of 200% and 
150% respectively.

2.3 Co-Investment Plan
The Remuneration Committee has agreed that the matching shares 
under the CIP will vest in full on 31 August 2013. The average adjusted 
EPS growth rate of 23% per year over the three-year period exceeds 
the threshold for maximum vesting. Details of the performance 
targets which apply are included in the policy section on pages 50 
and 51. 

Outstanding awards under this plan are shown in the table on page 56.

52  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Directors’ remuneration report continuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governance2.4 LTIP - vesting and awards
Performance measures for 2010/11 awards
The awards made in 2010 and 2011 are dependent on operational 
performance measures. TSR was not included as a performance 
measure given the Company’s share price at the time of grant being 
materially impacted by the possible News Corporation (subsequently 
renamed Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.) bid. Points have been 
awarded for performance on three operational measures as follows:

Average EPS growth

Operating cash flow

Revenue growth

Performance 
achieved

Points
awarded

RPI +8% p.a.
RPI +7% p.a.
RPI +6% p.a.
RPI +5% p.a.
RPI +4% p.a.
RPI +3% p.a.
Less than
RPI +3% p.a.

10
8
6
4
2
1

0

Performance
achieved
(% of target)
105% 
or more
100%
95%
90% 
85%
75%
Less than 
75%

Points
awarded

10
8
6
4
2
1

0

Actual points awarded

Performance
achieved
(% of target)
105%
or more
100%
95%
90% 
85%
75%
Less than 
75%

Points
awarded

10
8
6
4
2
1

0

Average EPS growth
Actual points awarded
10.00

Operating Cash Flow
Actual points awarded
10.00

Revenue growth
Actual points awarded
8.07

Over the three-year period of the plan, shareholders have benefited 
from excellent performance; almost doubling of EPS from just over 30 
pence to 60 pence per share, returning via dividends and share 
buy-backs £2.5 billion to shareholders, and the share price rising by 
50%. We are delighted that Company performance has been 
exceptional, creating significant shareholder value and resulting in 
100% vesting for LTIP awards made in 2010 and 2011, based on the 
number of points awarded exceeding 21. The vesting date is 29 July 
2013.

2013 Award
The Committee has agreed that Jeremy Darroch will be granted an 
award of 600,000 shares and Andrew Griffith will be granted an 
award of 320,000 shares on 26 July 2013. This is the Year 2 award of 
the 2012-2015 Plan, and is the same number of shares as was awarded 
at the start of the performance period in 2012. These awards will 
normally vest on 26 July 2015 subject to the performance measures 
being achieved.

The operational performance conditions of the LTIP award in 2013 will 
remain the same as for those made in 2011 and 2012. These are EPS 
growth, operating cash flow and revenue growth and 70% of the 
award will vest dependent on these measures (see page 51). The EPS 
growth target for the maximum award of 10 points has been set at 
RPI+5% p.a. (equivalent to 26% growth in earnings over three years if 
RPI is 3% p.a.). This level of growth in earnings was set at a level which 
exceeds consensus research analysts’ estimates.

In addition, 30% of the award will vest dependent on relative TSR 
performance, please refer to page 51.

2.5 TSR performance
The graph below shows the Company’s TSR for the six years to 
30 June 2013, measured as the value of a £100 holding in ordinary 
shares at the start of the period. The performance is shown relative to 

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

£187

£181

£130

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

the FTSE 100 and FTSE Media 350 indices, which represent the broad 
market indices within which Sky shares are traded.

Sky
FTSE 100
FTSE 350 Media

£200

£180

£160

£140

£120

£100

£80

£60

£40

£20

0

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Jun-08
Source: DataStream Return Index

Jun-09

Jun-10

Jun-11

Jun-12

Jun-13

2.6 Non-Executive Directors’ fees
Non-Executive Directors’ fees are reviewed annually. The current fees 
are set out in the table below:

Fee category (per annum)

Chairman
Deputy Chairman(i)
Basic fee
Committee Chairman
Committee Members
Senior Independent Director

2013/14
£
462,375
30,000
60,000
25,000
10,000
40,000

2012/13
£
450,000
30,000
58,000
25,000
10,000
40,000

(i)  The role of Deputy Chairman is not required to be filled at the present time.

The Committee has agreed to increase the Chairman’s fee by 2.75% 
and Non-Executive Directors’ (“NED”) basic fees to £60,000 per 
annum, effective 1 July 2013. Each NED is engaged by the Company for 
an initial term of three years. In accordance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, all Directors submit themselves for annual 
reappointment.

2.7 Chairman and Non-Executive Director letters of appointment

Nick Ferguson
Chase Carey
Tracy Clarke
David DeVoe
Martin Gilbert
Adine Grate
Andy Higginson
Dave Lewis
James Murdoch
Matthieu Pigasse
Danny Rimer
Arthur Siskind
Andy Sukawaty

Date of letter of appointment
3 April 2012
30 January 2013
11 June 2012
15 December 2004
29 November 2011
17 July 2013
1 September 2004
16 November 2012
7 December 2007
29 November 2011
7 April 2008
19 November 1991
1 June 2013

2.8 Share ownership
Sky has no formal share ownership requirement but, as the Directors’ 
interests table shows in section 2.9, the Executive Directors have both 
increased their level of share holdings in the Company during the year. 
The holdings for the CEO and CFO are 354,575 and 114,452 
respectively, the equivalent on 30 June 2013 of holdings with a value 
of three (3x) times salary and one and a half (1.5) times salary 
respectively based on the close share price of £7.92 on 28 June 2013.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  53

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
2.9 Directors’ interests
The Company encourages the Non-Executive Directors to build up a 
holding in the Company’s shares and has introduced a facility whereby 
Non-Executive Directors can elect to receive a portion of their fees in 
BSkyB shares. Shares are purchased on a monthly basis in the market. 
The Directors who are deemed to be affiliated with Twenty-First 
Century Fox, Inc. (formerly known as News Corporation), James 
Murdoch, Chase Carey, David DeVoe and Arthur Siskind, are not 
permitted to participate in this facility. This is due to the fact that 
under Rule 9 of the Takeover Code they would be deemed to be acting 
in concert with Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. if they were to purchase 
shares in the Company and this would place Twenty-First Century Fox, 
Inc. under an obligation to make a mandatory offer for all of the issued 
share capital of the Company.

The interests of all serving Directors in the ordinary share capital of 
the Company during the year were:

Jeremy Darroch
Andrew Griffith
Chase Carey(i)
Tracy Clarke
David DeVoe
Nick Ferguson
Martin Gilbert
Andy Higginson
Dave Lewis(i)
James Murdoch
Matthieu Pigasse
Danny Rimer
Arthur Siskind
Andy Sukawaty(i)

At 30 June At 30 June
2012
296,157
87,533
-
-
-
14,966
971
5,639
-
-
1,058
15,836
-
-

2013
354,575
114,452
-
895
-
22,128
2,281
6,571
705
-
2,477
21,122
-
95

(i)  Dave Lewis, Chase Carey and Andy Sukawaty were appointed respectively to the 

Board on 16 November 2012, 30 January 2013 and 1 June 2013

Adine Grate was appointed on 17 July 2013 and does not have any 
beneficial holdings in the Company. No other Director held any 
interest in the share capital, including options, of the Company, or of 
any subsidiary of the Company, during the year. All interests at the 
date shown are beneficial and there have been no changes between 
1 July and 25 July 2013.

During the year ended 30 June 2013, the share price traded within the 
range of 677.5 and 899.5 pence per share. The middle-market closing 
price on the last trading day of the financial year was 792 pence.

3. Governance

3.1 Membership of the Remuneration Committee
During the year ended 30 June 2013, the Committee chaired by Danny 
Rimer met three times. Tracy Clarke, Nick Ferguson, Martin Gilbert and 
Andy Sukawaty are members of the Committee. On 1 November 2012, 
Jacques Nasser retired from the Board and as a member of the 
Committee. Andy Sukawaty joined the Committee on 11 June 2013. 
Attendance during the year is show on page 39.

The full terms of reference for the Committee are available on the 
Company’s corporate website.

54  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

3.2 Remuneration Committee activities

Date

July 2012

December 
2012

May 2013

Key issues discussed

Performance outturn for 2012/13 bonus & LTIP criteria 
2010-13

Performance measures and target setting for LTIP 
2012-15

Performance measures and target setting for 2012/13 
bonus

Employee salary review

Pay review – CEO & CFO

CEO’s pension arrangements

Review of draft Report on Directors’ remuneration

Remuneration consultancy tender process

Benchmarking analysis – Executive Directors’ total 
package review vs the market

Governance and executive pay: Update on the BIS 
requirements and the general executive pay 
environment

Performance update – Bonus, LTIP and Co-Investment Plan

June 2013

Directors’ Remuneration Report
Performance update
Discussion on pay principles

3.3 Advisors to the Remuneration Committee
Following a competitive tender process in December 2012, the 
Committee appointed Towers Watson in place of New Bridge Street as 
independent advisors to the Committee. Towers Watson provide a 
range of other services to Sky relating to pensions. Prior to that,  New 
Bridge Street (an Aon Hewitt company) acted as independent 
advisors to the Committee, and did not have any other role within the 
Company. The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the advice it 
receives on Executive Director remuneration is independent and 
objective. Terms of reference have been agreed and will be monitored 
throughout the appointment. Towers Watson subscribes to the 
Remuneration Consultants Group’s Code of Conduct in relation to 
executive remuneration. The Code clarifies the scope and conduct of 
the role of remuneration consultants when advising UK listed 
companies.

The Chief Executive and the Director for People provide information 
and advice and attend meetings as required. The Committee is also 
supported by the Company Secretary, Finance and Human Resources 
functions. No individuals are involved in the decision in relation to 
their own remuneration.

3.4 Interaction with shareholders
We are committed to engaging with our shareholders and every year Sky 
holds a meeting to talk about remuneration issues with the Company’s 
major shareholders and institutional investor groups. We find that this 
enables us to take shareholders’ views fully into account when making 
decisions about remuneration. At last year’s AGM, 88.6% of shareholders 
voted in favour of our remuneration report.

During the year, the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee also 
held meetings with institutional shareholders and analysts to discuss 
views on the Company’s remuneration policy.

Directors’ remuneration report continuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governancei

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

4. Directors’ remuneration in 2012/13 (audited) 
The emoluments of the Directors for the year ended 30 June 2013 are shown below:

Salary and
fees
£

Bonus
scheme
£

Benefits
£

Total
emoluments
before
pension
2013
£

Total
emoluments
including
pension
2013
£

Total
emoluments
including
pension 
2012
£

Employer’s

pensions(ii)

£

935,000
573,500

1,823,250
831,575

175,686(i)
53,090(i)

2,933,936
1,458,165

–
33,333

2,933,936
1,491,498

2,983,119
1,521,050

450,000
24,612
78,000
58,000
45,312
94,666
151,333
93,000
68,000
103,833
68,000
5,666
51,333
22,956
73,583
2,896,794

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2,654,825

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
228,776

450,000
24,612
78,000
58,000
45,312
94,666
151,333
93,000
68,000
103,833
68,000
5,666
51,333
22,956
73,583
5,780,395

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
33,333

450,000
24,612
78,000
58,000
45,312
94,666
151,333
93,000
68,000
103,833
68,000
5,666
51,333
22,956
73,583
5,813,728

230,657
–
4,413
56,500
–
35,611
113,179
89,417
35,060
73,167
66,500
–
63,808
67,108
97,333
5,583,913(viii)

Executive
Jeremy Darroch
Andrew Griffith

Non-Executive
Nick Ferguson
Chase Carey(iii)
Tracy Clarke
David DeVoe
Dave Lewis(vi)
Martin Gilbert
Andy Higginson
James Murdoch
Matthieu Pigasse
Danny Rimer
Arthur Siskind
Andy Sukawaty(vii)
Thomas Mockridge(iii)
Jacques Nasser(iv)
Lord Wilson of Dinton(v)
Total emoluments

This table is audited.

Notes
(i) 

Jeremy Darroch was given a pension cash supplement of £158,564 and Andrew Griffith was given a pension cash supplement of £36,986 during the financial year. See page 52 
for further information. During the year, Jeremy Darroch received a taxable benefit of £16,018 regarding use of a company car.

(ii)  Jeremy Darroch is a deferred member of the Pension Plan having reached his lifetime allowance, effective 1 July 2012.
(iii)  Thomas Mockridge resigned from the Board and as Deputy Chairman on 30 January 2013. Chase Carey was appointed on 30 January 2013.
(iv)  Jacques Nasser retired from the Board and its Committees on 1 November 2012.
(v)  Lord Wilson of Dinton retired from the Board and its Committees on 1 June 2013.
(vi)  Dave Lewis was appointed to the Board on 16 November 2012 and became a member of the Audit Committee and the Bigger Picture Committee on 30 January 2013 and a 

member of the Corporate Governance & Nominations Committee on 11 June 2013.

(vii)  Andy Sukawaty was appointed to the Board on 1 June 2013 and became a member of the Remuneration Committee on 11 June 2013. 
(viii) Total emoluments for the year ended 30 June 2012 includes former Directors of the Company who no longer serve as Directors.

Share schemes

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Number of shares under award

At
30 June
2012
200,000
380,000
600,000
900,000
–
320,000
455,000
–

Granted 
during 
the year 
–
–
–
–
600,000
–
-
320,000

Exercised
during
the year
200,000
380,000
–
–
–
–
–
–

Lapsed
during
the year
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

At
30 June
2013
–
–
600,000
900,000
600,000
320,000
455,000
320,000

Market 
price 
at date 
of award
£4.543
£5.465
£7.110
£7.120
£7.065
£7.110
£7.120
£7.065

Name of Director
Jeremy Darroch

Andrew Griffith

This table is audited.

Exercise
price

Market
price
at date
of exercise
nil  £7.06112(a)
nil  £7.06112(a)
n/a 
n/a 
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

Date of
Award
31.07.08
26.08.09
29.07.10
29.07.11
26.07.12
29.07.10
29.07.11
26.07.12

Date
from which
exercisable Expiry date
31.07.16
31.07.16
29.07.18
29.07.18
26.07.20
29.07.18
29.07.18
26.07.20

31.07.11
31.07.11
29.07.13
29.07.13
26.07.15
29.07.13
29.07.13
26.07.15

Notes
(a)  570,000 LTIP awards were exercised and subsequently disposed of at £7.06112 per share with the remaining 10,000 sold at £7.075 pence per share.
(i)  The aggregate value received by the Directors on exercise of the LTIP before tax was £4,095,588 (2012: £8,692,338).
(ii)  See performance conditions for LTIP on pages 51 and 53.
(iii)  Following the vesting of awards, participants continuing to be employed by the Company have five years to exercise their award.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  55

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
Co-Investment Plan
Details of all outstanding awards held under the Co-Investment Plan are shown below:

At
30 June
2012
204,425
183,935(i)
207,729(ii)

–
75,506
69,672(iv)
95,793(v)

Granted 
during 
the year 
–
–
–

Number of shares under award
Exercised
during
the year
–
–
–
–

184,149(iii)

At
30 June
2013
204,425
183,935
207,729
184,149
–
69,672
95,793
84,713

Market 
price 
at date 
of award
£5.405
£7.075
£6.460
£7.640
£5.405
£7.075
£6.460
£7.640

Market
price
at date
of exercise
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
£7.6161
n/a
n/a
n/a

Exercise
price
n/a
n/a 
n/a 
n/a
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a

Date of
Award
27.08.09
31.08.10
30.08.11
28.08.12
27.08.09
31.08.10
30.08.11
28.08.12

Date
from which
exercisable Expiry date
27.08 .17
31.08.18
30.08.19
28.08.20
27.08 .17
31.08.18
30.08.19
28.08.20

27.08 .12
31.08.13
30.08.14
28.08.15
27.08 .12
31.08.13
30.08.14
28.08.15

–
–
–

75,506(a)

–
–
–

–

84,713(vi)

Name of Director
Jeremy Darroch

Andrew Griffith

This table is audited.

Notes
See performance conditions for the Co-Investment Plan on page 50.
(a)  The aggregate value received by Andrew Griffith on exercise of the CIP before tax was £575,061 (2012: nil).
(i) 
Jeremy Darroch holds 59,662 shares as a match under this award.
(ii)  Jeremy Darroch holds 66,011 shares as a match under this award.
(iii)  Jeremy Darroch holds 58,518 shares as a match under this award.
(iv)  Andrew Griffith holds 22,601 shares as a match under this award.
(v)  Andrew Griffith holds 30,440 shares as a match under this award.
(vi)  Andrew Griffith holds 26,919 shares as a match under this award.

Executive Share Options
The Company has not made any Executive Share Option awards since 2004.

Details of all outstanding options held under the Executive Schemes are shown below:

Name of Director
Andrew Griffith

This table is audited.

Number of shares under award

At
30 June
2012
44,184
19,819(i)

Granted
during
the year
–
–

Exercised
during
the year
–
–

At
30 June
2013
44,184
19,819

Market 
price 
at date 
of exercise
n/a
n/a

Exercise
price
£6.62
£5.03

Date 
from which 
exercisable Expiry date
01 .0 9.13
01.09.07
06.08.14
06.08.08

Note
(i)  These options vested following the achievement of the performance target, being the growth in Sky’s EPS being equal to or greater than the increase in RPI plus 3% per annum.

Sharesave Scheme Options
Details of all outstanding awards held under the Sharesave Scheme are shown below:

Name of Director
Jeremy Darroch
Andrew Griffith

This table is audited.

Number of shares under award

At
30 June
2012
3,591
1,771

Granted
during
the year
–
–

Exercised
during
the year
–
–

At
30 June
2013
3,591
1,771

Market
 price
at date
of exercise
n/a
n/a

Exercise
price
£4.33
£5.08

Date 
from which
exercisable Expiry date
01.08.15
01.08.15

01.02.15
01.02.15

Options under the Company’s Sharesave Scheme are not subject to performance conditions as they are made under a UK HMRC tax approved 
scheme.

56  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Directors’ remuneration report continuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governancei

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

BUSINESS REVIEW

Interests in voting rights

The Companies Act 2006 requires the Company to set out in the 
Directors’ Report a fair review of the business of the Group during the 
financial year ended 30 June 2013 including an analysis of the position of 
the Group at the end of the financial year, and a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group (known as a “Business 
Review”). The purpose of the Business Review is to enable shareholders 
to assess how the Directors have performed their duty under section 172 
of the Companies Act 2006.

The information that fulfils the Business Review requirements can be 
found in the following sections of the Directors’ Report.
 > Chief Executive Officer’s statement on pages 4 to 6
 > Our performance KPIs on pages 8 to 9
 > Review of our business on pages 10 to 23
 > Financial and operating review on pages 28 to 33
 > Principal risks and uncertainties that face the Group are described 

on pages 24 to 27

 > Significant trends that could have a material effect on the 

performance of the Group are described on page 32

 > People matters and community and environmental matters are 

described on pages 17 to 23.

Pages 4 to 59 inclusive (together with the sections incorporated by 
reference) consist of a Directors’ Report that has been drawn up and 
presented in accordance with and in reliance upon applicable English 
company law and the liabilities of the Directors in connection with 
that report shall be subject to the limitations and restrictions 
provided by the law.

Principal activities

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc is the holding company of the 
British Sky Broadcasting group of companies. The Group’s principal 
activities are detailed in the Review of our business on pages 10 to 23.

Results and dividends

The profit for the year ended 30 June 2013 was £979 million (2012: 
£906 million). The Directors recommend a final dividend for the year 
ended 30 June 2013 of 19.0 pence per ordinary share which, together 
with the interim dividend of 11.0 pence paid to shareholders on 
23 April 2013, will make a total dividend for the year of 30.0 pence 
(2012: 25.40 pence). Subject to approval at the AGM, the final dividend 
will be paid on 6 December 2013 to shareholders appearing on the 
register at the close of business on 15 November 2013.

Share capital

The Company’s issued ordinary share capital at 30 June 2013 
comprised one class of ordinary shares. All of the issued ordinary 
shares are fully paid and rank equally in all respects. Further details of 
the Company’s share capital is disclosed in notes 23 and 24 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

Information provided to the Company pursuant to the UK Listing 
Authority’s Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTRs) is published on 
a Regulatory Information Service and on the Company’s website. As at 
30 June 2013, the Company had been notified under DTR5 of the 
following significant holdings of voting rights in its shares.

Identity of person or group
21st Century Fox UK Nominees Limited(i)
BlackRock, Inc.(ii)
The Capital Group Companies, Inc.(ii)

Amount 
owned
623,817,229
88,682,765
63,236,287

Percent of 
class
39.14
5.06
3.967

(i)  Direct holding which is subject to restrictions on its voting rights (please see “Voting 

rights” below).
Indirect holding.

(ii) 

There have been no changes to the above significant holdings 
between 1 July and 25 July 2013.

At 25 July 2013, 39.14% of the Company’s shares are held by 21st 
Century Fox UK Nominees Limited, a company incorporated under the 
laws of England and Wales which is an indirect wholly owned 
subsidiary of Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. As a result of Rupert 
Murdoch’s ability to appoint certain members of the Board of 
Directors of the corporate trustee of the Murdoch Family Trust, which 
beneficially owns less than 1% of Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.’s Class 
A Common Stock and 38.4% of its Class B Common Stock, Rupert 
Murdoch may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the shares 
beneficially owned by the Murdoch Family Trust. Rupert Murdoch, 
however, disclaims any beneficial ownership of those shares. Also, 
Rupert Murdoch reports beneficially ownership of less than 1% of 
Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.’s Class A Common Stock and an 
additional 1.0% of its Class B Common Stock. Thus, Rupert Murdoch 
may be deemed to beneficially own in the aggregate less than 1% of 
Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.’s Class A Common Stock and 39.74% of 
its Class B Common Stock, although, as stated above, Rupert Murdoch 
disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of Twenty-First Century 
Fox, Inc. beneficially owned by the Murdoch Family Trust.

The Employee Share Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) was established to 
satisfy awards made to participants of the Company’s employee 
share plans. The trustees of the ESOP have waived the right to 
dividends payable in respect of the shares held by it, except to the 
extent of 0.0001% of the dividend payable on each share. At 30 June 
2013, the ESOP had an interest in 20,527,423 of the Company’s 
ordinary shares. The Trustees, who are independent of the Company, 
have full discretion on how they vote the ordinary shares held by 
the ESOP.

Voting rights

The Company’s Articles of Association provide that subject to any 
rights or restrictions attached to any shares, on a show of hands 
every member present in person or by proxy shall have one vote, and 
on a poll every member shall have one vote for every share of which he 
is a holder. On a poll, votes may be given either personally or by proxy 
or (in the case of a corporate member) by a duly authorised 
representative.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  57

Other governance and statutory disclosures Annual Report 2013: Directors’ report – GovernanceShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
A shareholder entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting may 
appoint one or more proxies to attend and vote instead of him. If a 
member appoints more than one proxy he must specify the number 
of shares which each proxy is entitled to exercise rights over. A proxy 
need not be a shareholder of the Company. Holders of the Company’s 
ordinary shares do not have cumulative voting rights. A voting 
agreement dated 21 September 2005 was entered into between the 
Company, BSkyB Holdco Inc, Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. and 
21st Century Fox UK Nominees Limited which became unconditional 
on 4 November 2005 and caps 21st Century Fox UK Nominees 
Limited’s voting rights at any general meeting at 37.19%. The provisions 
of the voting agreement cease to apply on the first to occur of a 
number of circumstances which include the date on which a general 
offer is made by an independent person (as defined in the voting 
agreement) for the ordinary share capital of the Company.

Restrictions on transfer of securities

There are no specific restrictions on the transfer of securities in the 
Company, which is governed by the Articles of Association and 
prevailing legislation, nor is the Company aware of any agreements 
between holders of securities that may result in restrictions on the 
transfer of securities or that may result in restrictions on voting rights.

At the Company’s AGM on 1 November 2012, the Company was granted 
the authority to return a further £500 million of capital to 
shareholders via a share buy-back programme. This authority was 
subject to an agreement between Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. (and 
others) dated 28 July 2012 on substantially the same terms as the 
2011 Share Buy-back Agreement.

On 25 July 2013, the Board agreed to seek the necessary approvals to 
return a further £500 million of capital to shareholders via a share 
buy-back programme. Shareholder approvals will be sought at the 
Company’s AGM on 22 November 2013. The Company has entered into 
an agreement with Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. (and others) under 
substantially the same terms as the 2011 Share Buy-back Agreement. 
The agreement is conditional on the appropriate shareholder 
approvals being granted. The effect of the agreement is to provide 
that there will be no change in Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.’s 
economic or voting interests in the Company as a result of the share 
buy-back programme.

Articles of association

The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by 
special resolution at a general meeting of shareholders.

Variation of rights

Board of Directors

Subject to the Companies Act 2006, rights attached to any class of 
shares may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of 
three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of the class or 
with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general 
meeting of the shareholders.

The names and biographical details of the Directors of the Company 
are given on pages 34 and 35.

The Directors’ interests in the ordinary shares and options of the 
Company are disclosed within the report on Directors’ remuneration 
on pages 54 to 56.

Directors’ powers in relation to the Company issuing and buying 
back its own shares

The Directors were granted authority at the 2012 AGM to allot relevant 
securities up to a nominal amount of £273,000,000. This authority will 
apply until the conclusion of this year’s AGM. An ordinary resolution to 
provide the Directors’ with an authority to allot relevant securities up 
to a nominal amount of £262,000,000 will be proposed at the 2013 
AGM. A special resolution will also be proposed to renew the Directors’ 
powers to make non-pre-emptive issues for cash in connection with 
rights issues and otherwise up to a nominal amount of £39,000,000.

On 29 November 2011, at the Company’s AGM, the Company was 
granted the authority to return £750 million of capital to shareholders 
via a share buy-back programme. This authority was subject to an 
agreement between the Company and  Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.
(and others) dated 28 July 2011 whereby following any market 
purchases of shares by the Company,  Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. 
would sell to the Company sufficient shares to maintain its 
percentage shareholding at the same level as applied prior to those 
market purchases. The price payable to  Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. 
would be the price payable by the Company in respect of the relevant 
market purchases (the “2011 Share Buy-back Agreement”).

Appointment and retirement of Directors

The Directors may from time to time appoint one or more Directors. 
Any such Director shall hold office only until the next AGM and shall 
then be eligible for reappointment by the Company’s shareholders. At 
the Company’s 2013 AGM all current Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors will retire and offer themselves for reappointment in 
compliance with the Code.

Alternate Directors

A Director may appoint any other Director or any other person to act 
as his Alternate. An Alternate Director shall be entitled to receive 
notice of and attend meetings of the Directors and committees of 
Directors of which his appointer is a member and not able to attend. 
The Alternate Director shall be entitled to vote at such meetings and 
generally perform all the functions of his appointer as a Director in his 
absence.

On the resignation of the appointer for any reason the Alternate 
Director shall cease to be an Alternate Director. The appointer may 
also remove his Alternate Director by notice to the Company Secretary 
signed by the appointer revoking the appointment. An Alternate 
Director shall not be entitled to fees for his service as an Alternate 
Director. 

Chase Carey, David DeVoe, Arthur Siskind and James Murdoch have 
appointed each of the others to act as their Alternate Director.

58  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Other governance and statutory disclosures continuedAnnual Report 2013: Directors’ report – Governancei

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Significant agreements

Going concern

Details of any significant agreements that take effect, alter or 
terminate on a change of control of the Company are disclosed in the 
review of the business on pages 15 to 17.

Payment policy

The policy of the Group is to agree terms of payment with suppliers 
prior to entering into a contractual relationship. In the absence of a 
specific agreement, it is the policy of the Group to pay suppliers in 
accordance with its standard payment terms of 45 days. The Group 
had below 45 days’ purchases outstanding at 30 June 2013 (2012: 
below 45 days), based on the total amount invoiced by non-
programme trade suppliers during the year ended 30 June 2013. 
Programme creditors include significant balances which are not yet 
contractually due. In respect of amounts both contractually due and 
invoiced, the outstanding number of days’ purchases is below 45 days 
(2012: below 45 days).

Financial instruments

Details of the Group’s use of financial instruments, together with 
information on our financial risk management objectives and policies, 
and our exposure to financial risks can be found in note 22 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

Charitable contributions through our community and 
environmental activities

During the financial year, we contributed £5,788,768 to charities for 
the purpose of supporting our initiatives that focus on being a 
responsible business and on improving lives through sport; 
championing creativity and opening up the arts; helping young people 
build skills for a changing world; and taking action to protect the 
environment. 

These contributions were made to our key charity partners including 
the National Film and Television School, the Media Trust, Youth Sport 
Trust, British Cycling, WWF, Global Action Plan, Ideas Tap, Tate Liverpool 
and the Victoria and Albert Museum. We also supported a number of 
charities through our employee matched fundraising and payroll 
giving activities and our volunteering initiatives. 

An overview of our approach to building a sustainable business, which 
we call seeing the bigger picture, is provided on pages 17 to 21 of the 
Directors’ report – Business review. In addition we have published our 
Seeing the bigger picture Summary Report 2013 which outlines our 
vision, initiatives and performance over the year. In this we quantify 
our total investment for community benefit using the London 
Benchmarking Group model. In-depth information can also be found 
at sky.com/biggerpicture. 

Political contributions

Political contributions of the Group in the UK during 2013 amounted 
to nil (2012: nil).

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to 
affect its future development, performance and position are set out 
in the review of our business on pages 10 to 23. The financial position 
of the Group, its cash flows and liquidity position are described in the 
financial and operating review on pages 28 to 33. In addition, notes 20 
to 22 to the consolidated financial statements include details of the 
Group’s treasury activities, long term funding arrangements, financial 
instruments and hedging activities and exposure to financial risk.

As set out above, the Group has sufficient financial resources which, 
together with internally generated cash flows, will continue to provide 
sufficient sources of liquidity to fund its current operations, including 
its contractual and commercial commitments as set out on pages 99 
to 100, its approved capital expenditure and any proposed dividends, 
and the Group is well placed to manage its business risks successfully, 
despite the current economic outlook.

After making enquiries, the Directors have formed the judgement, at 
the time of approving the consolidated financial statements, that 
there is a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. For this reason, the Directors continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

Directors’ responsibilities

The responsibilities of the Directors are set out on page 60.

Disclosure of information to auditors

In accordance with the provisions of section 418 of the Companies Act 
2006, each of the persons who are Directors of the Company at the 
date of approval of this report confirms that:
 > so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information 
(as defined in the Companies Act 2006) of which the Company’s 
auditor is unaware; and

 > the Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken 
as a Director to make himself/herself aware of any relevant audit 
information (as defined) and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information.

Auditors

Deloitte LLP, the auditors of the Company, have expressed their 
willingness to continue in office. A resolution to reappoint them as the 
Company’s auditors and to authorise the Directors to determine their 
remuneration will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM.

Annual General Meeting

The notice convening the AGM, to be held at the Edinburgh 
International Conference Centre, The Exchange, Edinburgh EH3 8EE on 
22 November 2013 at 11.00am, is available for download from the 
Company’s corporate website at sky.com/corporate.

By order of the Board,

Chris Taylor 
Company Secretary 
25 July 2013

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  59

Annual Report 2013: Directors’ report – GovernanceShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

Directors’ responsibility statement

The Directors confirm that to the best of their knowledge:

1.  The financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRSs, give 
a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and 
profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in 
the consolidation taken as a whole; and

2.  The management report, which is incorporated into the Directors’ 
report, includes a fair review of the development and performance 
of the business and the position of the Company and the 
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face.

By order of the Board

Jeremy Darroch 
Chief Executive Officer 
25 July 2013 

Andrew Griffith  
Chief Financial Officer  
25 July 2013

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law, the Directors are required to 
prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have also 
chosen to prepare the parent Company financial statements under 
IFRSs as adopted by the EU. Under Company law, the Directors must 
not approve the accounts unless they are satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the 
profit or loss of the Company for that period. In preparing these 
financial statements, International Accounting Standard 1 requires 
that Directors:

  properly select and apply accounting policies;
  present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that 
provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable 
information;
  provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific 
requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users to 
understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and 
conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial 
performance; and
  make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are 
also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and 
hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation 
and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation 
in other jurisdictions.

60  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Consolidated financial statements i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Independent Auditor’s report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE 
mEmBERS OF BRITISH SKY BROADCASTING 
GROUP PLC

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, 
this statement is not a guarantee as to the Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern.

Opinion

In our opinion the consolidated and Parent Company financial 
statements of British Sky Broadcasting Group plc:

  give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and Parent 
Company’s affairs as at 30 June 2013 and of its profit for the year 
then ended;
  have been properly prepared in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European 
Union; and
  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The financial statements comprise the consolidated and company 
income statements, the consolidated and company statements of 
comprehensive income,  the consolidated and company balance 
sheets, the consolidated and company cash flow statements, the 
consolidated and company statements of changes in equity and the 
related notes 1 to 32. The financial reporting framework that has been 
applied in their preparation is applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by 
the European Union.

Separate opinion in relation to IFRSs as issued by the IASB

As explained in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the 
Group in addition to applying IFRSs as adopted by the European 
Union, has also applied IFRSs as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

In our opinion the consolidated financial statements comply with 
IFRSs as issued by the IASB.

Basis for opinions

We have audited the consolidated and Parent Company financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and International 
Standards on Auditing (ISAs) (UK and Ireland). Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described below under Respective 
Responsibilities of Directors and Auditor. In performing our audit as 
required by those standards, we complied with the Financial Reporting 
Council’s Ethical Standards for Auditors including those requiring us to 
be independent and objective.

Going Concern

As required by the Listing Rules we have reviewed the directors’ 
statement on page 59 that the business is a going concern. We 
confirm that:

  we have not identified material uncertainties related to events or 
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern which we believe would need to be 
disclosed in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European 
Union; and
  we have concluded that management’s use of the going concern 
basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is 
appropriate.

Auditor commentary

Our assessment of risks significant to our audit
The assessed risks of material misstatement described below are 
those that had the greatest effect on the audit strategy, the 
allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the 
engagement team:

  revenue recognition, including the timing and amount of retail 
subscription revenues recognised in the year;
  the selection and application of appropriate policies for the 
expensing of general entertainment programming inventory; and
  the appropriateness of the recognition of intangible and tangible 
non-current assets from capital expenditure projects.

Our audit procedures relating to these matters were designed in the 
context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and not to 
express an opinion on individual accounts or disclosures. Our opinion 
on the financial statements is not modified with respect to any of the 
key audit matters described below, and we do not express an opinion 
on these individual matters.

Our assessment of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing 
our audit and in evaluating the effect of misstatements on our audit 
and on the financial statements. For the purposes of determining 
whether the financial statements are free from material 
misstatement we define materiality as the magnitude of 
misstatement that makes it probable that the economic decisions of 
a reasonably knowledgeable person, relying on the financial 
statements, would be changed or influenced. We also determine a 
level of performance materiality which we use to determine the extent 
of testing needed to reduce to an appropriately low level the 
probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds materiality for the financial statements as a 
whole.

When establishing our overall audit strategy, we determined a 
magnitude of uncorrected misstatements that we judged would be 
material for the financial statements as a whole. In line with generally 
accepted practice, we calculated planning materiality for the Group as 
approximately 4% of adjusted pre-tax profit and 5% of equity, which 
equated to £50 million. We use adjusted pre-tax profit to exclude the 
effect of volatility from our determination.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the 
Committee all audit differences in excess of £2.5 million, as well as 
differences below that threshold that in our view, warranted reporting 
on qualitative grounds.

The scope of our audit
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable 
assurance that the financial statements are free from material 
misstatement whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an 
assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to 
the Group’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and 
adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant accounting 
estimates made by the directors; and the overall presentation of the 

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  61

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Consolidated financial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Statement
Under the Listing Rules we are also required to review the part of the 
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the company’s 
compliance with nine provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code. We have nothing to report arising from our review.

Our duty to read other information in the Annual Report
Under the ISAs (UK and Ireland), we are required to report to you if, in 
our opinion, information in the annual report is:

  materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial 
statements; or
  apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent 
with, our knowledge of the Group acquired in the course of 
performing our audit; or
  otherwise misleading.

In particular, we have considered whether the annual report 
appropriately discloses those matters that we communicated to the 
Audit Committee which we consider should have been disclosed.

We confirm that we have not identified any such inconsistencies or 
misleading statements.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditor

Responsibility of directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Directors’ statement of responsibility 
set out on page 60 the directors are responsible for the adequacy of 
the accounting records, the preparation of the financial statements 
from those records and for being satisfied that the financial 
statements give a true and fair view.

Auditor’s responsibility
Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial 
statements, and to provide other reports and communications arising 
from our audit in accordance with applicable law and International 
Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland).

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
company’s members those matters we are either required to state to 
them in an auditor’s report and/or those further matters we have 
expressly agreed to report to them on in our engagement letter and 
for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not 
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company 
and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed.

William Touche (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor 
London, United Kingdom 

25 July 2013

financial statements. In addition, we read all the financial and 
non-financial information in the Annual Report to identify material 
inconsistencies with the audited financial statements and to identify 
any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or 
materially inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by us in the 
course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent 
material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the 
implications for our report.

Our Group audit scope focused on the Group’s UK and Ireland 
operations, which were subject to a full scope audit for the year ended 
30 June 2013 and represent all principal operations of the Group and 
account for substantially all of the Group’s total assets, revenue and 
operating profit.

The way in which we scoped our response to the significant risks 
identified above was as follows:

  Retail subscription revenue – our procedures included 
understanding and testing the controls in respect of the Group’s 
billing and customer relationship management systems and testing 
the revenue recognised in the period.
  General Entertainment programming inventory – we evaluated the 
amortisation method for general entertainment programming 
inventory, taking into account the differing genres of programmes, 
viewing profiles and industry benchmarks.
  Capitalisation of intangible and tangible non-current assets – we 
tested the controls in respect of the capitalisation of assets, 
considered all material and a sample of other capital expenditure 
projects and evaluated management’s assessment as to whether 
the project spend met the recognition criteria set out in IAS 16 and 
IAS 38 and considered whether any indicators of impairment were 
present.

The Audit Committee’s consideration of these judgements is set out 
on page 43.

Opinions on matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion:

  the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial year 
for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with 
the financial statements; and
  the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has 
been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 
2006.

Other matters on which we are required to report by exception

Adequacy of explanations received
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in 
our opinion, we have not received all the information and explanations 
we require for our audit. We have nothing to report in respect of this 
matter.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our 
opinion certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration have not been 
made or the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited 
is not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. Under 
the Listing Rules we are required to review certain elements of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report. We have nothing to report arising 
from these matters or our review.

62  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Independent Auditor’s reportcontinuedAnnual Report 2013: Consolidated financial statements i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 30 June 2013

Revenue
Operating expense
Operating profit
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
Investment income
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Taxation
Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company
Earnings per share from profit for the year (in pence)
Basic
Diluted

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated income statement.

All results relate to continuing operations.

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 30 June 2013

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company
Other comprehensive income
Amounts recognised directly in equity
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Gain on revaluation of available-for-sale investments
(Loss) gain on cash flow hedges
Tax on cash flow hedges

Amounts reclassified and reported in the income statement
Loss on cash flow hedges
Tax on cash flow hedges

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax)
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

All results relate to continuing operations.

Notes
2
3

13
4
4
5
7

8
8

2013
£m
7,235
(5,944)
1,291
46
28
(108)
1,257
(278)
979

60.7p
59.7p

2013
£m
979

–
186
(27)
7
166

(48)
11
(37)
129
1,108

2012
£m
6,791
(5,548)
1,243
39
18
(111)
1,189
(283)
906

52.6p
52.2p

2012
£m
906

2
8
99
(23)
86

(29)
7
(22)
64
970

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  63

Shareholder informationConsolidated financial statementsAnnual Report 2013: Consolidated financial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet 
as at 30 June 2013

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments in joint ventures and associates
Available-for-sale investments
Deferred tax assets
Programme distribution rights
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Short-term deposits
Cash and cash equivalents
Derivative financial assets

Total assets
Current liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Provisions
Derivative financial liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Derivative financial liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities
Share capital
Share premium
Reserves
Total equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated balance sheet.

Notes

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
21

16
17
21
21
21

20
18

19
21

20
18
19
21
15

23
24
24
24

2013
£m

999
718
1,041
164
422
38
17
17
360
3,776

548
591
595
815
20
2,569
6,345

11
2,023
176
94
13
2,317

2,909
63
14
29
1
3,016
5,333
797
1,437
(1,222)
1,012
6,345

2012
£m

956
523
948
156
228
16
–
17
390
3,234

456
621
710
464
24
2,275
5,509

8
1,855
189
43
3
2,098

2,398
27
12
29
1
2,467
4,565
837
1,437
(1,330)
944
5,509

These consolidated financial statements of British Sky Broadcasting Group plc, registered number 02247735, have been approved and 
authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 25 July 2013 and were signed on its behalf by:

Jeremy Darroch 
Chief Executive Officer 

Andrew Griffith 
Chief Financial Officer

64  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Consolidated financial statements Consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Consolidated cash flow statement 
for the year ended 30 June 2013

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Interest received
Taxation paid
Net cash from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Dividends received from joint ventures and associates
Net funding to joint ventures and associates
Proceeds on disposal of an investment
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Purchase of subsidiaries (net of cash and cash equivalents purchased)
Purchase of available-for-sale investments
Decrease (increase) in short-term deposits
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Net proceeds from borrowings
Repayment of obligations under finance leases
Proceeds from disposal of shares in Employee Share Ownership Plan (“ESOP”)
Purchase of own shares for ESOP
Purchase of own shares for cancellation
Interest paid
Dividends paid to shareholders
Net cash used in financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated cash flow statement.

Notes

25

2013
£m

1,877
29
(300)
1,606

43
(4)
4
(203)
(251)
(197)
(9)
115
(502)

498
(1)
15
(69)
(627)
(128)
(441)
(753)
351
464
815

2012
£m

1,737
17
(254)
1,500

39
(6)
–
(228)
(229)
(15)
(5)
(280)
(724)

–
(1)
10
(161)
(546)
(125)
(410)
(1,233)
(457)
921
464

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  65

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Consolidated financial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 30 June 2013

At 1 July 2011
Profit for the year
Exchange differences on translation of
foreign operations
Revaluation of available-for-sale investments
Recognition and transfer of cash flow
hedges
Tax on items taken directly to equity
Total comprehensive income for the year
Share-based payment
Tax on items taken directly to equity
Share buy-back programme (see note 24):
– Purchase of own shares for cancellation
– Financial liability for close period purchases
Dividends
At 30 June 2012
Profit for the year
Revaluation of available-for-sale investments
Recognition and transfer of cash flow
hedges
Tax on items taken directly to equity
Total comprehensive income for the year
Share-based payment
Tax on items taken directly to equity
Share buy-back programme (see note 24):
– Purchase of own shares for cancellation
– Financial liability for close period purchases
Dividends
At 30 June 2013

Share
capital
£m
876
–

Share
premium
£m
1,437
–

ESOP
reserve
£m
(107)
–

Hedging
reserve
£m
14
–

Available-
for-sale
reserve
£m
157
–

Other
reserves
£m
358
–

Retained
earnings
£m
(1,700)
906

Total
shareholders’
equity
£m
1,035
906

–
–

–
–
–
–
–

(39)
–
–
837
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

(40)
–
–
797

–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
1,437
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
1,437

–
–

–
–
–
(5)
–

–
–
–
(112)
–
–

–
–
–
(35)
–

–
–
–
(147)

–
–

70
(16)
54
–
–

–
–
–
68
–
–

(75)
18
(57)
–
–

–
–
–
11

–
8

–
–
8
–
–

–
–
–
165
–
186

–
–
186
–
–

–
–
–
351

2
–

–
–
2
–
–

39
–
–
399
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

40
–
–
439

–
–

–
–
906
(80)
(10)

(546)
(10)
(410)
(1,850)
979
–

–
–
979
61
8

(617)
(16)
(441)
(1,876)

2
8

70
(16)
970
(85)
(10)

(546)
(10)
(410)
944
979
186

(75)
18
1,108
26
8

(617)
(16)
(441)
1,012

For a description of the nature and purpose of each equity reserve, see note 24.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement of changes in equity.

66  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Consolidated financial statements Consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc (the “Company”) is a limited liability 
company incorporated in the United Kingdom (“UK”) and registered in 
England and Wales. The consolidated financial statements include the 
Company and its subsidiaries (together, the “Group”) and its interests 
in associates and jointly-controlled entities.

a) Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) 
as adopted by the European Union (“EU”), the Companies Act 2006 
and Article 4 of the International Accounting Standard (“IAS”) 
Regulations. In addition, the Group also complied with IFRS as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

b) Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going 
concern basis (as set out in the Directors’ Report) and on an historical 
cost basis, except for the remeasurement to fair value of financial 
instruments as described in the accounting policies below. The Group 
has adopted the new accounting pronouncements which became 
effective this year, none of which had any significant impact on the 
Group’s results or financial position.

The Group maintains a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending on the Sunday 
nearest to 30 June in each year. In fiscal year 2013, this date was 30 
June 2013, this being a 52 week year (fiscal year 2012: 1 July 2012, 52 
week year). For convenience purposes, the Group continues to date its 
consolidated financial statements as at 30 June and to refer to the 
accounting period as a “year” for reporting purposes. The Group has 
classified assets and liabilities as current when they are expected to 
be realised in, or intended for sale or consumption in, the normal 
operating cycle of the Group.

c) Basis of consolidation

i. Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists 
when the Company has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the 
financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits 
from its activities. Subsidiaries are included in the consolidated 
financial statements of the Company from the date control of the 
subsidiary commences until the date that control ceases. Intra-group 
balances, and any unrealised gains and losses or income and 
expenses arising from intragroup transactions, are eliminated in 
preparing the consolidated financial statements.

ii. Associates and joint ventures
Associates are entities where the Group has significant influence, but 
not control or joint control, over the financial and operating policies of 
the entity. Joint ventures are those entities which are jointly 
controlled by the Group under a contractual agreement with another 
party or parties.

These consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of 
the total recognised gains and losses of associates and joint ventures 
using the equity method, from the date that significant influence or 
joint control commences to the date that it ceases, based on present 
ownership interests and excluding the possible exercise of potential 
voting rights, less any impairment losses (see accounting policy i). When 

the Group’s interest in an associate or joint venture has been reduced 
to nil because the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in the 
associate or joint venture, the Group only provides for additional losses 
to the extent that it has incurred legal or constructive obligations to 
fund such losses, or where the Group has made payments on behalf of 
the associate or joint venture. Where the disposal of an investment in 
an associate or joint venture is considered to be highly probable, the 
investment ceases to be equity accounted and, instead, is classified as 
held for sale and stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value 
less costs to sell.

d) Goodwill

Business combinations that have occurred since 1 July 2004, the date 
of transition to IFRS (the “Transition Date”), are accounted for by 
applying the purchase method of accounting. Following this method, 
goodwill is initially recognised on consolidation, representing the 
difference between the fair value cost of the business combination 
and the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
assets and liabilities assumed.

In respect of business combinations that occurred prior to the 
Transition Date, goodwill has been included at the amounts 
recognised under the Group’s UK Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles (“UK GAAP”) accounting policies on the Transition Date. On 
disposal of a subsidiary, associate or joint venture, the attributable 
amount of goodwill is included in the determination of profit or loss on 
disposal, except for goodwill written off to reserves under UK GAAP 
prior to the Transition Date, which is not reinstated and is not included 
in determining any subsequent gain or loss on disposal.

Goodwill is stated at cost less any impairment losses and is tested, at 
least annually, for impairment, based on the recoverable amounts of the 
cash generating unit to which the goodwill has been allocated. Any 
impairment identified is recognised immediately in the income 
statement and is not subsequently reversed. The carrying amount of 
goodwill in respect of associates and joint ventures is included in the 
carrying amount of the investment in the associate or joint venture. 
Goodwill is tested for impairment in line with accounting policy i below.

e) Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment (“PPE”)

i. Intangible assets
Research expenditure is recognised in operating expense in the 
income statement as the expenditure is incurred. Development 
expenditure (relating to the application of research knowledge to plan 
or design new or substantially improved products for sale or use 
within the business) is recognised as an intangible asset from the 
point at which it is probable that the Group has the intention and 
ability to generate future economic benefits from the development 
expenditure, that the development is technically feasible and that the 
subsequent expenditure can be measured reliably. Any other 
development expenditure is recognised in operating expense as 
incurred.

Other intangible assets, which are acquired by the Group separately or 
through a business combination, are initially stated at cost or fair value, 
respectively, less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses, 
other than those that are classified as held for sale, which are stated at 
the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

Amortisation of an intangible asset begins when the asset is available 
for use, and is charged to the income statement through operating 

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  67

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

expense on a straight-line basis over the intangible asset’s estimated 
useful life, principally being a period between 1 and 25 years, unless 
the asset life is judged to be indefinite. If the useful life is indefinite or 
the asset is not yet available for use, no amortisation is charged and 
an impairment test is carried out at least annually. Other intangible 
assets are tested for impairment in line with accounting policy i below.

ii. Property, plant and equipment
Owned PPE is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and any 
impairment losses, (see accounting policy i), other than those items 
that are classified as held for sale, which are stated at the lower of 
carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. When an item of PPE 
comprises major components having different useful economic lives, 
the components are accounted for as separate items of PPE.

Assets held under finance leases, which confer rights and obligations 
similar to those attached to owned assets, are treated as PPE (see 
accounting policy n).

The cost of PPE, less estimated residual value, is depreciated in 
operating expense on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful 
life. Land and assets that are not yet available for use are not 
depreciated. Principal useful economic lives used for this purpose are:

  Freehold buildings 
  Equipment, furniture and fixtures  3 to 20 years 
  Assets under finance leases and 
leasehold improvements 

25 to 40 years 

Lesser of lease term and the  
useful economic life of the asset

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction 
or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily 
take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or 
sale, are added to the cost of those assets until such time as the 
assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

To the extent that the financing for a qualifying asset is part of the 
Group’s general borrowings, the interest cost to be capitalised is 
calculated based upon the weighted average cost of borrowing to the 
Group (excluding the interest on any borrowings specific to any qualifying 
assets). This is then applied to the expenditures on the asset.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period 
to which they relate.

f) Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

The Group uses a number of derivative financial instruments to hedge 
its exposure to fluctuations in interest and foreign exchange rates.

Derivatives are held at fair value from the date on which a derivative 
contract is entered into. Fair value is defined as the amount for which 
an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between 
knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction. The fair 
value of derivative financial instruments is calculated with reference 
to the contracted value and the appropriate market value prevailing 
at the balance sheet date. Certain derivatives held by the Group which 
relate to highly probable forecast transactions (“hedged items”), 
which meet qualifying criteria under IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: 
Recognition and Measurement” (“IAS 39”), are designated as cash flow 
hedges or fair value hedges, and are subject to cash flow hedge 
accounting or fair value hedge accounting respectively. Certain other 
derivatives held by the Group do not meet the qualifying criteria for 

68  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

recognition for accounting purposes as hedges, despite this being 
their economic function. Changes in the fair values of these 
derivatives are recognised immediately in the income statement. The 
Group does not hold or issue derivatives for speculative purposes.

i. Derivatives that qualify for cash flow hedge accounting
Changes in the fair values of derivatives that are designated as cash 
flow hedges (“cash flow hedging instruments”) are initially recognised 
in the hedging reserve. In circumstances in which the derivative used 
is a currency option, only changes in the intrinsic value of the option 
are designated under the cash flow hedging relationship, with all other 
movements being recorded immediately in the income statement. 
Amounts accumulated in the hedging reserve are subsequently 
recognised in the income statement in the periods in which the 
related hedged items are recognised in the income statement. 

At inception, the effectiveness of the Group’s cash flow hedges is 
assessed through a comparison of the principal terms of the hedging 
instrument and the underlying hedged item. The ongoing 
effectiveness of the Group’s cash flow hedges is assessed using the 
dollar-offset approach, with the expected cash flows of hedging 
instruments being compared to the expected cash flows of the 
hedged items. This assessment is used to demonstrate that each 
hedge relationship is expected to be highly effective on inception, has 
been highly effective in the period and is expected to continue to be 
highly effective in future periods. The measurement of hedge 
ineffectiveness for the Group’s hedging instruments is calculated 
using the hypothetical derivative method, with the fair values of the 
hedging instruments being compared to those of the hypothetical 
derivative that would result in the designated cash flow hedge 
achieving perfect hedge effectiveness. The excess of the cumulative 
change in the fair value of the actual hedging instrument compared to 
that of the hypothetical derivative is deemed to be hedge 
ineffectiveness, which is recognised in the income statement.

The Group uses a range of 80% to 125% for hedge effectiveness, in 
accordance with IAS 39, and any relationship which has effectiveness 
outside this range is deemed to be ineffective and hedge accounting 
is suspended.

When a cash flow hedging instrument expires, is terminated or is 
exercised, or if a hedge no longer meets the qualifying criteria for 
hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in the hedging 
reserve at that time remains in the hedging reserve and is recognised 
when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income 
statement, provided that the underlying transaction is still expected 
to occur. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, 
the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in the hedging reserve is 
immediately recognised in the income statement and all future 
changes in the fair value of the cash flow hedging instruments are 
immediately recognised in the income statement.

ii. Derivatives that qualify for fair value hedge accounting
The Group has designated certain derivatives as fair value hedges as 
defined under IAS 39. Any changes in the fair value of the derivatives 
are recognised immediately in the income statement. The carrying 
values of the underlying hedged items are adjusted for the change in 
the fair value of the hedged risks, with the gains or losses recognised 
immediately in the income statement, offsetting the fair value 
movement on the derivative.

Prospective effectiveness is assessed quarterly, through a comparison 
of the principal terms of the hedging instrument and the underlying 

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

hedged item, including the likelihood of default by the derivative 
counterparty. The retrospective effectiveness of the Group’s fair value 
hedges is calculated quarterly using the cumulative dollar-offset 
approach, with movements in the fair value of the hedged item being 
compared to movements in the fair value of the hedging instrument. 

The Group uses a range of 80% to 125% for hedge effectiveness and any 
relationship which has effectiveness outside this range is deemed to be 
ineffective and hedge accounting is suspended.

iii. Embedded derivatives
Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other host 
contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their risks and 
characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contracts 
and the host contracts are not carried at fair value, with unrealised 
gains or losses reported in the income statement. Embedded 
derivatives are carried on the balance sheet at fair value from the 
inception of the host contract. Changes in fair value are recognised 
within the income statement during the period in which they arise.

g) Inventories

i. Acquired and commissioned television programme inventories for 
broadcast
Programme inventories for broadcast are stated at the lower of cost 
and net realisable value (“NRV”), including, where applicable, 
estimated subscriber escalation payments, and net of the 
accumulated expense charged to the income statement to date.

Such programming rights are included as inventories when the legally 
enforceable licence period commences and all of the following conditions 
have been met: (a) the cost of each programme is known or reasonably 
determinable; (b) the programme material has been accepted by the 
Group in accordance with the conditions of the rights, and (c) the 
programme is available for its first showing. Prior to being included in 
inventories, the programming rights are classified as television 
programme rights not yet available for transmission and not recorded as 
inventories on the Group’s balance sheet and are instead disclosed as 
contractual commitments (see note 26). Payments made upon receipt of 
commissioned and acquired programming, but in advance of the legal 
right to broadcast the programmes, are treated as prepayments.

The cost of television programme inventories is recognised in the 
operating expense line of the income statement, primarily as 
described below:

  Sports – 100% of the cost is recognised in the income statement on 
the first broadcast or, where the rights are for multiple seasons or 
competitions, such rights are principally recognised on a straight-
line basis across the seasons or competitions.
  News – 100% of the cost is recognised in the income statement on 
first broadcast.
  Movies – The cost is recognised in the income statement on a 
straight-line basis over the period of broadcast rights.
  General entertainment – The cost is recognised in the income 
statement based on the expected value of each planned broadcast.

Where programme broadcast rights are surplus to the Group’s 
requirements, and no gain is anticipated through a disposal of the 
rights, or where the programming will not be broadcast for any other 
reason, a write-down to the income statement is made. Any reversals 
of inventory write-downs are recognised as reductions in operating 
expense.

ii. Programme distribution rights
Programme distribution rights are valued at the lower of cost and NRV, 
net of the accumulated expense charged to the income statement to 
date. 

The cost of the programme distribution rights is recognised in the 
operating expense line of the income statement on an ultimate 
revenue forecast basis, and is subject to regular impairment review.

iii. Set-top boxes, routers and related equipment
Set-top boxes, routers and related equipment are valued at the lower 
of cost and NRV, the latter of which reflects the value that the 
business expects to realise from the set-top boxes and related 
equipment in the hands of the customer, and are recognised through 
the operating expense line of the income statement. Any subsidy is 
expensed on enablement, which is the process of activating the 
viewing card during installation, so as to enable a viewer to view 
encrypted broadcast services, and effectively represents the 
completion of the installation process for new customers. The amount 
recognised in the income statement is determined on a weighted 
average cost basis, in accordance with IAS 2 “Inventory”.

iv. Raw materials, consumables and goods held for resale
Raw materials, consumables and goods held for resale are valued at 
the lower of cost and NRV. The cost of raw materials, consumables and 
goods held for resale is recognised through the operating expense 
line of the income statement on a first in first out basis.

h) Financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities are initially recognised at fair value plus 
any directly attributable transaction costs. At each balance sheet 
date, the Group assesses whether there is any objective evidence that 
any financial asset is impaired. Financial assets and liabilities are 
recognised on the Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes a 
party to the contractual provisions of the financial asset or liability. 
Financial assets are derecognised from the balance sheet when the 
Group’s contractual rights to the cash flows expire or the Group 
transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of the financial asset. 
Financial liabilities are derecognised from the Group’s balance sheet 
when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled 
or expires.

i. Available-for-sale investments
Equity investments intended to be held for an indefinite period are 
classified as available-for-sale investments. They are carried at fair 
value, where this can be reliably measured, with movements in fair value 
recognised directly in the available-for-sale reserve. Where the fair value 
cannot be reliably measured, the investment is carried at cost.

Any impairment losses in equity investments classified as available-
for-sale investments are recognised in the income statement and are 
not reversible through the income statement, and are determined 
with reference to the closing market share price at the balance sheet 
date. Any subsequent increase in the fair value of the available-for-
sale investment above the impaired value will be recognised within the 
available-for-sale reserve.

Available-for-sale investments are included within non-current assets 
unless the carrying value is expected to be recovered principally 
through sale rather than continuing use, in which case they are 
included within current assets. On disposal, the difference between 
the carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and 

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  69

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

any cumulative gain or loss that had previously been recognised 
directly in reserves is recognised in the income statement.

ii. Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are non-derivative financial assets with 
fixed or determinable payments and, where no stated interest rate is 
applicable, are measured at the original invoice amount, if the effect 
of discounting is immaterial. Where discounting is material, trade and 
other receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method. An allowance account is maintained to reduce the 
carrying value of trade and other receivables for impairment losses 
identified from objective evidence, with movements in the allowance 
account, either from increased impairment losses or reversals of 
impairment losses, being recognised in the income statement.

iii. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, bank accounts, 
deposits receivable on demand and deposits with maturity dates of 
three months or less from the date of inception. Bank overdrafts that 
are repayable on demand and which form an integral part of the 
Group’s cash management are also included as a component of cash 
and cash equivalents where offset conditions are met.

iv. Short-term deposits
This includes short-term deposits which have maturity dates of more 
than three months from inception. These deposits are initially 
recognised at fair value, and then carried at amortised cost through 
the income statement less any allowance for impairment losses.

v. Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are non-derivative financial liabilities and 
are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 
Trade and other payables with no stated interest rate are measured 
at the original invoice amount if the effect of discounting is 
immaterial.

vi. Borrowings
Borrowings are recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct issue 
costs. Finance charges, including any premium payable on settlement 
or redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for on an accruals 
basis in the income statement using the effective interest method 
and are added to the carrying amount of the underlying instrument to 
which they relate, to the extent that they are not settled in the period 
in which they arise.

i) Impairment

At each balance sheet date, in accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of 
Assets”, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of all its assets 
excluding inventories (see accounting policy g), non-current assets 
classified as held for sale, financial assets (see accounting policy h) 
and deferred taxation (see accounting policy o) to determine whether 
there is any indication that any of those assets have suffered an 
impairment loss.

An impairment is recognised in the income statement whenever the 
carrying amount of an asset or its cash generating unit exceeds its 
recoverable amount. An impairment of an investment in a joint 
venture or associate is recognised within the share of profit from joint 
ventures and associates. The recoverable amount is the greater of net 
selling price, defined as the fair value less costs to sell, and value in 

use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are 
discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that 
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and 
risks specific to the asset. Where it is not possible to estimate the 
recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the 
recoverable amount of the cash generating unit to which the asset 
belongs. Impairment losses recognised in respect of cash generating 
units are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill 
allocated to those units, and then to reduce the carrying amount of 
other assets in the unit on a pro-rata basis.

An impairment loss for an individual asset or cash generating unit will 
be reversed if there has been a change in estimates used to 
determine the recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was 
recognised and is only reversed to the extent that the asset’s carrying 
amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been 
determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss 
had been recognised. Impairment of goodwill is not reversed.

j) Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a probable, present 
legal or constructive obligation to make a transfer of economic 
benefits as a result of past events where a reliable estimate is 
available. The amounts recognised represent the Group’s best 
estimate of the transfer of benefits that will be required to settle the 
obligation as of the balance sheet date. Provisions are discounted if 
the effect of the time value of money is material using a pre-tax 
market rate adjusted for risks specific to the liability.

k) ESOP reserve

Where the Company or its subsidiaries purchase the Company’s own 
equity shares, the cost of those shares, including any attributable 
transaction costs, is presented within the ESOP reserve as a 
deduction in shareholders’ equity in the consolidated financial 
statements.

l) Revenue recognition

Revenue, which excludes value added tax and transactions between 
Group companies, represents the gross inflow of economic benefit 
from Sky’s operating activities. The Group’s main sources of revenue 
are recognised as follows:

  Retail subscription revenue, including subscriptions for TV services, 
Sky Broadband and Sky Talk services, is recognised as the goods or 
services are provided, net of any discount given. Pay-per-view 
revenue is recognised when the event or movie is viewed.
  Wholesale revenue is recognised as the services are provided to 
cable and other retailers and is based on the number of subscribers 
taking the Sky channels, as reported to the Group by the cable and 
other retailers, and the applicable rate card or contract.
  Advertising sales revenue is recognised when the advertising is 
broadcast. Revenue generated from airtime sales, where Sky acts as 
an agent on behalf of third parties, is recognised on a net 
commission basis.
  Installation, hardware and service revenue is recognised in the 
income statement when the goods and services are activated.
  Other revenue principally includes income from Sky Bet, technical 
platform services, third party set-top box sales, public access WiFi 
services and programme distribution fees. With the exception of 

70  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Sky Bet revenue, other revenue is recognised, net of any discount 
given, when the relevant goods or service are provided. Sky Bet 
revenue is recognised in accordance with IAS 39 and represents 
income in the period for betting and gaming activities, defined as 
amounts staked by customers less winnings paid out.

When the Group is a lessee, assets held under finance leases are 
recognised as assets of the Group at their fair value on the date of 
acquisition, or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease 
payments. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the 
balance sheet as a finance lease obligation.

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or 
receivable. When the Group sells a set-top box, installation or service 
and a subscription in one bundled transaction, the total consideration 
from the arrangement is allocated to each element based on their 
relative fair values. The fair value of each individual element is 
determined using vendor specific or third party evidence. The amount 
of revenue the Group recognises for delivered elements is limited to 
the cash received.

Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and 
reductions of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of 
interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

The lease expense arising from operating leases is charged to the 
income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 
Benefits received and receivable as incentives to enter into operating 
leases are recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

m) Employee benefits

Wages, salaries, social security contributions, bonuses payable and 
non-monetary benefits for current employees are recognised in the 
income statement as the employees’ services are rendered.

The Group provides pensions to eligible employees through defined 
contribution schemes. The amount charged to the income statement 
in the year represents the cost of contributions payable by the Group 
to the schemes in exchange for employee services rendered in that 
year. The assets of the schemes are held independently of the Group.

Termination benefits are recognised as a liability when, and only when, 
the Group has a demonstrable commitment to terminate the 
employment of an employee or group of employees before the normal 
retirement date or as the result of an offer to encourage voluntary 
redundancy.

The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain 
employees which must be measured at fair value and recognised as an 
expense in the income statement, with a corresponding increase in 
equity. The fair values of these payments are measured at the dates 
of grant using option-pricing models, taking into account the terms 
and conditions upon which the awards are granted. The fair value is 
recognised over the period during which employees become 
unconditionally entitled to the awards, subject to the Group’s 
estimate of the number of awards which will be forfeited, either due to 
employees leaving the Group prior to vesting or due to non-market 
based performance conditions not being met. Where an award has 
market-based performance conditions, the fair value of the award is 
adjusted for the probability of achieving these via the option pricing 
model. The total amount recognised in the income statement as an 
expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of awards that vest, 
except where forfeiture is due to the failure to meet market-based 
performance measures. In the event of a cancellation, whether by the 
Group or by a participating employee, the compensation expense that 
would have been recognised over the remainder of the vesting period 
is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

n) Leases

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the 
lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to 
ownership of the asset to the lessee. All other leases are classified as 
operating leases.

When the Group is a lessor, sub-lease income from operating leases is 
recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

o) Taxation, including deferred taxation

The Group’s liability for current tax is based on taxable profit for the 
year, and is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised using the balance 
sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between 
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet and 
the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable 
profit. Temporary differences arising from goodwill and the initial 
recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting profit 
nor taxable profit are not provided for. Deferred tax liabilities are 
recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments 
in subsidiaries and associates, and interests in joint ventures, except 
where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary 
difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax 
provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or 
settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax 
rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance 
sheet date.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each 
balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect an amount that is 
probable to be realised based on the weight of all available evidence. 
Deferred tax is calculated at the rates that are expected to apply in 
the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted. Deferred tax is 
charged or credited in the income statement, except where it relates 
to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the 
deferred tax is also included within equity. Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off 
current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate 
to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group 
intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

p) Distributions to equity shareholders

Dividends are recognised in the retained earnings reserve in the year 
in which they are declared.

The cost of repurchasing the Group’s own equity shares for 
cancellation (“share buy-backs”) is recorded in retained earnings. In 
addition, the nominal cost of shares repurchased is deducted from 
share capital and a matching credit is recorded in the capital 
redemption reserve.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  71

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

q) Earnings per share

Basic earnings or loss per share represents the profit or loss for the 
year, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in 
issue during the year, excluding the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares purchased by the Group and held in the Group’s ESOP 
during the year to satisfy employee share awards.

Diluted earnings or loss per share represents the profit or loss for the 
year, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in 
issue during the year, excluding the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares purchased by the Group and held in the Group’s ESOP 
during the year to satisfy employee share awards, plus the weighted 
average number of dilutive shares resulting from share options where 
the inclusion of these would not be antidilutive.

r) Foreign currency translation

The Group’s presentational currency is pounds sterling. Trading 
activities denominated in foreign currencies are recorded in pounds 
sterling at the applicable monthly exchange rates. Monetary assets, 
liabilities and commitments denominated in foreign currencies at the 
balance sheet date are reported at the rates of exchange at that 
date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are translated to pounds sterling at the exchange rate 
prevailing at the date of the initial transaction. Gains and losses from 
the retranslation of assets and liabilities are included net in profit for 
the year, except for exchange differences arising on non-monetary 
assets and liabilities where the changes in fair value are recognised 
directly in equity.

The assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are 
translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. 
Income and expense items are translated at the applicable monthly 
average exchange rates. Any exchange differences arising are 
classified as equity and transferred to other reserves.

s) Reportable segments

IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” requires the segment information 
presented in the financial statements to be that which is used 
internally by the chief operating decision maker to evaluate the 
performance of the business and decide how to allocate resources. 
The Group has identified the Board of Directors as its chief operating 
decision maker and as the internal reporting reviewed by the Board 
focuses on the operations of the Group as a whole and does not 
identify individual operating segments, the Group has only one 
reportable segment.

t) Accounting Standards, interpretations and amendments to 
existing standards that are not yet effective

The Group has not yet adopted certain new standards, amendments 
and interpretations to existing standards, which have been published 
but are only effective for our accounting periods beginning on or after 
1 July 2013 or later periods. These new pronouncements are listed 
below:

  IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements” (effective 1 January 
2013)
  IFRS 11 “Joint Arrangements” (effective 1 January 2013)

  IFRS 12 “Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities” (effective 1 January 
2013)
  IFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurement” (effective 1 January 2013)
  Amendments to IAS 19 “Employee Benefits” (effective 1 January 
2013)
  Amendments to IAS 27 “Separate Financial Statements” (effective 
1 January 2013)
  Amendments to IAS 28 “Investments in Associates and Joint 
Ventures” (effective 1 January 2013)
  Amendments to IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures — 
Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (effective 
1 January 2013)
  Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 “Consolidated Financial 
Statements, Joint Arrangements and Disclosure of Interests in 
Other Entities: Transition Guidance” (effective 1 January 2013)
  Amendments to IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets” (effective 1 January 
2014)
  Amendments to IAS 32 “Financial Instruments: Presentation 
— Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (effective 
1 January 2014)
  Amendments to IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and 
Measurement – Novation of Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge 
Accounting” (effective 1 January 2014)
  IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” (effective 1 January 2015)

The Directors are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of 
these standards, amendments and interpretations in future periods.

u) Critical accounting policies and the use of judgement

Certain accounting policies are considered to be critical to the Group. 
An accounting policy is considered to be critical if, in the Directors’ 
judgement, its selection or application materially affects the Group’s 
financial position or results. Below is a summary of the Group’s critical 
accounting policies and details of the key areas of judgement that are 
exercised in their application.

i. Revenue (see note 2)
Selecting the appropriate timing for, and amount of, revenue to be 
recognised requires judgement. This may involve estimating the fair 
value of consideration before it is received. When the Group sells a 
set-top box, installation or service and a subscription in one bundled 
transaction, the total consideration from the arrangement is 
allocated to each element based on its relative fair value. The fair 
value of each individual element is determined using vendor specific 
or third party evidence. The amount of revenue the Group recognises 
for delivered elements is limited to the cash received.

ii. Taxation, including deferred taxation (see notes 7 and 15)
The Group’s tax charge is the sum of the total current and deferred 
tax charges. The calculation of the Group’s total tax charge 
necessarily involves a degree of estimation and judgement in respect 
of certain items whose tax treatment cannot be finally determined 
until resolution has been reached with the relevant tax authority or, as 
appropriate, through a formal legal process.

Provisions for tax contingencies require management to make 
judgements and estimates in relation to tax audit issues and 
exposures. Amounts provided are based on management’s 
interpretation of country-specific tax law and the likelihood of 
settlement. Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that 
the tax positions will be sustained. Once considered to be probable, 

72  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

over which to amortise general entertainment programming. This 
assessment requires the Group to form an expectation of the number 
of times a programme will be broadcast, and the relative value 
associated with each broadcast. In order to perform this assessment, 
the Group considers the following factors:

  The period over which the programme is expected to be shown on 
the Group’s channels. This is usually based on a combination of the 
actual period specified in the contract for the programme rights, 
and the initial expectation of when repeat broadcasts will be 
scheduled.
  The alternative programming available to the Group for scheduling 
within this period. This consideration provides the most appropriate 
information in order to estimate how frequently individual 
programmes will be shown during the period in which the Group 
holds their broadcast rights.
  The potential benefits associated with scheduling programming. 
Certain high-profile or high-quality programming titles have 
additional value to the Group, as they attract new TV customers 
and encourage retention of existing TV customers. As such, these 
programmes are able to retain more value throughout their 
broadcast runs than would be indicated when considering the 
expected viewing numbers alone.
  Expectations as to the number of viewers a programme is likely to 
achieve for each individual broadcast over the contractual 
broadcast period. The number of viewers per broadcast directly 
influences advertising revenue for channels, although this 
consideration is partly influenced by the Group’s assessment of the 
potential impact of the publicly available information on its 
competitors’ scheduling intentions against planned broadcasts.

management reviews each material tax benefit to assess whether a 
provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on 
the basis of the likely resolution of the issue through negotiation and/
or litigation.

The amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements in 
respect of each matter are derived from the Group’s best estimation 
and judgement, as described above. However, the inherent 
uncertainty regarding the outcome of these items means the eventual 
resolution could differ from the provision and in such event the Group 
would be required to make an adjustment in a subsequent period 
which could have a material impact on the Group’s profit and loss and/
or cash position.

The key area of judgement in respect of deferred tax accounting is the 
assessment of the expected timing and manner of realisation or 
settlement of the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities held at 
the balance sheet date. In particular, assessment is required of 
whether it is probable that there will be suitable future taxable profits 
against which any deferred tax assets can be utilised.

iii. Goodwill (see note 10)
Judgement is required in determining the fair value of identifiable 
assets, liabilities and contingent assets and liabilities assumed in a 
business combination and the fair value of the consideration payable. 
Calculating the fair values involves the use of significant estimates 
and assumptions, including expectations about future cash flows, 
discount rates and the lives of assets following purchase.

Judgement is also required in identifying the cash generating units to 
which the goodwill is associated for the purposes of goodwill 
impairment testing. Identification of cash generating units involves an 
assessment of whether assets or groups of assets generate cash 
flows that are largely independent of other assets or groups of 
assets. Goodwill is then allocated to each identified cash generating 
unit that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the business 
combinations from which goodwill has arisen.

iv. Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment (see notes 
11 and 12)
The assessment of the useful economic lives of these assets requires 
judgement. Depreciation and amortisation is charged to the income 
statement based on the useful economic life selected. This 
assessment requires estimation of the period over which the Group 
will benefit from the assets.

Determining whether the carrying amount of these assets has any 
indication of impairment also requires judgement. If an indication of 
impairment is identified, further judgement is required to assess 
whether the carrying amount can be supported by the net present 
value of future cash flows forecast to be derived from the asset. This 
forecast involves cash flow projections and selecting the appropriate 
discount rate.

Assessing whether assets meet the required criteria for initial 
capitalisation requires judgement. This requires a determination of 
whether the assets will result in future benefits to the Group. In 
particular, internally generated intangible assets must be assessed 
during the development phase to identify whether the Group has the 
ability and intention to complete the development successfully.

v. Programming inventory for broadcast (see note 16)
The key area of accounting for programming inventory for broadcast 
that requires judgement is the assessment of the appropriate profile 

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  73

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
2. REVENUE

Retail subscription
Wholesale subscription
Advertising
Installation, hardware and service
Other

2013
£m
5,951
396
440
87
361
7,235

2012
£m
5,593
351
440
98
309
6,791

Revenue arises from goods and services provided to the UK, with the exception of £461 million (2012: £418 million) which arises from services 
provided to other countries.

3. OPERATING ExPENSE

Programming
Direct networks
Marketing
Subscriber management and supply chain
Transmission, technology and fixed networks
Administration

2013
£m
2,487
686
1,117
673
405
576
5,944

2012
£m
2,298
676
1,064
621
395
494
5,548

Included within operating expenses for the year ended 30 June 2013 are:
•	 Credit	of	£32	million	relating to a credit note received following an Ofcom determination. This credit has been recognised within direct networks.
•	 Credit	of	£33	million	relating to the final settlement of disputes with a former manufacturer of set-top boxes, net of associated costs and including an impairment of £6 million in 

relation to associated intangible assets. This credit has been recognised within subscriber management and supply chain.

•	 Costs of £31 million relating to the one-off upgrade of set-top boxes. The costs have been recognised within subscriber management and supply chain.
•	 Costs of £25 million relating to a programme to offer wireless connectors to selected Sky Movies customers. The costs have been recognised within subscriber management and 

supply chain.

•	 Costs of £15 million relating to the acquisition and integration of the O2 consumer broadband and fixed-line telephony business, including amortisation of £4 million in relation to 

associated intangible assets. The costs have been recognised as follows:
–  £3 million within direct networks
–  £2 million within subscriber management and supply chain
–  £3 million within transmission, technology and fixed networks
–  £7 million within administration.

•	 Costs	of	£33	million	relating to a corporate efficiency programme including an impairment of £6 million in relation to associated intangible and tangible assets. The costs have been 

recognised as follows:
–  £29 million within administration.
–  £1 million within programming
–  £1 million within marketing
–  £1 million within subscriber management and supply chain
–  £1 million within transmission, technology and fixed networks.
Included within operating expenses for the year ended 30 June 2012 are:
•	 Credit	of	£31	million	relating to the News Corporation (subsequently renamed Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.) proposal in 2011 consisting of costs incurred offset by the receipt of 

the break fee. This credit has been recognised within administration.

•	 Costs of £11 million which comprise severance payments relating to approximately 35 senior roles as part of a restructuring initiative to improve operating efficiency. The costs have 

been recognised within administration.

74  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

4. INVESTmENT INCOmE AND FINANCE COSTS

Investment income
Interest on cash, cash equivalents and short-term deposits
Dividends received from available-for-sale investments

Finance costs
– Interest payable and similar charges
£743 million/£750 million Revolving Credit Facilities (“RCF”)(i)
Guaranteed Notes (see note 20)
Finance lease interest

– Other finance income (expense)
Remeasurement of borrowings and borrowings-related derivative financial instruments (not qualifying for hedge accounting)
Remeasurement of other derivative financial instruments (not qualifying for hedge accounting)
(Loss) gain arising on derivatives in a designated fair value hedge accounting relationship
Gain (loss) arising on adjustment for hedged item in a designated fair value hedge accounting relationship

2013
£m

9
19
28

2013
£m

(2)
(122)
(7)
(131)

22
(1)
(34)
36
23
(108)

2012
£m

14
4
18

2012
£m

(8)
(115)
(7)
(130)

20
–
47
(48)
19
(111)

(i) 

Included in RCF costs for the year ended 30 June 2012 is a write-off of £5 million relating to the facility fee on the £750 million RCF which has now been replaced with the 
£743 million RCF (see note 20).

Borrowing costs included in the cost of qualifying assets during the year arose on the general borrowing pool and are calculated by applying a 
capitalisation rate of 5.2% (2012: 5.4%) to expenditure on such assets. The amount capitalised in the current year amounted to £2 million (2012: 
£1 million). 

5. PROFIT BEFORE TAxATION

Profit before taxation is stated after charging:

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets
Rentals on operating leases and similar arrangements

2013
£m
1,992
176
202
51

Consolidated non-current assets outside the UK were £8 million (2012: £2 million).

Foreign exchange
Foreign exchange losses recognised in the income statement during the year amounted to £1 million (2012: gains of £2 million).

Audit fees
An analysis of auditor’s remuneration is as follows:

Total audit fees
Total non-audit fees
Total auditor remuneration

2013
£m
1
1
2

2012
£m
1,854
179
165
50

2012
£m
1
1
2

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company‘s annual accounts were £1.2 million (2012: £1.1 million) and fees payable to 
the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation were £0.1 million (2012: £0.3 million).

Amounts paid to the auditor for non-audit fees include audit related services of £0.3 million (2012: £0.3 million), taxation services of £0.3 million 
(2012: £0.3 million), other assurance services of £0.3 million (2012: £0.1 million), other advisory services of nil (2012: £0.1 million) and transaction 
services of £0.2 million (2012: nil).

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  75

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
6. EmPLOYEE BENEFITS AND KEY mANAGEmENT COmPENSATION

a) Group employee benefits

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs
Costs of employee share option schemes(i)
Contributions to the Group’s pension schemes(ii)

2013
£m
781
101
80
27
989

2012
£m
687
78
66
26
857

(i)  An £80 million charge relates to equity-settled share-based payments (2012: £66 million charge).
(ii)  The Group operates defined contribution pension schemes. The pension charge for the year represents the cost of contributions payable by the Group to the schemes during the 

year. The amount payable to the schemes by the Group at 30 June 2013 was £2 million (2012: £5 million).

The average monthly number of full-time equivalent persons (including temporary employees) employed by the Group during the year was as 
follows:

Channels and services
Customer service, sales and marketing
Transmission and technology
Management and administration

2013
Number
2,701
11,943
3,651
1,118
19,413

2012
Number
2,466
11,087
3,204
1,180
17,937

There are approximately 523 (2012: 506) temporary staff included within the average number of full-time equivalent persons employed by the 
Group.

b) Key management compensation (see note 28d)

Short-term employee benefits
Share-based payments

2013
£m
6
10
16

2012
£m
6
7
13

Post-employment benefits were less than £1 million (2012: less than £1 million). The amounts disclosed for key management compensation are 
included within the disclosures in note 6(a).

7. TAxATION

a) Taxation recognised in the income statement

Current tax expense
Current year
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Total current tax charge
Deferred tax expense
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Total deferred tax (credit) charge
Taxation

2013
£m

332
(44)
288

(20)
10
(10)
278

2012
£m

303
(33)
270

6
7
13
283

Taxation relates to a £275 million UK corporation tax charge (2012: £280 million) and £3 million overseas corporation tax charge (2012: £3 million).

 b) Taxation recognised directly in equity

Current tax credit relating to share-based payments
Deferred tax (credit) charge relating to share-based payments
Deferred tax (credit) charge relating to cash flow hedges

76  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

2013
£m
(2)
(6)
(18)
(26)

2012
£m
(14)
24
16
26

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

c) Reconciliation of effective tax rate
The tax expense for the year is lower (2012: lower) than the expense that would have been charged using the blended rate of corporation tax in 
the UK (23.75%) applied to profit before tax. The applicable enacted or substantively enacted effective rate of UK corporation tax for the year 
was 23.75% (2012: 25.5%). The differences are explained below:

Profit before tax:
Profit before tax multiplied by blended rate of corporation tax in the UK of 23.75% (2012: 25.5%)
Effects of:
Net effect of non-taxable/non-deductible items
Deferred tax write-off following tax rate change
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Taxation

8. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The weighted average number of shares for the year was:

Ordinary shares
ESOP trust ordinary shares
Basic shares
Dilutive ordinary shares from share options
Diluted shares

2013
£m
1,257
299

13
–
(34)
278

2012
£m
1,189
303

3
2
(25)
283

2013
Millions of
shares
1,633
(19)
1,614
26
1,640

2012
Millions of
shares
1,731
(10)
1,721
16
1,737

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The calculation of diluted earnings per share excludes no share options (2012: less than 1 million) which could potentially dilute earnings per 
share in the future, but which have been excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as they are anti-dilutive in the year.

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing the profit for the year into the weighted average number of shares for the year. 
In order to provide a measure of underlying performance, management have chosen to present an adjusted profit for the year which excludes 
items that may distort comparability. Such items arise from events or transactions that fall within the ordinary activities of the Group but 
which management believes should be separately identified to help explain underlying performance.

Reconciliation from profit for the year to adjusted profit for the year 
Profit for the year
Credit received following final settlement of disputes with a former manufacturer of set-top boxes (see note 3)
Costs relating to a corporate efficiency programme (see note 3)
Credit received following an Ofcom determination (see note 3)
Costs relating to one-off upgrade of set-top boxes (see note 3)
Costs relating to programme to offer wireless connectors to selected Sky Movies customers (see note 3)
Costs relating to the acquisition and integration of the O2 consumer broadband and fixed-line telephony  
business (see note 3)
Net recovery of costs in relation to News Corporation (subsequently renamed Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.) proposal  
(see note 3)
Costs relating to a restructuring exercise (see note 3)
RCF fee write-off (see note 4)
Remeasurement of all derivative financial instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting and hedge  
ineffectiveness (see note 4)
Profit on disposal of joint venture (see note 13)
Tax adjusting items and the tax effect of above items
Adjusted profit for the year

Earnings per share from profit for the year
Basic
Diluted
Adjusted earnings per share from adjusted profit for the year
Basic
Diluted

2013
£m

979
(33)
33
(32)
31
25

15

–
–
–

(23)
(9)
(17)
969

2013
pence

60.7p
59.7p

60.0p
59.1p

2012
£m

906
–
–
–
–
–

–

(31)
11
5

(19)
(7)
10
875

2012
pence

52.6p
52.2p

50.8p
50.4p

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  77

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. DIVIDENDS

Dividends declared and paid during the year
2011 Final dividend paid: 14.54p per ordinary share
2012 Interim dividend paid: 9.20p per ordinary share
2012 Final dividend paid: 16.20p per ordinary share
2013 Interim dividend paid: 11.00p per ordinary share

2013
£m

–
–
265
176
441

2012
£m

253
157
–
–
410

The 2013 final dividend proposed is 19.0 pence per ordinary share being £299 million. The dividend was not declared at the balance sheet date 
and is therefore not recognised as a liability as at 30 June 2013.

Dividends are paid between Group companies out of profits available for distribution subject to, inter alia, the provisions of the companies’ 
articles of association and the Companies Act 2006. The ESOP has waived its rights to dividends.

10. GOODWILL

Carrying value
At 1 July 2011
Purchase of Acetrax AG
At 30 June 2012
Purchase of O2 consumer broadband and fixed-line telephony business
Other
At 30 June 2013

£m

944
12
956
49
(6)
999

Goodwill has principally arisen from the Group’s purchases of the Sports Internet Group (“SIG”), British Interactive Broadcasting (“BiB”), 
Easynet’s UK broadband network assets and residential activities, 365 Media, Amstrad, Living TV, The Cloud and the O2 consumer broadband 
and fixed-line telephony business.

Goodwill, allocated by cash generating unit, is analysed as follows:

Broadcast(i)
Betting and gaming(ii)

2013
£m
850
149
999

2012
£m
807
149
956

Impairment reviews were performed on these goodwill balances at 30 June 2013, which did not indicate impairment.

The Broadcast unit includes intangibles with indefinite lives of £25 million (2012: £25 million).

Recoverable amounts for the cash generating units were calculated on the basis of value in use or fair value less costs to sell as appropriate, 
using cash flows calculated for the next five years as forecast by management. A long-term growth rate of 3% was applied in order to 
extrapolate cash flow projections beyond this period. The cash flows of the Broadcast unit were discounted using a pre-tax discount rate of 
8% (2012: 8%) and the cash flows of the Betting and gaming unit were discounted using a pre-tax discount rate of 10% (2012: 8%).

In determining the applicable discount rate, management applied judgement in respect of several factors, which included, inter alia: assessing 
the risk attached to future cash flows and making reference to the capital asset pricing model (the “CAPM”). Management gave consideration 
to the selection of appropriate inputs to the CAPM, which included the risk free rate, the equity risk premium and a measure of systematic risk. 
Management also considers capital structure and an appropriate cost of debt in arriving at the discount rate.

i) Broadcast
The Broadcast unit includes goodwill arising from the purchase of BiB, Easynet’s UK broadband network assets and residential activities,  
365 Media’s content activities, Amstrad, Living TV, The Cloud and the O2 consumer broadband and fixed-line telephony business. The key 
assumptions, on which forecast five year cash flows of the Broadcast unit were based include the number of gross customer additions, the 
rate of churn, the average revenue per user, levels of programming spend, acquisition costs per customer and anticipated changes in the 
product mix and marketing mix of the broadcast activities. The values assigned to each of these assumptions were determined based on the 
extrapolation of historical trends within the Group, and external information on expected future trends in the UK and Ireland entertainment 
and communications industry.

ii) Betting and gaming
The Betting and gaming unit includes goodwill arising from the purchase of SIG and 365 Media’s betting activities. The key assumptions on which 
forecast five year cash flows were based include the number of weekly unique users, the number of bets placed per user per week, the average 
stake per user per week and the average spend per active user per week. The values assigned to each of these assumptions were determined 
based on an extrapolation of historical trends within the unit, and external information on expected future trends in betting and gaming.

78  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

11. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Cost
At 1 July 2011
Additions from business combinations
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
At 30 June 2012
Additions from business combinations
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
At 30 June 2013
Amortisation
At 1 July 2011
Amortisation
Disposals
At 30 June 2012
Amortisation
Disposals
Impairments
At 30 June 2013
Carrying amounts
At 1 July 2011
At 30 June 2012
At 30 June 2013

Internally
generated
intangible
assets
£m

Software
development
(external)  
and software 
licences
£m

Customer 
contracts 
and related 
customer 
relationships
£m

Other 
intangible
assets
£m

Internally
generated
intangible
assets
not yet
available
for use
£m

Acquired
intangible
assets
not yet
available
for use
£m

214
–
45
(35)
28
252
–
102
(15)
47
386

103
54
(35)
122
72
(15)
2
181

111
130
205

435
3
33
(64)
20
427
–
45
(6)
59
525

320
52
(64)
308
55
(6)
–
357

115
119
168

60
–
–
–
–
60
137
–
–
–
197

6
3
–
9
7
–
–
16

54
51
181

183
1
57
(17)
–
224
2
66
–
–
292

119
56
(17)
158
57
–
–
215

64
66
77

26
–
56
–
(28)
54
–
25
(2)
(47)
30

–
–
–
–
–
(2)
2
–

26
54
30

92
–
31
–
(20)
103
–
20
(7)
(59)
57

–
–
–
–
–
(7)
7
–

92
103
57

Total
£m

1,010
4
222
(116)
–
1,120
139
258
(30)
–
1,487

548
165
(116)
597
191
(30)
11
769

462
523
718

In order to improve the presentation of the Group’s intangible assets “Customer contracts and related customer relationships” have been 
disaggregated from the “Other intangible assets” category and “Software licences” have been aggregated with the “Software development 
(external)” category. The prior year comparatives have been re-presented accordingly.

The Group’s internally generated intangible assets relate to software development associated with our customer management systems and 
set-top boxes. The Group’s other intangible assets mainly include copyright licences, customer lists and relationships, connection fees and 
patents and brands acquired in business combinations.

The estimated future amortisation charge on intangible assets with finite lives for each of the next five years is set out below. It is likely that 
future amortisation will vary from the figures below as the estimate does not include the impact of any future investments, disposals or capital 
expenditure.

Estimated amortisation charge

2014
£m
235

2015
£m
162

2016
£m
111

2017
£m
50

2018
£m
44

For intangible assets acquired in business combinations in the year, the average amortisation period is 6 years (2012: 9 years).

Other intangible assets include certain assets with indefinite useful lives. The carrying value of these assets is £25 million (2012: £25 million). 
An impairment review of the assets is performed annually as part of the Group’s review of the Broadcast CGU (note 10).

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  79

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
12. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EqUIPmENT

Cost
At 1 July 2011
Foreign exchange movements
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
At 30 June 2012
Additions from business combinations
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
At 30 June 2013
Depreciation
At 1 July 2011
Foreign exchange movements
Depreciation
Disposals
At 30 June 2012
Depreciation
Disposals
Impairments
At 30 June 2013
Carrying amounts
At 1 July 2011
At 30 June 2012
At 30 June 2013

Freehold
land and
buildings(i)(ii)
£m

Leasehold
improvements
£m

Equipment,
furniture
and
fixtures
£m

Assets
not yet
available
for use
£m

332
–
–
–
1
333
–
1
–
–
334

31
–
10
(1)
40
6
–
–
46

301
293
288

59
–
1
(1)
–
59
–
1
(2)
–
58

22
–
6
(1)
27
8
(2)
1
34

37
32
24

1,139
(1)
192
(160)
40
1,210
25
194
(64)
22
1,387

611
(1)
163
(159)
614
160
(64)
1
711

528
596
676

30
–
38
–
(41)
27
–
48
–
(22)
53

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

30
27
53

Total
£m

1,560
(1)
231
(161)
–
1,629
25
244
(66)
–
1,832

664
(1)
179
(161)
681
174
(66)
2
791

896
948
1,041

(i)  The amounts shown include assets held under finance leases with a net book value of £13 million (2012: £5 million). The cost of these assets was £20 million (2012: £11 million) and the 

accumulated depreciation was £7 million (2012: £6 million). Depreciation charged during the year on such assets was £1 million (2012: £1 million).

(ii)  Depreciation was not charged on £88 million of land (2012: £88 million).

13. INVESTmENTS IN JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES

A list of the Group’s significant investments in joint ventures and associates, including the name, country of incorporation and proportion of 
ownership interest is given in note 31 to the consolidated financial statements.

The movement in joint ventures and associates during the year was as follows:

Share of net assets:
At 1 July
Movement in net assets
– Funding, net of repayments
– Dividends received(i)
– Share of profits(i)
– Disposal of joint venture(i)
– Exchange differences on translation of foreign joint ventures and associates
At 30 June

2013
£m

2012
£m

156

4
(43)
46
(1)
2
164

151

6
(39)
39
(3)
2
156

(i)  During the year, the Group disposed of its interest in MUTV Limited. Included in share of profits for the year is a profit on disposal of £9 million. Consideration received on the sale 
of £10 million is included within dividends received. During the prior year, the Group disposed of its interest in Chelsea Digital Media Limited. Included in share of profits for the 
year is a profit on disposal of £7 million. Consideration received on the sale to date of £6 million is included within dividends received.

The Group’s share of any capital commitments and contingent liabilities of associates and joint ventures is shown in note 26.

80  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

a) Investments in joint ventures
Representing the Group’s share of each joint venture:

Non-current assets
Current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Shareholders’ equity
Revenue
Expense
Taxation
Share of profit from joint ventures

b) Investments in associates
Representing a 100% share of each associate:

Total assets
Total liabilities
Shareholders’ equity
Revenue(i)
Profit(i)

(i)   Revenue and profit numbers are provided for the full year ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012.

14. AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTmENTS

Investment in ITV at cost
Impairment of ITV investment
Realised gain on ITV investment
Part disposal of ITV investment
Unrealised gain on ITV investment
Fair value of ITV investment
Other investments at cost

2013
£m
19
71
(32)
(40)
18
90
(70)
(5)
15

2013
£m
308
(86)
222
325
107

2013
£m
946
(807)
115
(196)
351
409
13
422

2012
£m
29
75
(32)
(46)
26
84
(69)
(4)
11

2012
£m
256
(78)
178
296
105

2012
£m
946
(807)
115
(196)
165
223
5
228

On 17 November 2006, the Group acquired 696 million shares in ITV, at a price of 135 pence per share, representing 17.9% of the issued capital of 
ITV, for a total consideration of £946 million including fees and taxes. The Group’s investment in ITV is carried at fair value.

The fair value is determined with reference to its equity share price at the balance sheet date. In accordance with IFRS, the Group has 
recognised impairment losses in the years ended 30 June 2008 and 30 June 2009, the first of which was recorded at 31 December 2007 due 
to the significant and prolonged decline in the equity share price. The latest impairment loss was determined with reference to ITV’s closing 
equity share price of 20.0 pence at 27 March 2009 bringing the cumulative impairment loss to £807 million. In line with IFRS, all subsequent 
increases in the fair value of the ITV investment above this impaired value have been recorded in the available-for-sale reserve.

On 8 February 2010, the Group placed a shareholding of 10.4% in ITV in accordance with the final undertakings given by the Group to the 
Secretary of State for Business, Innovation and Skills relating to the Group’s investment in ITV. The placing by the Group of 404,362,095 ITV 
shares at 48.5 pence per share resulted in aggregate consideration of £196 million. A profit of £115 million was realised on disposal being the 
excess of the consideration above the impaired value of the shares. The Group continues to hold just under 7.5% of the shares in ITV.

The disposal was exempt from tax under the provisions of the Substantial Shareholding Exemption (SSE) and as such the SSE provisions 
prevent any capital loss arising for tax purposes.

The Group holds certain unquoted equity investments that are carried at cost less impairment. The fair value of these investments is not 
considered to differ significantly from their carrying value.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  81

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
15. DEFERRED TAx

i) Recognised deferred tax assets (liabilities)

At 1 July 2011
Charge to income
Credit to equity
Acquisition of subsidiaries
Effect of change in tax rate
– Income
– Equity
At 30 June 2012
(Charge) credit to income
Credit to equity
Acquisition of subsidiaries
Effect of change in tax rate
– Income
At 30 June 2013

Accelerated
tax
depreciation
£m
14
(1)
–
(1)

Tax losses
£m
1
–
–
–

Short-term
 temporary
differences
£m
6
–
–
–

Share-based
payments
temporary
differences
£m
58
(6)
(23)
–

Financial
instruments
temporary
differences
£m
(10)
(5)
(18)
–

–
–
12
(2)
–
(12)

1
(1)

–
–
1
(1)
–
–

–
–

–
–
6
–
–
–

(1)
5

(2)
(1)
26
18
6
–

(1)
49

1
2
(30)
(5)
18
–

1
(16)

Total
£m
69
(12)
(41)
(1)

(1)
1
15
10
24
(12)

–
37

Deferred tax assets have been recognised at 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 on the basis that, from management’s current forecast of the 
Group’s entities, it is probable that there will be suitable taxable profits against which these assets can be utilised. Tax losses are treated as 
unrecognised deferred tax assets if it is not considered probable that suitable future taxable profits will arise. During the year, any tax losses 
suffered by UK entities have been relieved against taxable profits in other UK entities in the Group.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which they reverse. The rate 
enacted or substantively enacted for the relevant periods of reversal is 23% as at 30 June 2013 (2012: 24%).

The Government has indicated that it intends to introduce further reductions in the main tax rate, with the rate falling by 2% to 21% on 1 April 
2014 and a further 1% to 20% on 1 April 2015. These further reductions to the tax rate, below the 23% rate, have not been substantively enacted 
at the balance sheet date and are therefore not reflected in these consolidated financial statements.

The impact of the reduction in the main tax rate to 21% (2012: 22%) on the deferred tax attributes of the Group would be a reduction in the 
deferred tax asset of £3 million (2012: £1 million).

82  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The 
following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for 
financial reporting purposes:

16. INVENTORIES

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

ii) Unrecognised deferred tax assets

Tax losses arising from trading
Tax losses arising from capital disposals and 
provisions against investments

2013
£m
70
(33)
37

2013
£m
271

323
594

2012
£m
46
(31)
15

2012
£m
252

341
593

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the items 
above because it is not probable that future taxable profits will be 
available against which the Group can utilise the losses.

At 30 June 2013, a deferred tax asset of £15 million (2012: £14 million) 
principally arising from UK losses in the Group, has not been 
recognised. These losses can only be offset against taxable profits 
generated in the entities concerned. There is currently insufficient 
evidence to support the recognition of a deferred tax asset relating to 
these losses. The UK trading losses can be carried forward indefinitely.

At 30 June 2013, a deferred tax asset of £256 million (2012: £238 
million) has not been recognised in respect of overseas trading losses 
on the basis that it is not probable that these temporary differences 
will be utilised. These losses include £250 million (2012: £235 million) 
with respect to the Group’s German holding company’s former 
investment in KirchPayTV and £6 million (2012: £3 million) with respect 
to other subsidiaries. £2 million of the overseas trading losses can be 
carried forward indefinitely, and £4 million of the losses will expire over 
the course of the next seven years.

At 30 June 2013, a deferred tax asset of £312 million (2012: £329 
million) has not been recognised in respect of capital losses related to 
the Group’s former investment in KirchPayTV, on the basis that 
utilisation of these temporary differences is not probable. At 30 June 
2013, the Group also has capital losses with a tax value estimated to 
be £11 million (2012: £12 million) including impairment of a football club 
and other investments, which have not been recognised as a deferred 
tax asset, on the basis that it is not probable that they will be utilised. 
The capital losses can be carried forward indefinitely.

Television programme rights
Set-top boxes and related equipment
Other inventories
Current inventory
Non-current programme distribution rights
Total inventory

2013
£m
470
70
8
548
17
565

2012
£m
379
69
8
456
–
456

At 30 June 2013, 89% (2012: 81%) of the television programme rights 
and 100% (2012: 100%) of set-top boxes and related equipment and 
other inventories is expected to be recognised in the income 
statement within 12 months.

17. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Gross trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of receivables
Net trade receivables
Amounts receivable from joint ventures and 
associates
Amounts receivable from other related parties
Prepayments
Accrued income
VAT
Other
Current trade and other receivables
Prepayments
Other receivables
Non-current trade and other receivables
Total trade and other receivables

2013
£m
163
(89)
74

8
7
309
162
1
30
591
6
11
17
608

2012
£m
170
(89)
81

8
12
294
155
1
70
621
7
10
17
638

Included within current trade and other receivables is nil (2012: nil) 
which is due in more than one year.

The ageing of the Group’s net trade receivables which are past due 
but not impaired is as follows:

Up to 30 days past due date
30 to 60 days past due date
60 to 120 days past due date

2013
£m
52
5
2
59

2012
£m
49
1
2
52

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other 
receivables approximates their fair values. The Group is exposed to 
credit risk on its trade and other receivables, however the Group does 
not have any significant concentrations of credit risk, with exposure 
spread over a large number of counterparties and customers. Trade 
receivables principally comprise amounts outstanding from 
subscribers, advertisers and other customers.

Provisions for doubtful debts

Balance at beginning of year
Amounts utilised
Provided during the year
Balance at end of year

2013
£m
89
(36)
36
89

2012
£m
195
(137)
31
89

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  83

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
18. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade payables(i)
Amounts owed to joint ventures and associates
Amounts owed to other related parties
VAT
Accruals
Deferred income
Other
Current trade and other payables
Trade payables
Amounts owed to other related parties
Deferred income
Other
Non-current trade and other payables
Total trade and other payables

2013
£m
712
9
102
143
685
295
77
2,023
18
–
9
36
63
2,086

2012
£m
629
10
90
140
620
291
75
1,855
9
8
6
4
27
1,882

(i) 

Included within trade payables are £225 million (2012: £226 million) of US dollar-denominated payables.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates their fair values. Trade payables principally 
comprise amounts outstanding for programming purchases and ongoing costs.

19. PROVISIONS

Current liabilities
Restructuring provision(i)
Acquired and acquisition-related provisions(ii)
Customer-related provisions(iii)
Other provisions(iv)

Non-current liabilities
Other provisions(v)

At
1 July
2011
£m

Provided
during
the year
£m

Utilised
during
the year
£m

At
1 July
2012
£m

Reclassified
during
the year
£m

Provided 
(released)
during
the year
£m

Utilised
during
the year
£m

At
30 June
2013
£m

–
11
–
10
21

9

6
4
–
18
28

7

–
–
–
(6)
(6)

(4)

6
15
–
22
43

12

–
(1)
–
17
16

2

13
(14)
47
17
63

6

(3)
–
(6)
(19)
(28)

(6)

16
–
41
37
94

14

(i)  These provisions significantly relate to costs incurred as part of a corporate efficiency programme.
(ii)  These provisions arose on the acquisition of Amstrad which took place during the year ended 30 June 2008.
(iii)  These provisions are for those costs incurred in the one-off upgrade of set-top boxes and the programme to offer wireless connectors to selected Sky Movies customers.
(iv) 

Included in other provisions are amounts provided for onerous contracts for property leases, maintenance, legal disputes and warranty liabilities, which have been reclassified to 
provisions during the year. The timing of the cash flows for onerous property, leases and maintenance are dependent on the terms of the remaining leases. The timing of the cash 
flows for legal disputes cannot be reasonably determined.
Included within non-current other provisions are amounts provided for onerous contracts for property leases and maintenance. The timing of the cash flows are dependent on 
the terms of the leases, but are expected to continue up to September 2025.

(v) 

20. BORROWINGS

Current borrowings
Obligations under finance leases(ii)
Non-current borrowings
US$750 million of 5.625% Guaranteed Notes repayable in October 2015(i)
£400 million of 5.750% Guaranteed Notes repayable in October 2017(i)
US$750 million of 6.100% Guaranteed Notes repayable in February 2018(i)
US$582.8 million of 9.500% Guaranteed Notes repayable in November 2018(i)
US$800 million of 3.125% Guaranteed Notes repayable in November 2022(i)
£300 million of 6.000% Guaranteed Notes repayable in May 2027(i)
US$350 million of 6.500% Guaranteed Notes repayable in October 2035(i)
Obligations under finance leases(ii)

84  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

2013
£m

11

496
404
498
404
520
296
225
66
2,909

2012
£m

8

500
407
495
420
–
296
220
60
2,398

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

(i) Guaranteed Notes
At 30 June 2013, the Group had in issue the following Guaranteed Notes, which were issued by the Company:

US$750 million of 6.100% Guaranteed Notes repayable in February 2018
US$582.8 million of 9.500% Guaranteed Notes repayable in  
November 2018
US$800 million of 3.125% Guaranteed Notes repayable in November 2022
£300 million of 6.000% Guaranteed Notes repayable in May 2027

Interest Rate Hedging

Hedged Interest Rates

Hedged
Value*
£m
387

389
503
300
1,579

Fixed
£m
290

260
503
300
1,353

Floating
£m
97

129
–
–
226

Fixed
6.829%

Floating
6m LIBOR + 1.892%

7.091% 6m LIBOR + 5.542%
N/A
3.226%
N/A
6.000%

At 30 June 2013, the Group had in issue the following Guaranteed Notes, which were issued by BSkyB Finance UK plc:

US$750 million of 5.625% Guaranteed Notes repayable in October 2015
£400 million of 5.750% Guaranteed Notes repayable in October 2017
US$350 million of 6.500% Guaranteed Notes repayable in October 2035

Interest Rate Hedging

Hedged Interest Rates

Hedged
Value*
£m
428
400
200
1,028

Fixed
£m
171
350
200
721

Floating
£m
257
50
–
307

Fixed

Floating
5.427% 6m LIBOR + 0.698%
5.750% 6m LIBOR – 0.229%
N/A
5.826%

At 30 June 2012, the Group had in issue the following Guaranteed Notes, which were issued by the Company:

US$750 million of 6.100% Guaranteed Notes repayable in February 2018
US$582.8 million of 9.500% Guaranteed Notes repayable in November 2018(a)
£300 million of 6.000% Guaranteed Notes repayable in May 2027

Interest Rate Hedging

Hedged Interest Rates

Hedged
Value*
£m
387
389
300
1,076

Fixed
£m
290
260
300
850

Floating
£m
97
129
–
226

Floating
Fixed
6.829%
6m LIBOR + 1.892%
7.091% 6m LIBOR + 5.542%
N/A

6.000%

(a)  On 1 June 2012, the Group entered into forward starting interest rate swaps to fix the interest rates on £260 million of the November 2018 notes from 15 May 2013 to 15 November 

2018. The £260 million, referred to as fixed in the table above, had one further rate reset in November 2012 before this fixed rate became effective.

At 30 June 2012, the Group had in issue the following Guaranteed Notes, which were issued by BSkyB Finance UK plc:

US$750 million of 5.625% Guaranteed Notes repayable in October 2015
£400 million of 5.750% Guaranteed Notes repayable in October 2017
US$350 million of 6.500% Guaranteed Notes repayable in October 2035

* Note: Hedged value is the final redemption value including any hedging.

Interest Rate Hedging

Hedged Interest Rates

Hedged
Value*
£m
428
400
200
1,028

Fixed
£m
171
350
200
721

Floating
£m
257
50
–
307

Fixed

Floating
5.427% 6m LIBOR + 0.698%
5.750% 6m LIBOR – 0.229%
N/A
5.826%

The Group has a Euro Medium Term Note Programme (the “Programme”), which provides the Group with a standardised documentation platform 
for senior debt issuance in the Eurobond markets. The £300 million of 6.000% Guaranteed Notes maturing in May 2027 have been issued under 
the Programme, which allows issuance of up to £1 billion.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  85

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
20. BORROWINGS continued

(ii) Finance leases
The minimum lease payments under finance leases fall due as follows:

Within one year
Between one and two years
Between two and three years
Between three and four years
Between four and five years
After five years

Future finance charges on finance lease liabilities
Present value of finance lease liabilities

The main obligations under finance leases are in relation to:

2013
£m
11
11
11
8
8
144
193
(116)
77

2012
£m
8
8
8
8
8
153
193
(125)
68

(a)  finance arrangements in connection with the broadband network infrastructure. During the year, repayments of £7 million (2012: £7 million) 

were made against the lease. A proportion of these payments have been allocated against the capital outstanding. The lease bears 
interest at a rate of 11.1% and expires in November 2039.

(b)  finance arrangements in connection with the contact centre in Dunfermline. During the year, repayments of £1 million (2012: £1 million) were 
made against the lease. A proportion of these payments have been allocated against the capital amount outstanding. The lease bears 
interest at a rate of 8.5% and expires in September 2020.

(c)  finance arrangements in connection with datacentre equipment. The Group entered into the arrangements during the year, and 

repayments of less than £1 million were made against the lease. A proportion of these payments have been allocated against the capital 
amount outstanding. The lease bears interest at a rate of 3.6% and expires in June 2016.

(iii) Revolving Credit Facility
The Group has a £743 million RCF with a maturity date of 31 October 2017, syndicated across 10 counterparty banks, each with a minimum 
credit rating of “Baa1” or equivalent from Standard & Poor’s. At 30 June 2013, the RCF was undrawn (2012: undrawn).

The Group is subject to two financial covenants under the RCF, a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest cover ratio, which are tested 
at the end of each six monthly period. The key financial covenants are the ratio of Net Debt to EBITDA (as defined in the loan agreements) and 
EBITDA to Net Interest Payable (as defined in the loan agreements). Net Debt to EBITDA must be no more than 3.00:1 and EBITDA to Net 
Interest Payable must be at least 3.50:1. The Group was in compliance with these covenants for all periods presented.

(iv) Guarantees
The following guarantees are in place relating to the Group’s borrowings: (a) British Sky Broadcasting Limited, Sky Subscribers Services Limited, 
BSkyB Finance UK plc and Sky In-Home Service Limited have given joint and several guarantees in relation to the Company’s £743 million RCF 
and the outstanding Guaranteed Notes issued by the Company (b) the Company, British Sky Broadcasting Limited, Sky Subscribers Services 
Limited and Sky In-Home Service Limited have given joint and several guarantees in relation to the outstanding Guaranteed Notes issued by 
BSkyB Finance UK plc.

86  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

21. DERIVATIVES AND OTHER FINANCIAL INSTRUmENTS

Set out below are the derivative financial instruments entered into by the Group to manage its interest rate and foreign exchange risks.

Fair value hedges
Interest rate swaps
Cash flow hedges
Cross-currency swaps
Forward foreign exchange contracts
Currency options (collars)
Derivatives not in a formal hedge relationship
Cross-currency swaps
Forward foreign exchange contracts
Interest rate swaps
Total

2013

2012

Asset

Liability

Asset

Liability

Fair Value
£m

Notional
£m

Fair Value
£m

Notional
£m

Fair Value
£m

Notional
£m

Fair Value
£m

Notional
£m

108

166
37
–

67
1
1
380

851

1,117
1,146
–

353
114
260
3,841

–

–
(26)
–

(15)
(1)
–
(42)

–

47
973
–

390
49
–
1,459

141

186
28
2

57
–
–
414

833

661
880
13

353
25
140
2,905

–

–
(3)
–

(28)
(1)
–
(32)

–

–
223
13

390
127
120
873

The maturity of the derivative financial instruments is as follows:

In one year or less
Between one and two years
Between two and five years
In more than five years
Total

2013

2012

Asset
£m
15
15
251
99
380

Liability
£m
(13)
(6)
(8)
(15)
(42)

Asset
£m
23
6
101
284
414

Liability
£m
(2)
(1)
(1)
(28)
(32)

The fair value of the Group’s debt-related derivative portfolio at 30 June 2013 was a £327 million net asset (2012: net asset of £356 million) with 
net notional principal amounts totalling £1,957 million (2012: £1,454 million). This comprised: net assets of £166 million designated as cash flow 
hedges (2012: net assets of £186 million), net assets of £108 million designated as fair value hedges (2012: net assets of £141 million) and net 
assets of £53 million not designated in a formal hedge relationship (2012: net assets of £29 million).

At 30 June 2013, the carrying value of financial assets that were, upon initial recognition, designated as financial assets at fair value through 
profit or loss was nil (2012: nil).

Hedge accounting classification and impact
The Group has designated certain interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of interest rate risk, representing 30% (2012: 37%) of the Group’s 
debt portfolio. Movements in the fair value of the hedged items are taken to the income statement and are offset by movements in the fair 
value of the hedging instruments, to the extent that hedge accounting is achieved.

The Group has designated certain fixed rate cross-currency swaps as cash flow hedges of 47% (2012: 34%) of the Group’s debt portfolio. As 
such, the effective portion of the gain or loss on these contracts is reported as a separate component of the hedging reserve, and is then 
reclassified to the income statement in the same periods that the forecast transactions affect the income statement. During the current year, 
gains of £40 million were removed from the hedging reserve and credited to finance costs in the income statement to offset the currency 
translation movements in the underlying hedged debt (2012: gains of £22 million).

The Group designates certain forward foreign exchange contracts and the intrinsic element of options (collars) as cash flow hedges of forecast 
foreign currency sales and purchases. Gains or losses are released from the hedging reserve and recycled to the income statement in the same 
period as the hedged item is recognised. If forecast transactions are no longer expected to occur, any amounts included in the hedging reserve 
related to that forecast transaction would be recognised directly in the income statement. During the current year, gains of £2 million were 
removed from the hedging reserve and credited to operating expense in the income statement (2012: gains of £3 million). Gains of £8 million 
were removed from the hedging reserve and credited to revenue in the income statement (2012: gains of £5 million).

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  87

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
21. DERIVATIVES AND OTHER FINANCIAL INSTRUmENTS continued

Hedge effectiveness testing is performed quarterly using the dollar-offset approach. The actual movement in the hedging items is compared 
with the movement in the valuation of the hypothetically perfect hedge of the underlying risk at inception, and any ineffectiveness is 
recognised directly in the income statement. Ineffectiveness of £2 million was recognised in the income statement during the current year 
(2012: £1 million).

A hedge relationship is deemed to be effective if the ratio of changes in valuation of the underlying hedged item and the hedging instrument is 
within the range of 80% to 125%. Any relationship which has a ratio outside this range is deemed to be ineffective, at which point hedge 
accounting is suspended. During the year ended 30 June 2013, there were no instances in which the hedge relationship was not highly effective 
(2012: no instances).

Financial instruments

(a) Carrying value and fair value
The accounting classification of each class of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities, together with their fair values,  
is as follows:

At 30 June 2013
Quoted bond debt
Derivative financial instruments
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Obligations under finance leases
and other borrowings
Available-for-sale investments
Trade and other receivables
Short-term deposits
Cash and cash equivalents
At 30 June 2012
Quoted bond debt
Derivative financial instruments
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Obligations under finance leases
and other borrowings
Available-for-sale investments
Trade and other receivables
Short-term deposits
Cash and cash equivalents

Held to
maturity
investments
£m

Available-
for-sale
£m

Derivatives
deemed held
for trading
£m

Derivatives in
hedging
relationships
£m

Loans and
receivables
£m

Other
liabilities
£m

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
595
65

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
710
–

–
–
–
–

–
422
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
228
–
–
–

–
53
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
28
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
285
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
354
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
278
–
750

–
–
–
–

–
–
278
–
464

(2,843)
–
(1,567)
(74)

(77)
–
–
–
–

(2,338)
–
(1,378)
(12)

(68)
–
–
–
–

Total 
carrying
value
£m

(2,843)
338
(1,567)
(74)

(77)
422
278
595
815

(2,338)
382
(1,378)
(12)

(68)
228
278
710
464

Total fair
value
£m

(3,185)
338
(1,567)
(74)

(77)
422
278
595
815

(2,674)
382
(1,378)
(12)

(68)
228
278
710
464

The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities are determined as follows:

  The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities with standard terms and conditions and which are traded on active liquid markets is 
determined with reference to quoted market prices;
  The fair value of other financial assets and financial liabilities (excluding derivative instruments) is determined in accordance with generally 
accepted pricing models based on discounted cash flow analysis using prices from observable current market transactions and dealer 
quotes for similar instruments;
  Foreign currency forward contracts and options are measured using quoted forward exchange rates and yield curves derived from quoted 
interest rates matching maturities of the contracts;
  Interest rate and cross-currency swaps are measured at the present value of future cash flows estimated and discounted based on the 
applicable yield curves derived from quoted interest rates; and
  The fair value of obligations under finance leases and other borrowings is estimated by discounting the future cash flows to net present 
value. The fair value of short-term deposits and cash and cash equivalents is equivalent to carrying value due to the short-term nature of 
these instruments.

88  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

The differences between carrying values and fair values reflect unrealised gains or losses inherent in the financial instruments, based on 
valuations as at 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012. The volatile nature of the markets means that values at any subsequent date could be 
significantly different from the values reported above.

Cash and cash equivalents classified as held to maturity investments comprise money market deposits which have maturity dates of less than 
three months from inception. Money market deposits, enhanced return investments and tri-party repurchase agreements which have maturity 
greater than three months from inception are classified as short-term deposits.

Cash and cash equivalents classified as loans and receivables mainly comprise investments in AAAm rated money market funds which can be 
withdrawn without notice.

(b) Fair value hierarchy
The following table categorises the Group’s financial instruments which are held at fair value into 1 of 3 levels to reflect the degree to which 
observable inputs are used in determining their fair values:

At 30 June 2013
Assets measured at fair value
Available-for-sale financial instruments
ITV investment
Other investments at cost
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Interest rate swaps
Cross-currency swaps
Forward foreign exchange and option contracts
Total
Liabilities measured at fair value
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Cross-currency swaps
Forward foreign exchange and option contracts
Total
At 30 June 2012
Assets measured at fair value
Available-for-sale financial instruments
ITV investment
Other investments at cost
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Interest rate swaps
Cross-currency swaps
Forward foreign exchange and option contracts
Total
Liabilities measured at fair value
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Cross-currency swaps
Forward foreign exchange and option contracts
Total

Fair value
£m

Level 1
£m

Level 2
£m

Level 3
£m

409
13

109
233
38
802

(15)
(27)
(42)

223
5

141
243
30
642

(28)
(4)
(32)

409
–

–
–
–
409

–
–
–

223
–

–
–
–
223

–
–
–

–
–

109
233
38
380

(15)
(27)
(42)

–
–

141
243
30
414

(28)
(4)
(32)

–
13

–
–
–
13

–
–
–

–
5

–
–
–
5

–
–
–

Level 1
Fair values measured using quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2
Fair values measured using inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability either directly 
or indirectly.

Level 3
Fair values measured using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  89

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
22. FINANCIAL RISK mANAGEmENT

Group Treasury activity
The Group’s Treasury function is responsible for raising finance for 
the Group’s operations, together with associated liquidity 
management and management of foreign exchange, interest rate and 
credit risks. Treasury operations are conducted within a framework of 
policies and guidelines authorised and reviewed by both the Audit 
Committee and the Board, which receive regular updates of Treasury 
activity. Derivative instruments are transacted for risk management 
purposes only. It is the Group’s policy that all hedging is to cover 
known risks and no speculative trading is undertaken. Regular and 
frequent reporting to management is required for all transactions 
and exposures, and the internal control environment is subject to 
periodic review by the Group’s internal audit team.

The Group’s principal market risks are exposures to changes in 
interest rates and foreign exchange rates, which arise both from the 
Group’s sources of finance and its operations. Following evaluation of 
those market risks, the Group selectively enters into derivative 
financial instruments to manage these exposures. The principal 
instruments currently used are interest rate swaps to hedge interest 
rate risks, and cross-currency swaps, forward foreign exchange 
contracts and currency options (collars) to hedge transactional and 
translational currency exposures.

Interest rate risk
The Group has financial exposures to both UK and US interest rates, 
arising primarily from the Group’s long-term bonds and other 
borrowings. The Group’s hedging policy requires that between 50% 
and 85% of borrowings are held at fixed rates. This is achieved by 
issuing fixed rate bonds and then using interest rate swaps to adjust 
the balance between fixed and floating rate debt. The Group’s bank 
debt is at floating rates, and, when drawn, means that the mix of fixed 
and floating rate debt fluctuates and is therefore managed to ensure 
compliance with the Group’s hedging policy. At 30 June 2013, 80% of 
borrowings were held at fixed rates after hedging (2012: 75%).

The Group uses derivatives to convert all of its US dollar-denominated 
debt and associated interest rate obligations to pounds sterling (see 
section on foreign exchange risk for further detail). At 30 June 2013, 
the Group had no net US dollar denominated interest rate exposure 
on its borrowings.

The Group designates its interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of 
interest rate risk. Movements in the fair value of the hedged exposure 
are taken to the income statement and are offset by movements in 
the fair value of the hedging instruments, which are also taken to the 
income statement. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recognised directly in 
the income statement. In the year ended 30 June 2013, this 
amounted to £2 million (2012: £1 million).

At 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012, the Group’s annual finance costs 
would be unaffected by any change to the Group’s credit rating in 
either direction.

Interest rate sensitivity
The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the 
exposure to interest rates for both derivatives and non-derivative 
financial instruments at the balance sheet date. For floating rate 
liabilities, the analysis is prepared assuming the amount of liability 
outstanding at the balance sheet date is outstanding for the whole 
year.

90  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

For each one hundred basis point rise or fall in interest rates at 30 
June 2013, and if all other variables were held constant:

  The Group’s profit for the year ended 30 June 2013 would increase 
or decrease by £9 million (2012: profit for the year would increase or 
decrease by £4 million). The year on year increase is driven by an 
increase in the cash balance held and by the fixing of £260 million 
of debt.
  Other equity reserves would decrease or increase by £15 million 
(2012: decrease or increase by £14 million), arising from movements 
in cash flow hedges.

A one hundred basis point rise or fall in interest rates represents a 
large but realistic movement which can easily be multiplied to give 
sensitivities at different interest rates.

The sensitivity analyses provided are hypothetical only and should be 
used with caution as the impacts provided are not necessarily 
indicative of the actual impacts that would be experienced because 
the Group’s actual exposure to market rates changes as the Group’s 
portfolio of debt, cash and foreign currency contracts changes. In 
addition, the effect of a change in a particular market variable on fair 
values or cash flows is calculated without considering 
interrelationships between the various market rates or mitigating 
actions that would be taken by the Group. The changes in valuations 
are estimates of the impact of changes in market variables and are 
not a prediction of future events or anticipated gains or losses.

Foreign exchange risk
A combination of cross-currency and interest rate swap 
arrangements is used to convert the Group’s US dollar denominated 
debt and associated interest rate obligations to pounds sterling, at 
fixed exchange rates. At 30 June 2013, the split of the Group’s 
aggregate borrowings into their core currencies was US dollar 73% 
and pounds sterling 27% (2012: US dollar 67% and pounds sterling 
33%). At 30 June 2013, 100% of the Group’s long-term borrowings, 
after the impact of derivatives, are denominated in pounds sterling.

The Group’s revenues and operating expenses are substantially 
denominated in pounds sterling. A small proportion of operating 
expenses is denominated in US dollars, while a small proportion of 
revenues is denominated in euros. In the current year, approximately 
10% of operating expenses (£614 million) was denominated in US 
dollars (2012: approximately 10% (£532 million)) and 5% of revenues 
(£392 million) was denominated in euros (2012: 6% (£382 million)).

The US dollar expense relates mainly to the Group’s programming 
contracts with US suppliers, together with US dollar-denominated 
set-top box costs. The euro revenues primarily relate to subscribers 
located in Ireland. The Group’s exposure to euro-denominated 
revenue is offset to a certain extent by euro-denominated costs, 
related mainly to certain transponder costs; the net position being a 
euro surplus (2012: surplus).

The Group has some exposure to the European financial crisis 
although the Group’s net euro cash flows are approximately 3% of 
total group revenues and the Group’s practice is to hold less than 
£10 million on deposit in euros. Whilst some of the Group’s syndicate 
banks are headquartered in Europe, the Group does not currently 
anticipate drawing the RCF. To mitigate remaining risks, counterparty 
credit and sovereign ratings are closely monitored, and no more than 
10% of cash deposits are held with a single bank counterparty (with 
the exception of overnight deposits which are invested in a spread of 
AAAm rated liquidity funds).

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

The Group hedges currency exposures on US dollar and euro-
denominated highly probable cash flows by using forward foreign 
exchange contracts and options (collars) purchased up to five years 
ahead of the cash flow.

It is the Group’s policy that all anticipated foreign currency exposures 
are substantially hedged in advance of the year in which they occur.

At 30 June 2013, the Group had purchased forward foreign exchange 
contracts and collars representing up to:

  Approximately 90% of US dollar-denominated costs falling due 
within one year (2012: 85%), and approximately 80% of US dollar-
denominated costs falling due within five years (2012: 
approximately 80%) which are hedged via:

  Outstanding commitments to purchase, in aggregate, US$1,926 
million (2012: US$1,298 million) at an average rate of US$1.56 to 
£1.00 (2012: US$1.58 to £1.00).
  Collars relating to the purchase of a total of US$nil (2012: US$20 
million) in aggregate.

  Approximately 95% of net euro-denominated revenues falling due 
within one year (2012: approximately 75%), and approximately 80% 
of net euro-denominated revenues falling due within four years 
(2012: nil) which are hedged via:

  Outstanding commitments to sell, in aggregate, €1,039 million 
(2012: €400 million) at an average rate of €1.19 to £1.00 (2012: 
€1.18 to £1.00).
  Outstanding commitments to purchase, in aggregate, €119 million 
(2012: €88 million) at an average rate of €1.16 to £1.00 (2012: €1.22 
to £1.00).

No forward foreign exchange contracts or collars fall due beyond five 
years (2012: none).

The Group designates the following as cash flow hedges for hedge 
accounting purposes:

  Forward foreign exchange contracts.
  The intrinsic value of collars (all other fair value movements are 
recognised directly in the income statement).
  Cross-currency swaps where interest on both legs is at a fixed 
interest rate.

As such, the effective portion of the gain or loss on these contracts is 
reported as a component of the hedging reserve, outside the income 
statement, and is then reclassified to the income statement in the 
same periods that the forecast transactions affect the income 
statement. Ineffectiveness of £1 million was recognised in the income 
statement during the year (2012: less than £1 million).

A combination of US dollar denominated interest rate and US dollar/
pound sterling cross-currency swaps is used to convert fixed dollar 
denominated debt to floating sterling denominated debt. The 
interest rate swaps are designated as fair value hedges. The 
associated cross-currency swaps are not designated as hedging 
instruments for hedge accounting purposes and, as such, movements 
in their value are recorded directly in the income statement.

Foreign exchange sensitivity
The following analyses details the Group’s sensitivity to movements in 
pounds sterling against those currencies in which it has significant 
transactions. The sensitivity analysis includes foreign currency 
denominated assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and 
outstanding foreign currency denominated financial instruments and 

adjusts their translation at the period end for a 25% change in foreign 
currency rates.

A 25% strengthening in pounds sterling against the US dollar would 
have the effect of reducing profit by £21 million (2012: reducing profit 
by £27 million), of which losses of £23 million relate to non-cash 
movements in the valuation of derivatives (2012: losses of £26 
million). The same strengthening would have an adverse impact on 
other equity of £237 million (2012: adverse impact of £185 million).

A 25% weakening in pounds sterling against the US dollar would have 
the effect of increasing profit by £34 million (2012: increasing profit 
by £45 million) of which gains of £38 million relate to non-cash 
movements in the valuation of derivatives (2012: gains of £44 million). 
The same weakening would have a beneficial impact on other equity 
of £395 million (2012: beneficial impact of £309 million).

A 25% strengthening in pounds sterling against the euro would have 
the effect of decreasing profit by £1 million (2012: increasing profit by 
less than £1 million). None of this amount relates to non-cash 
movements in the valuation of derivatives. The same strengthening 
would have a beneficial impact on other equity of £157 million (2012: 
beneficial impact of £52 million).

A 25% weakening in pounds sterling against the euro would have the 
effect of increasing profit by £1 million (2012: reducing profit by less 
than £1 million). None of this amount relates to non-cash movements 
in the valuation of derivatives. The same weakening would have an 
adverse impact on other equity of £262 million (2012: adverse impact 
of £86 million).

The sensitivity analyses provided are hypothetical only and should be 
used with caution as the impacts provided are not necessarily 
indicative of the actual impacts that would be experienced because 
the Group’s actual exposure to market rates is constantly changing as 
the Group’s portfolio of debt, cash and foreign currency contracts 
changes. In addition, the effect of a change in a particular market 
variable on fair values or cash flows is calculated without considering 
interrelationships between the various market rates or mitigating 
actions that would be taken by the Group. The changes in valuations 
are estimates of the impact of changes in market variables and are 
not a prediction of future events or anticipated gains or losses.

Hedge accounting
The interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk sections above 
outline the Group’s policies regarding use of derivative products. 
Further detail on valuations and the impact of hedge accounting 
during the year are provided in note 21.

Credit risk
The Group is exposed to counterparty default risk amounting to 
invested cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits, and the 
positive fair value of derivative financial assets held.

This risk is deemed to be low. Counterparty risk forms a central part 
of the Group’s Treasury policy, which is monitored and reported on 
regularly. The Group manages credit risk by diversifying its exposures 
across a wide number of counterparties, such that the maximum 
exposure to any individual counterparty was less than 10% of the 
total asset value of instruments at the end of the year. Treasury 
policies ensure that all derivative transactions are only effected with 
strong relationship banks and, at the date of signing, each carried a 
minimum credit rating of “Baa1” or equivalent from Standard & Poor’s.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  91

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
22. FINANCIAL RISK mANAGEmENT continued

The amount recognised in the income statement in respect of credit 
risk for derivatives deemed held for trading is nil (2012: nil).

Credit risk in our residential customer base is mitigated by billing and 
collecting in advance for digital television subscriptions for over 99% 
of our residential customer base. The Group’s maximum exposure to 
credit risk on trade receivables is the carrying amounts as disclosed in 
note 17.

Liquidity risk
Our principal source of liquidity is cash generated from operations, 
combined with access to a £743 million RCF, which expires in October 
2017, with the right to request an extension of one further year. At 
30 June 2013, this facility was undrawn (30 June 2012: undrawn).

To ensure continuity of funding, the Group’s policy is to ensure that 
available funding matures over a period of years. At 30 June 2013, 
40% (2012: 59%) of the Group’s total available funding (including 
available undrawn amounts on our RCF) was due to mature in more 
than five years.

Full details of the Group’s borrowings and undrawn facilities are 
shown in note 20, other than trade and other payables, shown in 
note 18, and provisions, shown in note 19.

92  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

The following table analyses the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities, net settled derivative financial instruments and gross settled 
financial instruments into relevant maturity groupings, based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity 
date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows and may therefore not reconcile to the amounts 
disclosed on the balance sheet for borrowings, derivative financial instruments, provisions and trade and other payables.

At 30 June 2013
Non derivative financial liabilities
Bonds – USD
Bonds – GBP
Obligations under finance leases and other borrowings
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Net settled derivatives
Financial assets
Gross settled derivatives
Outflow
Inflow

At 30 June 2012
Non derivative financial liabilities
Bonds – USD
Bonds – GBP
Obligations under finance leases and other borrowings
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Net settled derivatives
Financial assets
Gross settled derivatives
Outflow
Inflow

Less than
12 months
£m

Between
one and
two years
£m

Between
two and
five years
£m

More than
five years
£m

125
41
11
1,457
66

125
41
11
107
4

1,291
500
27
3
1

1,490
462
144
–
3

(32)

(32)

(65)

(6)

1,020
(1,028)

760
(775)

1,687
(1,876)

1,381
(1,417)

Less than
12 months
£m

Between
one and
two years
£m

Between
two and
five years
£m

More than
five years
£m

107
41
8
1,281
9

(32)

894
(917)

107
41
8
86
4

(32)

391
(397)

760
123
24
11
1

(81)

759
(813)

1,433
903
153
–
1

(28)

1,255
(1,408)

Capital Risk Management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to endeavour to ensure that the Group has the ability to access capital markets when 
necessary and to optimise liquidity and operating flexibility through the arrangement of new debt, while seeking to minimise the cost of 
capital. The Group monitors its liquidity requirements regularly and is satisfied that it has access to sufficient liquidity and operating flexibility 
to meet its capital requirements.

The Group manages its short and long-term capital structure by seeking to maintain leverage ratios consistent with a long-term investment 
grade credit rating (BBB- or better from Standard & Poor’s and Baa3 or better from Moody’s). The Group’s current ratings are BBB+ (Standard 
& Poor’s) and Baa1 (Moody’s). The leverage ratios assessed by these rating agencies are those of Net Debt: EBITDA and Gross Debt: EBITDA. Net 
Debt is defined as total borrowings, including the cash flows arising under operating leases and transponder prepayments, less cash and cash 
equivalents, excluding derivatives. Gross Debt does not reduce total borrowings by the inclusion of cash and cash equivalents.

The Group is also required to maintain a Net Debt: EBITDA ratio below 3.00:1 and an EBITDA to Net Interest Payable ratio at above 3.50:1 under 
the terms of its RCF. The RCF definition of Net Debt does not require the inclusion of future operating lease or transponder cash flows.

At 30 June 2013, the Net Debt: EBITDA ratio as defined by the terms of the RCF was 0.7:1 (2012: 0.6:1), and the EBITDA to Net Interest Payable 
ratio was 13.4:1 (2012: 13.7:1).

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  93

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
23. SHARE CAPITAL

Allotted, called-up and fully paid shares of 50p
1,593,905,182 (2012: 1,674,454,881)

2013
£m

2012
£m

797

837

2013
Number of
ordinary
shares

2012
Number of
ordinary
shares

Allotted and fully paid during the year
Beginning of year
Shares repurchased and
subsequently cancelled
End of year

1,674,454,881

1,752,842,599

(80,549,699)
1,593,905,182

(78,387,718)
1,674,454,881

The Company has one class of ordinary shares which carry equal voting 
rights and no contractual right to receive payment. Full details of the 
Company’s share buy-back programme are provided in note 24.

Share option and contingent share award schemes
The Company operates various equity-settled share option schemes 
(the “Schemes”) for certain employees.

The number of newly issued shares which may be allocated under the 
Schemes on any day shall not, when aggregated with the number of 
newly issued shares which have been allocated in the previous ten 
years under the Schemes and any other employee share scheme 
adopted by the Company, exceed such number as represents five 
percent of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue 
immediately prior to that day. In determining this limit no account shall 
be taken of any newly issued shares where the right to acquire the 
newly issued shares was released, lapsed, cancelled or otherwise 
became incapable of exercise. Options and awards which will be 
satisfied by ESOP shares do not fall within these headroom limits.

The share awards outstanding can be summarised as follows:

Executive Share Option Scheme options(i)
Sharesave Scheme options(ii)
Management LTIP awards(iii)
LTIP awards(iv)
Management Co-Investment LTIP awards(v)
Co-Investment LTIP awards(vi)

2013
Number of
ordinary
shares

2012
Number of
ordinary
shares

931,247
7,159,954
24,365,112
8,844,132
1,975,705
2,068,175

2,630,435
7,238,348
15,018,148
6,462,723
1,869,416
1,953,013
45,344,325 35,172,083

(i) Executive Share Option Scheme options
All Executive Share Option Scheme options outstanding at 30 June 
2013 and 30 June 2012 have vested. No options have been granted 
under the scheme since 2004.

Grants under the Executive Share Option Scheme were made on an 
annual basis to selected employees, with the exercise price of options 
being equal to the Company’s share price on the date of grant. For 
those options with performance conditions, growth in EPS had to 
exceed growth in the Retail Prices Index plus 3% per annum in order 
for awards to vest. Options vested on an accelerated basis over a 

94  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

period of up to four years from the date of grant. The contractual life 
of all Executive Share Option Scheme options is ten years.

(ii) Sharesave Scheme options
All Sharesave Scheme options outstanding at 30 June 2013 and 30 
June 2012 have no performance criteria attached, other than the 
requirement that the employee remains in employment with the 
Group. Options granted under the Sharesave Scheme must be 
exercised within six months of the relevant award vesting date.

The Sharesave Scheme is open to all employees. Options are normally 
exercisable after either three or five years from the date of grant. The 
price at which options are offered is not less than 80% of the 
middle-market price on the dealing day immediately preceding the 
date of invitation. It is the policy of the Group to make an invitation to 
employees to participate in the scheme following the announcement 
of the end of year results.

(iii) management LTIP awards
All Management LTIP awards outstanding at 30 June 2013 and 30 
June 2012 vest only if performance conditions are met. Awards 
granted under the Management LTIP must be exercised within five 
years of the relevant award vesting date.

The Company grants awards to selected employees under the 
Management LTIP. Awards under this scheme mirror the LTIP, with the 
same performance conditions. Awards exercised under the 
Management LTIP can only be satisfied by the issue of market-
purchased shares.

(iv) LTIP awards
All LTIP awards outstanding at 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 vest 
only if performance conditions are met. Awards granted under the LTIP 
must be exercised within five years of the relevant award vesting date.

The Company operates the LTIP for Executive Directors and Senior 
Executives. Awards under the scheme are granted in the form of a 
nil-priced option, and are satisfied using market-purchased shares. 
The awards vest in full or in part dependent on the satisfaction of 
specified performance targets. For awards made in 2008 and 2009 
(i.e. awards that vested in 2011), 30% of the award vested dependent 
on TSR performance over a three year performance period, relative to 
the constituents of the FTSE 100 at the time of grant, and the 
remaining 70% vested dependent on performance against operational 
targets. The TSR performance targets were not applicable to awards 
made between July 2010 and March 2012 but have been re-introduced 
for awards granted from July 2012 onwards.

(v) management Co-Investment LTIP awards
All Management Co-Investment LTIP awards outstanding at 30 June 
2013 and 30 June 2012 vest only if performance conditions are met. 
Awards granted under the Management Co-Investment LTIP must be 
exercised within five years of the relevant award vesting date.

The Company grants awards to selected employees under the 
Management Co-Investment LTIP. Awards under this scheme mirror 
the Co-Investment LTIP, with the same performance conditions.

(vi) Co-Investment LTIP awards
All Co-Investment LTIP awards outstanding at 30 June 2013 and 30 
June 2012 vest only if performance conditions are met. Awards 
granted under the Co-Investment LTIP must be exercised within five 
years of the relevant award vesting date.

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

The Company operates the Co-Investment LTIP award for Executive Directors and Senior Executives. Employees who participate in the plan are 
granted a conditional award of shares based on the amount they have invested in the Company’s shares. The investment will be matched up to 
a maximum of 1.5 shares for every share invested, subject to a three-year EPS performance condition.

For the purposes of the disclosure below, the Management LTIP, LTIP, Management Co-Investment LTIP and Co-Investment LTIP awards (“Senior 
Management Schemes”) have been aggregated.

The movement in share awards outstanding is summarised in the following table:

Executive Scheme

Sharesave Scheme

Senior management 
Schemes

Weighted
average
exercise
price
£
6.65
–
5.59
5.86
7.93
5.84
–
5.88
6.04
5.30
5.79

Number
7,722,365
3,533,830
(2,995,574)
(985,985)
(36,288)
7,238,348
2,059,022
(1,341,667)
(795,749)
–
7,159,954

Weighted
average
exercise
price
£
3.88
5.08
2.43
4.70
5.25
4.94
6.08
4.40
5.19
–
5.34

Number
33,492,234
10,660,219
(17,066,707)
(1,782,446)
–
25,303,300
15,012,591
(1,824,435)
(1,238,332)
–
37,253,124

Weighted
average
exercise
price
£
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
–
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
–
0.00

Number
46,798,023
14,194,049
(20,702,163)
(2,837,578)
(2,280,248)
35,172,083
17,071,613
(4,765,922)
(2,098,415)
(35,034)
45,344,325

Number
5,583,424
–
(639,882)
(69,147)
(2,243,960)
2,630,435
–
(1,599,820)
(64,334)
(35,034)
931,247

Total

Weighted
average
exercise
price
£
1.43
1.26
0.52
1.78
7.89
1.45
0.73
3.21
2.15
5.30
0.96

Outstanding at 1 July 2011
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Forfeited during the year
Expired during the year
Outstanding at 30 June 2012
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Forfeited during the year
Expired during the year
Outstanding at 30 June 2013

The weighted average market price of the Group’s shares at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year was £7.83 (2012: 
£7.01) . For those exercised under the Executive Scheme it was £7.79 (2012: £7.19), for those exercised under the Sharesave Scheme it was £8.19 
(2012: £6.89), and for those exercised under the Senior Management Schemes it was £7.60 (2012: £7.03).

The middle-market closing price of the Company’s shares at 28 June 2013 was £7.92 (29 June 2012: £6.97).

The following table summarises information about share awards outstanding at 30 June 2013:

Executive Scheme

Sharesave Scheme

Senior management 
Schemes

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
Years
–
–
–
1.1
0.2
0.7
0.7

Number
–
–
–
485,586
444,163
1,498
931,247

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
Years
–
1.1
1.7
2.6
3.5
–
2.7

Number
–
410,643
440,134
4,387,409
1,921,768
–
7,159,954

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
Years
5.9
–
–
–
–
–
5.9

Number
37,253,124
–
–
–
–
–
37,253,124

Number
37,253,124
410,643
440,134
4,872,995
2,365,931
1,498
45,344,325

Range of exercise prices
£0.00 – £1.00
£3.00 – £4.00
£4.00 – £5.00
£5.00 – £6.00
£6.00 – £7.00
£7.00 – £8.00

The following table summarises information about share awards outstanding at 30 June 2012:

Executive Scheme

Sharesave Scheme

Senior management 
Schemes

Range of exercise prices
£0.00 – £1.00
£3.00 – £4.00
£4.00 – £5.00
£5.00 – £6.00
£6.00 – £7.00
£7.00 – £8.00

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
Years
–
–
–
1.6
1.1
1.7
1.4

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
Years
–
1.6
1.6
3.6
–
–

Number
25,303,300
–
–
–
–
–
3.0 25,303,300

Number
–
578,155
1,597,612
5,062,581
–
–
7,238,348

Number
–
–
–
1,318,767
1,310,170
1,498
2,630,435

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
Years

Number
6.0 25,303,300
578,155
1,597,612
6,381,348
1,310,170
1,498
35,172,083

–
–
–
–
–
6.0

Total

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
Years
5.9
1.1
1.7
2.5
2.9
0.7
5.3

Total

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
Years
6.0
1.6
1.6
3.2
1.1
1.7
5.0

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  95

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
23. SHARE CAPITAL continued

The range of exercise prices of the awards outstanding at 30 June 2013 was between nil and £7.16 (2012: nil and £7.16) . For those awards 
outstanding under the Executive Scheme it was between £5.03 and £7.16 (2012: £5.03 and £7.16); for those outstanding under the Sharesave 
Scheme it was between £3.72 and £6.08 (2012: £3.72 and £5.65) and for all awards outstanding under the Senior Management Schemes the 
exercise price was nil (2012: nil).

The following table summarises additional information about the awards exercisable at 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012:

Executive Scheme
Sharesave Scheme
Senior Management Schemes

  2013

Average
remaining
contractual
life of
exercisable
options
0.7
0.1
3.7
1.8

Options
exercisable
at 30 June
931,247
97,457
663,972
1,692,676

Weighted
average
exercise
price
5.79
4.49
0.00
3.45

Options
exercisable
at 30 June
2,630,435
160,403
1,258,950
4,049,788

2012

Average
remaining
contractual
life of
exercisable
options
1.4
0.1
4.1
2.2

Weighted
average
exercise
price
5.84
3.80
0.00
3.95

Information for awards granted during the year
The weighted average fair value of equity-settled share options granted during the year, as estimated at the date of grant, was £5.16 (2012: 
£5.39). This was calculated using the Black-Scholes share option pricing model except for awards which have market-based performance 
conditions, where a Monte-Carlo simulation model was used, and for grants of nil-priced options, which were treated as the award of a free 
share. The fair value of nil-priced options granted during the year was measured on the basis of the market-price of the Company’s shares on 
the date of grant, discounted for expected dividends which would not be received over the vesting period of the options.

The Monte-Carlo simulation model reflected the historical volatilities of the Company’s share price and those of all other companies to which 
the Company’s performance would be compared, over a period equal to the vesting period of the awards.

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Company’s share price, over a period equal to the expected life 
of the options. Expected life was based on the contractual life of the awards and adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the 
effects of exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

(i) Sharesave Scheme
The weighted average fair value of equity-settled share awards granted during the year under the Sharesave Scheme, as estimated at the date 
of grant, was £1.51 (2012: £1.87). This was calculated using the Black-Scholes share option pricing model.

The following weighted average assumptions were used in calculating these fair values:

Share price
Exercise price
Expected volatility
Expected life
Expected dividends
Risk-free interest rate

2013
£7.51
£6.08
24.0%
4.0 years
3.4%
0.4%

2012
£6.88
£5.08
28.6%
4.5 years
3.4%
1.0%

(ii) Senior management Schemes
The weighted average fair value of equity-settled share awards granted during the year under the Senior Management Schemes, as estimated 
at the date of grant, was £5.66 (2012: £6.56). The fair value of awards with market-based performance conditions was calculated using a 
Monte-Carlo simulation model. Awards granted as nil-priced options were treated as the award of a free share. For all other awards, fair value 
was calculated using the Black-Scholes share option pricing model.

The following weighted average assumptions were used in calculating these fair values:

Share price
Exercise price
Expected volatility
Expected life
Expected dividends
Risk-free interest rate

96  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

2013
£7.16
£0.00
6.3%
3.0 years
3.6%
0.0%

2012
£7.04
£0.00
–
2.1 years
3.3%
–

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinued 
 
 
i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

24. SHAREHOLDERS’ EqUITY

Share capital
Share premium
ESOP reserve
Hedging reserve
Available-for-sale reserve
Other reserves
Retained earnings

2013 
£m
797
1,437
(147)
11
351
439
(1,876)
1,012

2012 
£m
837
1,437
(112)
68
165
399
(1,850)
944

Purchase of own equity shares for cancellation
On 29 November 2011, at the Company’s AGM, the Company was granted the authority to return £750 million of capital to shareholders via a 
share buy-back programme (the “November 2011 Authority”). This authority was subject to an agreement between the Company and Twenty-
First Century Fox, Inc. (formerly known as News Corporation) (and others) dated 28 July 2011 whereby following any market purchases of shares 
by the Company, Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. would sell to the Company sufficient shares to maintain its percentage shareholding at the 
same level as applied prior to those market purchases. The price payable to Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. would be the price payable by the 
Company in respect of the relevant market purchases (the “2011 Share Buy-back Agreement”).

At the Company’s AGM on 1 November 2012, the Company was granted the authority to return a further £500 million of capital to shareholders 
via a share buy-back programme (the “November 2012 Authority”). This authority was subject to an agreement between the Company and 
Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. (and others) dated 28 July 2012 on substantially the same terms as the 2011 Share Buy-back Agreement. 

During the year, the Company purchased, and subsequently cancelled, 80,549,699 ordinary shares at an average price of £7.75 per share, with  
a nominal value of £40 million, for a consideration of £627 million. Consideration included stamp duty and commission of £3 million. This 
represents 5% of called-up share capital at the beginning of the period. Of these purchases, the Company purchased, and subsequently 
cancelled, 31,525,314 ordinary shares from Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. at an average price of £7.75 per share, with a nominal value of 
£16 million, for a consideration of £245 million. Consideration included stamp duty of £1 million.

During the prior year, the Company purchased, and subsequently cancelled, 78,387,718 ordinary shares at an average price of £6.92 per share, 
with a nominal value of £39 million, for a total consideration of £546 million. Consideration included stamp duty and commission of £3 million. 
This represented 4% of called-up share capital at the beginning of the period. Of these purchases, the Company purchased, and subsequently 
cancelled, 30,679,157 ordinary shares from Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. at an average price of £6.92 per share, with a nominal value of 
£15 million, for a consideration of £213 million. Consideration included stamp duty of £1 million.

The following table provides information about purchases of equity shares by the company, including purchases by the Group’s ESOP, during 
the fiscal year.

Period
July
August
September
October
November
December
January
February
March
April
May
June
Total for the year ended 30 June 2013

Total number
of shares
purchased(i)
1,269,480
9,073,208
9,904,203
4,261,576
23,509,002
15,809,283
–
2,029,171
728,450
4,909,090
17,234,709
821,527
89,549,699

Average
price paid
per share
£
6.93
7.42
7.42
7.36
7.61
7.68
–
8.14
8.67
8.58
8.15
7.77
7.74

Total capital
 returned
under the 
November 2011
Authority

Total capital
returned 
under the 
November 2012
Authority

Capital 
authorised to be 
returned under 
the November 
2011
Authority

Capital 
authorised to be 
returned under 
the November 
2012
Authority

£m(i)
9
67
74
31
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
185

£m(i)
–
–
–
–
106
121
–
17
6
42
141
6
439

£m(i) (ii)
198
131
57
26
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

£m(i)
–
–
–
–
394
273
273
256
250
208
67
61
61

(i)  All share purchases are included in the month of settlement. 
(ii)  The November 2011 Authority expired on 1 November 2012. Accordingly, no more repurchases can take place under this authority.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  97

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24. SHAREHOLDERS’ EqUITY continued

Share premium and special reserve
On 10 December 2003, the High Court approved a reduction in the Company’s share premium account of £1,120 million, as approved by the 
Company’s shareholders at the AGM held on 14 November 2003. This amount was equal to the Company-only profit and loss account reserve 
deficit at 30 June 2003. As part of the application, the Company’s balance sheet at 30 September 2003 was required to be presented. At that 
date, the deficit on the Company-only profit and loss account reserve had reduced by £14 million since 30 June 2003, to £1,106 million. As a 
condition of the reduction, the reduction in the share premium account of £1,120 million was permitted to be offset against the profit and loss 
account reserve by the amount of the deficit at 30 September 2003. The excess of £14 million was credited to a special reserve, which is 
included in other reserves, and, under the terms of the reduction, will remain undistributable until all the creditors of the Company and its 
guarantors (as at 10 December 2003) are paid.

ESOP reserve
The cost of the Company’s ordinary shares held by the Group’s ESOP is treated as a deduction in arriving at total shareholders’ equity. The 
movement in the ESOP reserve was as follows:

At 1 July 2011
Share options exercised during the year
Shares purchased by the ESOP during the year
At 30 June 2012
Share options exercised during the year
Shares purchased by the ESOP during the year
At 30 June 2013

Number of
ordinary
shares
13,832,609
(20,702,163)
23,162,899
16,293,345
(4,765,922)
9,000,000
20,527,423

Average
price paid
per share
£7.75
£7.55
£6.93
£6.85
£7.14
£7.69
£7.15

£m
107
(156)
161
112
(34)
69
147

Hedging reserve
Changes in the fair values of derivatives that are designated as cash flow hedges are initially recognised in the hedging reserve, and 
subsequently recognised in the income statement when the related hedged items are recognised in the income statement. In addition, 
deferred taxation relating to these derivatives is also initially recognised in the hedging reserve prior to transfer to the income statement.

Available-for-sale reserve
Available-for-sale investments are carried at fair value where this can be reliably measured, with movements in the fair value recognised directly in 
the available-for-sale reserve. At 30 June 2013, the Group’s available-for-sale reserve was £351 million (2012: £165 million). 

Other reserves
The Group’s other reserves include a capital redemption reserve, a merger reserve, a foreign currency translation reserve and a special reserve. 
The capital redemption reserve was £174 million as at 30 June 2013 (2012: £134 million). The merger reserve was £222 million as at 30 June 2013 
(2012: £222 million). The special reserve was £14 million as at 30 June 2013 (2012: £14 million). The foreign currency translation reserve was 
£29 million as at 30 June 2013 (2012: £29 million).

Merger reserve
The merger reserve was created in accordance with the merger relief provisions under section 131 of the Companies Act 1985 (as amended) and 
section 612 of the Companies Act 2006 relating to the accounting for business combinations involving the issue of shares at a premium. Merger 
relief provided relief from the requirement to create a share premium account in a parent company’s balance sheet. In preparing consolidated 
financial statements, the amount by which the fair value of the shares issued exceeded their nominal value was recorded within a merger 
reserve on consolidation, rather than in a share premium account. This merger reserve was retained upon transition to IFRS, as allowed under 
UK law. 

The merger reserve, which is included in other reserves, was created as a result of the purchase by the Group of interests in two entities. 
SIG was purchased on 12 July 2000, where consideration was paid by the issue of equity shares in the Company. BiB was purchased between 
28 June 2001 and 11 November 2002, where consideration was paid by the issue of equity shares in the Company. At 30 June 2013, the Group’s 
merger reserve was £222 million (2012: £222 million).

98  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

25. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEmENT

Reconciliation of profit before tax to cash generated from operations

Profit before tax
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets
Share-based payment expense
Net finance costs
Share of results of joint ventures and associates

Decrease (increase) in trade and other receivables
Increase in inventories
Increase in trade and other payables
Increase in provisions
Decrease in derivative financial instruments
Cash generated from operations

2013
£m
1,257
176
202
80
80
(46)
1,749
35
(93)
136
52
(2)
1,877

2012
£m
1,189
179
165
66
93
(39)
1,653
(32)
(81)
175
25
(3)
1,737

26. CONTRACTED COmmITmENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES

a) Future minimum expenditure contracted for but not recognised in the financial statements

Television programme rights(i)
Set-top boxes and related equipment
Third party payments(ii)
Transponder capacity(iii)
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets(iv)
Smartcards(iv)
Other

Year
ending
30 June
2014
£m
1,488
202
62
82
17
23
42
262
2,178

Year
ending
30 June
2015
£m
1,387
–
56
83
–
18
44
111
1,699

Year
ending
30 June
2016
£m
1,199
–
50
79
–
28
45
84
1,485

Year
ending
30 June
2017
£m

Year
ending
30 June
2018
£m

After 5
years
£m

Total at
30 June
2013
£m

Total at
30 June
2012
£m

356
–
21
75
–
19
45
70
586

212
–
–
68
–
19
45
41
385

121
–
–
247
–
5
11
6
390

4,763
202
189
634
17
112
232
574
6,723

5,102
182
210
683
27
144
276
337
6,961

Foreign currency commitments are translated to pounds sterling at the rate prevailing on the balance sheet date.

(i)  At 30 June 2013, the Group had minimum television programming rights commitments of £4,763 million (2012: £5,102 million), of which £506 million (2012: £376 million) related to 

commitments payable in US dollars for periods of up to seven years (2012: six years). Assuming that movie subscriber numbers remain unchanged from current levels, an 
additional £531 million (US$808 million) of commitments (2012: £420 million (US$652 million)) would also be payable in US dollars, relating to price escalator clauses. The pound 
sterling television programme rights commitments include similar price escalation clauses that would result in additional commitments of £163 million (2012: £9 million) if 
subscriber numbers were to remain at current levels.

(ii)  The third party payment commitments are in respect of distribution agreements for the television channels owned and broadcast by third parties, retailed by the Group to retail 

and commercial subscribers (“Sky Distributed Channels”) and are for periods of up to five years (2012: five years). The extent of the commitment is largely dependent upon the 
number of retail subscribers to the relevant Sky Distributed Channels, and in certain cases, upon inflationary increases. If both the retail subscriber levels to these channels and 
the rate payable for each Sky Distributed Channel were to remain at current levels subject to inflationary increases, the additional commitment would be £805 million (2012: 
£463 million).

(iii)  Transponder capacity commitments are in respect of the Astra, Eutelsat and Telenor Satellite Broadcasting AS satellites that the Group uses for digital transmissions to both 

retail subscribers and cable operators. The commitments are for periods of up to twelve years (2012: thirteen years).

(iv)  Commitments in relation to the provision of smartcards. Smartcards under development are included within intangible assets. The amounts included above are the expected 

ongoing smartcard costs based on forecast customer levels.

b) Contingencies and guarantees
Certain subsidiaries of the Company have agreed to provide additional funding to several of their investments in limited and unlimited 
companies and partnerships, in accordance with funding agreements. Payment of this additional funding would be required if requested by the 
investees in accordance with the funding agreements. The maximum potential amount of future payments which may be required to be made 
by the subsidiaries of the Company to their investments, in both limited and unlimited companies and partnerships under the undertakings 
and additional funding agreements, is £25 million (2012: £30 million).

The Group has guarantees in place relating to the Group’s borrowings, see note 20. 

Competition Appeal Tribunal (CAT) 
On 8 August 2012, the Competition Appeal Tribunal (the “CAT”) issued its judgment in the appeals against Ofcom’s decision to impose 
wholesale must-offer obligations on Sky (the “Pay TV Judgment”). The CAT found that Ofcom’s core competition concerns were unfounded and 

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  99

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
26. CONTRACTED COmmITmENTS, 
CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES continued

Transactions with related parties and amounts outstanding in 
relation to those transactions and with related parties at 30 June are 
as follows:

that accordingly Sky’s appeal must be allowed. On 26 April 2013, BT 
was granted permission to appeal the Pay TV Judgment in the Court 
of Appeal. Pending determination of BT’s appeal, the Court of Appeal 
has stayed withdrawal of the WMO obligations and distribution of the 
monies paid by relevant wholesale customers into escrow on an 
interim basis (being the difference between the maximum price Sky 
may charge for Sky Sports 1 and Sky Sports 2 under the WMO 
obligations and Sky’s rate card prices for the channels).  

At 30 June 2013, £31 million of cash is being held in the escrow 
account. 

Ofcom determination 
Included within direct networks costs for the year ended 30 June 
2013 is a credit of £32 million in relation to a credit note received from 
BT following an Ofcom determination which requires BT to repay 
monies to Sky for overcharged-for Ethernet services (backhaul) 
between 2006/07 and 2009/10. Sky, BT and others have appealed 
Ofcom’s determination in the CAT.

27. OPERATING LEASE COmmITmENTS

The minimum lease rentals to be paid under non-cancellable 
operating leases at 30 June are as follows:

Within one year
Between one and two years
Between two and three years
Between three and four years
Between four and five years
After five years

2013
£m
49
42
35
37
18
45
226

2012
£m
49
39
32
27
20
59
226

The majority of operating leases relate to property. The rents payable 
under these leases are subject to renegotiation at the various 
intervals specified in the leases.

The minimum sub-lease rentals to be received under non-cancellable 
operating sub-leases at 30 June are as follows:

Within one year
Between one and two years
Between two and three years
Between three and four years
Between four and five years
After five years

2013
£m
2
2
2
2
1
5
14

2012
£m
6
3
2
2
2
6
21

Sub-lease rentals primarily relate to property leases.

28. TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES AND 
mAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

a) Entities with joint control or significant influence
During the year the Group conducted business transactions with 
companies that form part of the Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. group 
(formerly known as News Corporation), a major shareholder in the 
Company. 

100  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Supply of goods or services by the Group
Purchases of goods or services by the Group
Amounts owed to the Group
Amounts owed by the Group

2013
£m
89
(156)
7
(102)

2012
£m
79
(199)
12
(98)

At 30 June 2013 the Group had expenditure commitments of £97 
million in relation to transactions with related parties and with related 
parties (2012: £462 million) of which £97 million (2012: £58 million) 
related to minimum television programming rights commitments and 
nil (2012: £404 million) related to expected ongoing smartcard costs.

Goods and services supplied
During the year, the Group supplied set-top boxes, programming, 
airtime, transmission, marketing, consultancy services, customer 
relationship management services and a licence to use the Sky brand 
to Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. companies.

Purchases of goods and services and certain other relationships
During the year, the Group purchased programming, digital 
equipment, smartcards and encryption services, set-top box 
technologies, advertising and IT services from Twenty-First Century 
Fox, Inc. companies.

There is an agreement between Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. 
(formerly known as News Corporation) and the Group, pursuant to 
which it was agreed that, for so long as Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. 
directly or indirectly holds an interest of 30% or more in the Group, 
Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. will not engage in the business of 
satellite broadcasting in the UK or Ireland.

Share buy-back programme
During the year, the Company purchased, and subsequently cancelled, 
31,525,314 ordinary shares held by Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. as 
part of its share buy-back programme. For further details, see 
note 24.

b) Joint ventures and associates
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are 
related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not 
disclosed in this note. Transactions between the Group and its joint 
ventures and associates are disclosed below.

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, joint 
ventures and associates are disclosed in the Company’s separate 
financial statements.

Supply of services by the Group
Purchases of goods or services by the Group
Amounts owed by joint ventures and associates 
to the Group
Amounts owed to joint ventures and associates 
by the Group

2013
£m
22
(66)

9

(9)

2012
£m
24
(67)

15

(10)

Services supplied are primarily the provision of transponder capacity, 
marketing, airtime sales and support services. Purchases represent fees 
payable for channel carriage. Amounts owed by joint ventures and 
associates include £1 million (2012: £7 million) relating to loan funding. 

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

These loans bear interest at a rate of one month LIBOR plus 1%. The 
maximum amount of loan funding outstanding in total from joint 
ventures and associates during the year was £7 million (2012: £16 million).

The Group took out a number of forward exchange contracts with 
counterparty banks during the year on behalf of the joint venture 
AETN UK. On the same dates as these forward contracts were entered 
into, the Group entered into equal and opposite contracts with AETN 
UK in respect of these forward contracts.

Consequently, the Group was not exposed to any of the net gains or 
losses on these forward contracts. The face value of forward 
exchange contracts with AETN UK that had not matured as at 30 June 
2013 was £8 million (2012: £2 million).

During the year, US$4 million (2012: US$3 million) was paid to the joint 
venture upon maturity of forward exchange contracts and US$nil 
(2012: US$14 million) was received from the joint venture upon 
maturity of forward exchange contracts.

During the year, £2 million (2012: £2 million) was received from the joint 
venture upon maturity of forward exchange contracts, and £3 million 
(2012: £7 million) was paid to the joint venture upon maturity of 
forward exchange contracts.

During the year, €4 million (2012: €nil) was received from the joint 
venture upon maturity of forward exchange contracts and €nil (2012: 
€2 million) was paid to the joint venture upon maturity of forward 
exchange contracts.

At 30 June 2013 the Group had minimum expenditure commitments 
of £4 million (2012: £1 million) with its joint ventures and associates.

c) Other transactions with related parties
A close family member of one Director of the Company runs Freud 
Communications Limited (“Freud”), which has provided external 
support to the press and publicity activities of the Group. During the 
year the Group incurred expenditure amounting to £1 million (2012: 
£1 million) with Freud. At 30 June 2013 there was less than £1 million 
(2012: less than £1 million) due to Freud.

In addition to the foregoing, the Group has engaged in a number of 
transactions with companies of which some of the Company’s 
Directors are also directors. These do not meet the definition of 
related party transactions.

d) Key management
The Group has a related party relationship with the Directors of the 
Company. At 30 June 2013, there were 14 (2012: 14) members of key 
management all of whom were Directors of the Company. Key 
management compensation is disclosed in note 6b.

29. ACqUISITION OF SUBSIDIARY

O2 consumer broadband and fixed-line telephony business
On 30 April 2013, the Group completed the purchase of the O2 
consumer broadband and fixed-line telephony business from 
Telefónica UK, comprising 100% of the share capital of Be Un Limited, 
subsequently renamed Sky Home Communications Limited 
(“the acquisition”). The acquisition was made in order to increase the 
scale of the Group’s existing home communications operation.

Total consideration comprised £180 million of cash relating to the 
purchase price, contingent consideration of £20 million and a 
provisional £5 million cash adjustment relating to working capital and 
active subscribers. The provisional working capital and active 
subscribers adjustment was estimated by Telefónica UK and paid at 

completion; the process of verification of and agreement on these 
estimates is ongoing.

Recognised amounts of identifiable assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Trade and other receivables
Trade and other payables
Deferred tax liability

Goodwill
Satisfied by: consideration
Cash – purchase price
Contingent consideration arrangement
Cash – estimated working capital adjustment and active 
subscribers adjustment
Net cash outflow arising on purchase
Cash paid
All amounts in the above table are provisional.

Recognised 
fair values
£m

137
25
7
(3)
(10)
156
49

180
20

5

185

The fair value of the financial assets acquired includes trade 
receivables with a fair value and gross contractual value of £6 million. 
The best estimate at the acquisition date of the contractual cash 
flows not likely to be collected was less than £1 million. 

Goodwill of £49 million arising from the acquisition reflects buyer-
specific synergies and the strategic value of accelerating the Group’s 
development in the UK broadband market. None of the goodwill 
recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

The contingent consideration is payable dependent upon the 
successful delivery and completion of the customer migration process 
by Telefónica UK. The potential undiscounted amount of all future 
payments that the Group could be required to make under the 
contingent consideration arrangement is between nil and £20 million. 
£20 million has been recognised as the fair value of this arrangement 
at the acquisition date.

Acquisition-related costs, included in operating expense in the 
Group’s consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June 
2013, amounted to £15 million and comprise principally of costs 
relating to the integration of the acquired customer base.

For the period between the date of purchase and 30 June 2013, the 
acquisition contributed £15 million to the Group’s revenue, and less 
than £1 million to the Group’s profit before tax. If the Group had 
completed the purchase on the first day of the financial year, it is 
estimated that the acquisition would have contributed £90 million to 
Group revenue and an immaterial amount to the Group’s profit for  
the year.

30. EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

On 25 July 2013, the Board agreed to seek the necessary approvals to 
return a further £500 million of capital to shareholders via a share 
buy-back programme. Shareholder approvals will be sought at the 
Company’s AGM on 22 November 2013. The Company has entered into an 
agreement with Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. (formerly known as News 
Corporation) (and others) under which, following any market purchases 
of shares by the Company, Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. will sell to the 
Company sufficient shares to maintain its percentage shareholding at 

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  101

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30. EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD continued

the same level as applied prior to those market purchases. The price payable to Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. will be the price payable by the 
Company in respect of the relevant market purchases. The agreement is conditional on the appropriate shareholder approvals being granted. The 
effect of the agreement is to provide that there will be no change in Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.’s economic or voting interests in the Company as a 
result of the share buy-back programme.

31. GROUP INVESTmENTS

The significant investments of the Company which principally affect the consolidated results and total assets of the Group are  
as follows:

Name

Country of 
incorporation

Description and proportion of  
shares held (%)

Principal activity

Subsidiaries:
Direct holdings of the Company
British Sky Broadcasting Limited

United Kingdom

10,002,002 ordinary shares of £1 each (100%)

BSkyB Finance UK plc

United Kingdom

50,000 ordinary shares of £1 each (100%)

Subsidiaries:
Indirect holdings of the Company
Sky Subscribers Services Limited

United Kingdom

3 ordinary shares of £1 each (100%)

Sky Holdings Limited
Sky In-Home Service Limited

United Kingdom
United Kingdom

600 ordinary shares of £1 each (100%)
1,576,000 ordinary shares of £1 each (100%)

United Kingdom

BSkyB Telecommunications  
Services Limited
Sky Ventures Limited
The Cloud Networks Limited
Hestview Limited
Bonne Terre Limited
Sky Home Communications Limited United Kingdom

United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Guernsey

5,821,764 ordinary shares of £1 each (100%)

912 ordinary shares of £1 each (100%)
30,583,988 shares of £0.00025 per share (100%)
108 ordinary shares of £1 each (100%)
2,504 ordinary shares of £1 each (100%)
9,528,124 ordinary shares of £1 each (100%)

Joint ventures and associates :
Nickelodeon UK Limited(ii)
AETN UK

United Kingdom
United Kingdom

104 B Shares of £0.01 each (40%)
50,000 A Shares of £1 each (50%)

Paramount UK Partnership(ii)(iii)

United Kingdom

Partnership interest (25%)

Australia

1 ordinary share of AUD$1 (33.33%)

Australian News Channel Pty 
Limited
NGC Network International LLC

NGC Network Latin America LLC

Attheraces Holdings Limited(i)

United States of 
America
United States of 
America
United Kingdom

MGM Channel (UK) Limited
Sky News Arabia FZ-LLC

United Kingdom
United Arab Emirates

Partnership interest (21%) 

Partnership interest (21%)

1,502 ordinary shares of £1 each (45.9%), 
20 Recoupment Shares of £0.55 each
50 ordinary shares of £1 each (50%)
26,666,666 shares of US$1 each (50%)

Operation of pay television broadcasting and 
home communications services in the UK and 
Ireland
Finance company

Provision of ancillary functions supporting the pay 
television broadcasting, residential broadband 
and telephone operations of the Group
Holding company
Supply, installation and maintenance of satellite 
television receiving equipment
Management of the network assets in the UK

Holding company
Provision of telecommunications
Provision of sports betting activities
Provision of gaming activities
Provision of residential broadband and telephone 
operations

Transmission of children’s television channels
Transmission of history, biography, crime and 
investigation television programming
Transmission of general entertainment comedy 
channels
Transmission of news and business channels

Transmission of natural history and adventure 
channels
Transmission of natural history and adventure 
channels
Transmission of a horse racing channel and 
related online activities
Transmission of classic movies in HD
Transmission of Arabic News in the MENA region 
(Middle East and North Africa)

Investments:
ITV Plc(i)

United Kingdom

291,684,730 ordinary shares of £0.10 each (7.42%)

Transmission of free-to-air channels

Notes
(i)  These entities have an accounting reference date of 31 December.
(ii)  These entities have an accounting reference date of 30 September.
(iii)  The registered address of Paramount UK Partnership is 180 Oxford Street, London W1D 1DS. The Paramount UK Partnership is a joint venture of the Group and is included within 

the consolidated accounts in accordance with Note 1(c)(ii). Consequently, the Paramount UK Partnership has taken advantage of the exemption within the Partnerships 
(Accounts) Regulations 2008 (regulation 7) from filing annual financial statements.

(iv)  This note sets out an abbreviated list of the subsidiaries of the Company. A full list will be filed with Companies House in accordance with section 410 of the Companies Act 2006.

The following companies are exempt from the requirements relating to the audit of individual accounts for the year/period ended 30 June 2013 
by virtue of section 479A of the Companies Act 2006: BSkyB Finance Limited (02906994), Kidsprog Limited (02767224), Parthenon Media 
Group Limited (06944197), SATV Publishing Limited (01085975), Sky Holdings Limited (05585009), Sky IP International Limited (07245844), 
Sky Television Limited (01518707) and Sky New Media Ventures Limited (03879726).

102  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinued 
32. BRITISH SKY BROADCASTING GROUP PLC COmPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEmENTS

Company Income Statement
for the year ended 30 June 2013

Revenue
Operating expense
Operating profit
Dividend income from subsidiaries
Investment income
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Taxation
Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this income statement.

Company Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 30 June 2013

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders
Other comprehensive income
Amounts recognised directly in equity
Gain on cash flow hedges
Tax on cash flow hedges

Amounts reclassified and reported in the income statement
Loss on cash flow hedges
Tax on cash flow hedges

Other comprehensive (loss) income for the year (net of tax)
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity shareholders

All results relate to continuing operations.

i

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

Notes

O
B
B
C
D

2013
£m
214
(40)
174
947
58
(61)
1,118
(30)
1,088

2013
£m
1,088

3
(1)
2

(28)
7
(21)
(19)
1,069

2012
£m
200
(20)
180
874
56
(63)
1,047
(45)
1,002

2012
£m
1,002

12
(3)
9

(8)
2
(6)
3
1,005

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  103

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
32. BRITISH SKY BROADCASTING GROUP PLC COmPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEmENTS continued

Company Balance Sheet
as at 30 June 2013

Non-current assets
Investments in subsidiaries
Other receivables
Derivative financial assets

Current assets
Other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets
Current liabilities
Other payables
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Derivative financial liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities
Share capital
Share premium
Reserves
Total equity attributable to equity shareholders
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

Notes

E
G
J

G

I

H
J
F

L
L

2013
£m

8,143
3
341
8,487

2,967
–
2,967
11,454

 2012
£m

8,272
3
384
8,659

1,652
1
1,653
10,312

3,434

2,774

1,718
176
1
1,895
5,329
797
1,437
3,891
6,125
11,454

1,211
220
3
1,434
4,208
837
1,437
3,830
6,104
10,312

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.

These financial statements of British Sky Broadcasting Group plc, registered number 02247735, have been approved by the Board of Directors 
on 25 July 2013 and were signed on its behalf by:

Jeremy Darroch 
Chief Executive Officer 

Andrew Griffith
Chief Financial Officer

Company Cash Flow Statement
for the year ended 30 June 2013

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Net cash from operating activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from the exercise of share options
Loan to subsidiaries
Net cash used in financing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this cash flow statement.

104  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Notes

M

2013
£m

 2012
£m

–
–

15
(16)
(1)
(1)
1
–

–
–

10
(13)
(3)
(3)
4
1

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Company Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 June 2013

At 1 July 2011
Profit for the year
Recognition and transfer of cash flow 
hedges
Tax on items taken directly to equity
Total comprehensive income for the year
Share-based payment
Share buy-back programme (see note 24):
– Purchase of own shares for cancellation
– Financial liability for close period
purchases
Dividends
At 30 June 2012
Profit for the year
Recognition and transfer of cash flow 
hedges
Tax on items taken directly to equity
Total comprehensive income for the year
Share-based payment
Share buy-back programme (see note 24):
– Purchase of own shares for cancellation
– Financial liability for close period 
purchases
Dividends
At 30 June 2013

Share
capital
£m
876
–

Share
premium
£m
1,437
–

Special
reserve
£m
14
–

Capital
redemption
reserve
£m
95
–

Capital
reserve
£m
844
–

ESOP
reserve
£m
(107)
–

Hedging
reserve
£m
3
–

Retained
earnings
£m
2,988
1,002

Total
Shareholders’
equity
£m
6,150
1,002

–
–
–
–

(39)

–
–
837
–

–
–
–
–

(40)

–
–
797

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
1,437
–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
1,437

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
14
–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
14

–
–
–
–

39

–
–
134
–

–
–
–
–

40

–
–
174

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
844
–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
1,002
(80)

4
(1)
1,005
(85)

(546)

(546)

–
–
–
(5)

–

–
–
(112)
–

–
–
–
(35)

4
(1)
3
–

–

–
–
6
–

(25)
6
(19)
–

(10)
(410)
2,944
1,088

–
–
1,088
61

(10)
(410)
6,104
1,088

(25)
6
1,069
26

(617)

(16)
(441)
6,125

–

–

(617)

–
–
844

–
–
(147)

–
–
(13)

(16)
(441)
3,019

For a description of the nature and purpose of each equity reserve, see note L.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement of changes in equity.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  105

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
32. BRITISH SKY BROADCASTING GROUP PLC COmPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEmENTS continued

A. Accounting policies
British Sky Broadcasting Group plc (the “Company”) is a limited liability 
company incorporated in the United Kingdom and registered in 
England and Wales.

i) Basis of preparation
The Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with IFRS, consistent with the accounting policies set out in note 1 of 
the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

ii) Revenue
Revenue, which excludes value added tax, represents the gross inflow 
of economic benefit from the Company’s operating activities. Revenue 
is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or 
receivable. The Company’s main source of revenue is from licensing the 
Company’s brand name asset to subsidiaries. This revenue is 
recognised on an accruals basis under the terms of relevant licensing 
agreements.

iii) Investment in subsidiaries
An investment in a subsidiary is recognised at cost less any provision 
for impairment. As permitted by section 133 of the Companies Act 
2006, where the relief afforded under section 131 of the Companies 
Act 2006 applies, cost is the aggregate of the nominal value of the 
relevant number of the Company’s shares and the fair value of any 
other consideration given to acquire the share capital of the 
subsidiary undertakings.

B. Investment income and finance costs

Investment income
Investment income from subsidiaries

Finance costs
– Interest payable and similar charges
Revolving Credit Facility (“RCF”)
Guaranteed Notes (see note H)

– Other finance income (expense)
Remeasurement of borrowings and
borrowings-related derivative financial
instruments (not qualifying for hedge 
accounting)
(Loss) gain arising on derivatives in a
designated fair value hedge accounting
relationship
Gain (loss) arising on adjustment for hedged
item in a designated fair value hedge
accounting relationship

2013
£m

58

2013
£m

(2)
(76)
(78)

16

(22)

23
17
(61)

2012
£m

56

2012
£m

(8)
(67)
(75)

12

42

(42)
12
(63)

C. Profit before taxation
Employee benefits
The Company had nil employees (2012: nil) during the year.

Key management compensation
Amounts paid to the Directors of the Company are disclosed in the 
Report on Directors’ remuneration on pages 48 to 56.

D. Taxation
i) Taxation recognised in the income statement

Current tax expense
Current year
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Total current tax charge
Deferred tax expense

Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Total deferred tax charge (credit) 
Taxation

ii) Deferred tax recognised directly in equity

Deferred tax (credit) charge on hedging activities

2013
£m

37
(11)
26

4
–
4
30

2013
£m
(6)

2012
£m

46
–
46

3
(4)
(1)
45

2012
£m
1

iii) Reconciliation of effective tax rate
The tax expense for the year is lower (2012: lower) than the expense 
that would have been charged using the blended rate of corporation 
tax in the UK (23.75%) applied to profit before tax. The applicable 
enacted or substantively enacted effective rate of UK corporation tax 
for the year was 23.75% (2012: 25.5%) . The differences are explained 
below:

Profit before tax
Profit before tax multiplied by blended rate of
corporation tax in the UK of 23.75%  
(2012: 25.5%)
Effects of:
Non-taxable income
Non-deductible expenditure
Over provision in respect of prior years
Taxation

All taxation relates to UK corporation tax.

2013
£m
1,118

2012
£m
1,047

266

267

(225)
–
(11)
30

(224)
6
(4)
45

106  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

E. Investments in subsidiaries

G. Other receivables

Cost
At 1 July 2011
Additions
Disposal
At 30 June 2012
Additions
Disposal
At 30 June 2013
Provision
At 1 July 2011, 30 June 2012 and 30 June 2013
Carrying amounts
At 1 July 2011
At 30 June 2012
At 30 June 2013

£m

9,061
703
(487)
9,277
573
(702)
9,148

1,005

8,056
8,272
8,143

During the year, the Company purchased 100% of the share capital of 
BSkyB LLU Assets Limited from its direct subsidiary BSkyB Finance 
UK Plc. The Company subsequently transferred its investment in 
BSkyB LLU Assets Limited to its direct subsidiary British Sky 
Broadcasting Limited.

During the prior year, the Company transferred its investment in 
British Interactive Broadcasting Holdings Limited to its subsidiary 
British Sky Broadcasting Limited. Following this transfer, British 
Interactive Broadcasting Holdings Limited was put into liquidation.

See note 31 for a list of significant investments of the Company.

F. Deferred tax
Recognised deferred tax liabilities

At 1 July 2011
Credit to income
Charge to equity
At 30 June 2012
Charge to income
Credit to equity
At 30 June 2013

Financial
instruments
temporary
differences
£m
(3)
1
(1)
(3)
(4)
6
(1)

At 30 June 2013, a deferred tax asset of £278 million (2012: £299 
million) has not been recognised in respect of capital losses related to 
the Group’s holding in KirchPayTV, on the basis that utilisation of 
these temporary differences is not probable. At 30 June 2013, the 
Company has also not recognised a deferred tax asset of £7 million 
(2012: £8 million) relating to capital losses and provisions in respect of 
football club investments, on the basis that it is not probable that 
they will be utilised.

Amounts receivable from subsidiaries
Prepayments and other receivables
Current other receivables
Non-current prepayment
Total other receivables

2013
£m
2,966
1
2,967
3
2,970

2012
£m
1,652
–
1,652
3
1,655

On 26 November 2012, the Company issued US$800 million 
Guaranteed Notes with a coupon rate of 3.125% and loaned proceeds 
to British Sky Broadcasting Limited. British Sky Broadcasting Limited 
pays the same annual effective interest rate to the Company.

On 5 March 2009, the Company made a loan of £694 million to British 
Sky Broadcasting Limited which is repayable on demand and bears 
interest at a rate of 6 month LIBOR plus 0.75% . In October 2009, the 
Company assigned £604 million of this loan to settle payables with 
BSkyB Finance Limited.

On 13 January 2009, the Company made a loan of £252 million to 
British Sky Broadcasting Limited. This loan bears interest at a rate of 6 
month LIBOR plus 1.00% and is repayable on demand.

On 13 January 2009, the Company made a loan of £91 million to Sky 
In-Home Service Limited. This loan is repayable on demand and bears 
interest at a rate of 6 month LIBOR plus 1.00%.

On 24 November 2008, the Company issued US$600 million 
Guaranteed Notes with a coupon rate of 9.5% and loaned the 
proceeds to BSkyB Finance Limited. BSkyB Finance Limited pays the 
same annual effective interest rate to the Company.

On 29 June 2008, the Company entered into loan agreements with 
British Sky Broadcasting Limited for £143 million and £109 million, both 
bearing interest at a rate of 1 month LIBOR plus 0.75% . These loans 
are repayable on demand.

On 29 June 2008, Sky Ventures Limited transferred its £11 million loan 
receivable from BSkyB Finance Limited to the Company. This loan 
bears interest at a rate of 1 month LIBOR plus 0.75% and is repayable 
on demand.

On 29 June 2008, the Company entered into a RCF with BSkyB Finance 
Limited worth £40 million. Amounts loaned under this facility bear 
interest at a rate of 1 month LIBOR plus 0.75% and are repayable on 
demand.

On 15 February 2008, the Company issued US$750 million Guaranteed 
Notes with a coupon rate of 6.100% and loaned the proceeds to 
British Sky Broadcasting Limited. British Sky Broadcasting Limited 
pays the same annual effective interest rate to the Company.

All other amounts receivable from subsidiaries are non-interest 
bearing and are also repayable on demand.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of other receivables 
approximates their fair values.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  107

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
32. BRITISH SKY BROADCASTING GROUP PLC COmPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEmENTS continued

The Company’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its other receivables. The majority of its other receivables balance is due from British Sky 
Broadcasting Limited. The risk of this entity defaulting on amounts owed is considered low due to its successful operation of pay television 
broadcasting and home communications services in the UK and Ireland.

H. Borrowings

Non-current borrowings
US$750 million of 6.100% Guaranteed Notes repayable in February 2018
US$582.8 million of 9.500% Guaranteed Notes repayable in November 2018
US$800 million of 3.125% Guaranteed Notes repayable in November 2022
£300 million of 6.000% Guaranteed Notes repayable in May 2027

See note 20 for details of the Company’s Guaranteed Notes and RCF and note 22 for details of Capital Risk Management.

I. Other payables

Other payables
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings
Amounts owed to other related parties
Other
Accruals

2013
£m

498
404
520
296
1,718

2013
£m

3,398
6
10
20
3,434

2012
£m

495
420
–
296
1,211

2012
£m

2,746
4
6
18
2,774

Amounts payable to subsidiaries are non-interest bearing and repayable on demand. The balance comprises £1,898 million of non-interest 
bearing loans (2012: £1,271 million) and £1,500 million of other payables (2012: £1,475 million). The Directors consider that the carrying amount 
of other payables approximates their fair values.

J. Derivatives and other financial instruments
Fair values
Set out below is a comparison of the carrying values and the estimated fair values of the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities at 
30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012:

Financial assets and liabilities held or issued to finance the Company’s operations
Quoted bond debt
Derivative financial instruments
Other payables and receivables

2013
Carrying
value
£m

(1,718)
165
(467)

2013
Fair
value
£m

(1,915)
165
(467)

2012
Carrying
value
£m

(1,211)
164
(1,122)

2012
Fair
value
£m

(1,411)
164
(1,122)

The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities are determined as detailed in note 21 and all items held at fair value are classified as 
Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

108  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Set out below are the derivative financial instruments entered into by the Company to manage its interest rate and foreign exchange risk.

Fair value hedges
Interest rate swaps
Cash flow hedges
Cross-currency swaps
Derivatives not in a formal hedge relationship
Interest rate swaps
Cross-currency swaps
Total

2013

2012

Asset

Liability

Asset

Liability

Fair Value
£m

Notional
£m

Fair Value
£m

Notional
£m

Fair Value
£m

Notional
£m

Fair Value
£m

Notional
£m

65

86

43
147
341

505

746

605
725
2,581

–

–

(42)
(134)
(176)

–

47

345
1,018
1,410

87

80

54
163
384

494

290

479
724
1,987

–

–

(54)
(166)
(220)

–

–

459
1,017
1,476

Note 21 provides further details of the Group’s derivative and other financial instruments.

The maturity of the derivative financial instruments is shown below:

Between two and five years
In more than five years
Total

2013

2012

Asset
£m
242
99
341

Liability
£m
(112)
(64)
(176)

Asset
£m
99
285
384

Liability
£m
(99)
(121)
(220)

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

K. Financial risk management
Interest rate and foreign exchange risk management
The Company manages its exposure to interest rates and foreign exchange movements, which arise from the Company’s sources of finance by 
selectively entering into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure. The Company has also entered into derivative contracts on 
behalf of its subsidiary BSkyB Finance UK plc, and has back-to-back intercompany contracts.

Foreign exchange risk
The following analysis details the Company’s sensitivity to movements in pounds sterling against all currencies in which it has significant 
transactions. The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated financial instruments and adjusts their 
translation at the period end for a 25% change in foreign currency rates.

A 25% strengthening in pounds sterling against the US dollar would have an adverse impact on profit of £22 million (2012: adverse impact of 
£26 million), relating to non-cash movements in the valuation of derivatives. The same strengthening would have an adverse impact on other 
equity of £25 million (2012: adverse impact of £21 million).

A 25% weakening in pounds sterling against the US dollar would have a beneficial impact on profit of £36 million (2012: beneficial impact of £43 
million), relating to non-cash movements in the valuation of derivatives. The same weakening would have a beneficial impact on other equity of 
£42 million (2012: beneficial impact of £34 million).

Interest rate risk
The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for both derivatives and non-derivative financial 
instruments at the balance sheet date. For floating rate liabilities, the analysis is prepared assuming the amount of liability outstanding at the 
balance sheet date was outstanding for the whole year.

For each one hundred basis point rise or fall in interest rates at 30 June 2013, and if all other variables were held constant, the Company’s profit 
for the year ended 30 June 2013 would decrease or increase by £3 million (2012: decrease or increase by £3 million) and other equity reserves 
would decrease or increase by £4 million (2012: decrease or increase by £4 million).

A one hundred basis point rise or fall in interest rates represents a large but realistic movement which can easily be multiplied to give 
sensitivities at different interest rates.

The sensitivity analyses provided are hypothetical only and should be used with caution as the impacts provided are not necessarily indicative 
of the actual impacts that would be experienced because the effect of a change in a particular market variable on fair values or cash flows is 
calculated without considering interrelationships between the various market rates or mitigating actions that would be taken by the Company. 
In addition, the Company’s actual exposure to market rates changes as the Company’s portfolio of debt changes.

The changes in valuations are estimates of the impact of changes in market variables and are not a prediction of future events or anticipated 
gains or losses.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  109

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
32. BRITISH SKY BROADCASTING GROUP PLC COmPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEmENTS continued

Liquidity risk
See note 22 for the Company’s policy on liquidity management.

The following table analyses the Company’s non-derivative financial liabilities, net settled interest rate swaps and gross settled currency 
swaps and collars into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. 

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows and may therefore not reconcile to the amounts disclosed on 
the balance sheet for borrowings, derivative financial instruments and other payables.

At 30 June 2013
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Bonds – USD
Bonds – GBP
Other payables
Net settled derivatives
Financial assets
Gross settled derivatives
Outflow
Inflow

At 30 June 2012
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Bonds – USD
Bonds – GBP
Other payables
Net settled derivatives
Financial assets
Gross settled derivatives
Outflow
Inflow

Less than
12 months
£m

Between
one and
two years
£m

Between
two and
five years
£m

More than
five years
£m

83
18
3,434

(17)

62
(63)

83
18
–

(17)

62
(63)

740
54
–

(51)

574
(682)

999
462
–

(6)

978
(926)

Less than
12 months
£m

Between
one and
two years
£m

Between 
two and
five years
£m

More than
five years
£m

65
18
2,774

(18)

50
(47)

65
18
–

(18)

50
(47)

195
54
–

(56)

149
(140)

938
480
–

(25)

840
(913)

At 30 June 2013, the Company had an undrawn £743 million RCF with a maturity date of 31 October 2017. See note 20 for further information.

L. Notes to the Company statement of changes in equity
For details of share capital, share premium, the special reserve, the capital redemption reserve and the hedging reserve see notes 23 and 24.

For details of the Company’s share buy-back programmes, see note 24.

For details of dividends, see note 9.

Capital reserve
This reserve arose from the surplus on the transfer of trade and assets to a subsidiary undertaking.

110  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

M. Reconciliation of profit before tax to cash generated from operations

Profit before tax
Dividend income
Net finance costs
Increase in other receivables
Decrease in other payables
Cash generated from operations

2013
£m
1,118
(947)
3
(174)
–
–

2012
£m
1,047
(874)
7
(179)
(1)
–

N. Contingent liabilities and guarantees
The Company and certain of its subsidiaries have undertaken, in the normal course of business, to provide support to several of the Group’s 
investments in both limited and unlimited companies and partnerships, to meet their liabilities as they fall due. Several of these undertakings 
contain maximum financial limits. These undertakings have been given for at least one year from the date of the signing of the UK statutory 
accounts of the related entity. A payment under these undertakings would be required in the event of an investment being unable to pay its 
liabilities.

The Company has provided parent company guarantees in respect of the various contracts entered into with the Premier League by British Sky 
Broadcasting Limited covering the 2013/14 to 2015/16 football seasons. In each case the guarantee covers all payment obligations now or in the 
future due, owing or incurred by British Sky Broadcasting Limited under the contracts and all liabilities now or in the future arising or incurred 
under the indemnity given to the Premier League by British Sky Broadcasting Limited under the contracts.

The Company has provided a parent company guarantee in respect of the contract entered into with British Sky Broadcasting Limited and 
Stanhope plc in relation to the construction of a new Meeting Centre at the Osterley Campus. The guarantee covers all performance 
obligations and payment obligations imposed on British Sky Broadcasting Limited under that contract.

The Company has guarantees in place relating to the Group’s borrowings, see note 20, and in relation to audit exemptions, see note 31.

O. Transactions with related parties and major shareholders

Supply of services to subsidiaries
Interest received from funding to subsidiaries
Amounts owed by subsidiaries
Amounts owed to subsidiaries
Amounts owed to other related parties

2013
£m
214
58
2,966
(3,398)
(6)

2012
£m
200
56
1,652
(2,746)
(4)

The Company has related party transactions with its subsidiaries by virtue of its status as parent company of the Group. In particular, it is 
normal treasury practice for the Company to lend and borrow cash to and from its subsidiaries as required. Under this policy, British Sky 
Broadcasting Limited settled liabilities of £74 million (2012: £67 million) on behalf of the Company during the year. Interest is earned on certain 
loans to subsidiaries.

The Company recognised £214 million (2012: £200 million) for licensing the Sky brand name to subsidiaries.

The Company recognised dividends during the year from subsidiaries totalling £947 million (2012: £874 million).

Share buy-back programme
During the year, the Company purchased, and subsequently cancelled, 31,525,314 ordinary shares held by Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. 
(formerly known as News Corporation) as part of its share buy-back programme. For further details, see note 24.

The Group’s related party transactions are disclosed in note 28.

P. Events after the reporting period
On 25 July 2013, the Board agreed to seek the necessary approvals to return a further £500 million of capital to shareholders via a share 
buy-back programme. For further details, see note 30 to the consolidated financial statements.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  111

Annual Report 2013: Notes to the consolidated financial statementsShareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
Group financial record – unaudited

Consolidated results

Below is selected financial information for the Group under IFRS as at and for each of the five years ended 30 June 2013.

Year
 ended
30 June
2013
£m

Year 
ended
30 June
2012
£m

Year
 ended
30 June
2011
£m

Year
 ended
30 June
2010
£m

Year
 ended
30 June
2009
£m

5,951
396
440
87
361
7,235
(5,944)
–
1,291
46
–
28
(108)
–
–
1,257
(278)
979

–
979
129
1,108

60.7p
59.7p
30.0p

5,593
351
440
98
309
6,791
(5,548)
–
1,243
39
–
18
(111)
–
–
1,189
(283)
906

–
906
64
970

52.6p
52.2p
25.4p

5,471
323
458
112
233
6,597
(5,524)
–
1,073
34
–
9
(111)
–
9
1,014
(256)
758

52
810
(8)
802

46.5p
45.9p
23.3p

4,778
238
340
174
179
5,709
(4,865)
269
1,113
32
49
3
(122)
–
115
1,190
(294)
896

(18)
878
61
939

50.4p
50.1p
19.4p

4,187
206
329
235
200
5,157
(4,315)
–
842
19
–
35
(220)
(191)
–
485
(194)
291

(32)
259
134
393

14.9p
14.8p
17.6p

30 June
2013
£m
3,776
2,569
6,345
(2,317)
(3,016)
1,012
1,594

30 June
2012
£m
3,234
2,275
5,509
(2,098)
(2,467)
944
1,674

30 June
2011
£m
3,025
2,329
5,354
(1,912)
(2,407)
1,035
1,753

30 June
2010
£m
2,818
1,986
4,804
(1,707)
(2,537)
560
1,753

30 June
2009
£m
2,632
1,937
4,569
(2,194)
(2,439)
(64)
1,753

Consolidated Income Statement
Continuing operations
Retail subscription
Wholesale subscription
Advertising
Installation, hardware and service
Other
Revenue(i)
Operating expense(ii)
Litigation settlement income
Operating profit
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
Investment income on litigation settlement
Investment income
Finance costs
Impairment of available-for-sale investment
Profit on disposal of available-for-sale investment
Profit before tax
Taxation
Profit for the year from continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations
Profit for the year
Net profit (loss) recognised directly in equity
Total comprehensive income for the year
Earnings per share from profit for the year (in pence)
Basic
Diluted
Dividends per share (in pence)

Consolidated Balance Sheet
Non-current assets
Current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Net assets (liabilities)
Number of shares in issue (in millions)

112  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Consolidated financial statementsi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Consolidated results continued

Statistics
Products 
TV
Sky+HD
Multiroom
Sky Go Extra
Broadband
Telephony
Line rental
Total paid-for subscription products
Customers
Retail customers
Wholesale customers(iii)
Total customers
Average number of full-time equivalent employees

Year 
ended
30 June
2013
(’000)

Year 
ended
30 June
2012
(’000)

Year 
ended
30 June
2011
(’000)

Year 
ended
30 June
2010
(’000)

Year 
ended
30 June
2009
(’000)

10,422
4,786
2,489
166
4,906
4,501
4,364
31,634

11,153
3,677
14,830
19,413

10,288
4,343
2,402
–
4,001
3,768
3,563
28,365

10,606
3,672
14,278
17,937

10,187
3,822
2,250
–
3,335
3,101
2,680
25,375

10,294
3,522
13,816
16,006

9,860
2,939
2,121
–
2,624
2,367
1,686
21,597

9,868
3,271
13,139
16,439

9,442
1,313
1,835
–
2,203
1,850
917
17,560

9,442
3,160
12,602
14,922

Notes
(i)  

(ii) 

Included within retail subscription revenue for the year ended 30 June 2009 is £36 million of additional revenue representing amounts invoiced in prior years which did not meet 
revenue recognition criteria under IFRS until March 2009.
Included within operating expense for the year ended 30 June 2013 is a credit of £32 million in relation to a credit note received following an Ofcom determination, a credit of 
£33 million relating to the final settlement of disputes with a former manufacturer of set-top boxes (net of associated costs), costs of £31 million relating to one-off upgrade of 
set-top boxes, costs of £33 million relating to a corporate efficiency programme and costs of £15 million relating to the acquisition and integration of the O2 consumer broadband 
and fixed-line telephony business. Also included are costs of £25 million relating to the programme to offer wireless connectors to selected Sky Movies customers.
Included within operating expense for the year ended 30 June 2012 is a credit of £31 million in relation to the News Corporation (subsequently renamed Twenty-First Century Fox, 
Inc.) proposal in 2011 consisting of costs incurred offset by the receipt of the break fee. Also included are restructuring costs of £11 million which comprise severance payments in 
relation to approximately 35 senior roles as part of a restructuring initiative to improve operating efficiency.
Included within operating expense for the year ended 30 June 2011 is £26 million of restructuring costs arising on the acquisition of Living TV, which comprise principally 
redundancy payments and the early termination of a pre-acquisition contract, £15 million of costs in relation to the News Corporation (subsequently renamed Twenty-First 
Century Fox, Inc.) proposal and a credit of £41 million in relation to the refund of import duty on set-top boxes paid out in prior years. This duty was recovered due to the judgment 
given by the ECJ on 14 April 2011.
Included within operating expense for the year ended 30 June 2010 is £32 million of expense relating to a restructuring exercise of which £22 million related to the impairment of 
assets associated with Picnic (the potential launch of a subscription television service on DTT) and £10 million related to reorganisation costs and redundancy payments. Also 
included within operating expense for the year ended 30 June 2010 is £1 million (2009: £3 million) of expense relating to legal costs incurred on the Group’s claim against EDS 
which provided services to the Group as part of the Group’s investment in customer management systems software and infrastructure, and a £5 million credit (2009: nil) related 
to the cancellation of accounts payable on settlement of the claim against EDS.

(iii)  Wholesale customers are customers who take a package, from one of Sky’s Wholesale Partners, in which they receive at least one paid for Sky channel.

Factors which materially affect the comparability of the selected financial data

Discontinued operations
During fiscal 2011, the Group sold its business-to-business telecommunications operation, Easynet, to LDC. 

EDS Litigation settlement
During fiscal 2010, EDS and the Group fully and finally settled the litigation between them and all related claims (including for damages, costs 
and interest) for a total amount of £318 million.

Available-for-sale investment
During fiscal 2011 we disposed of our equity investment in Shine and recognised a profit of £9 million. 

During fiscal 2010 we disposed of part of our equity investment in ITV and recognised a profit on disposal of £115 million. For further details see 
note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.

During fiscal 2009, we recorded an impairment loss of £191 million in the carrying value of our equity investment in ITV.

Business combinations
During fiscal 2013, we completed the acquisition of the O2 consumer broadband and fixed-line telephony business from Telefónica UK, 
comprising 100% of the share capital of Be Un Limited. The results of this acquisition were consolidated from the date on which control passed 
to the Group (30 April 2013).

During fiscal 2011, we completed the acquisitions of Living TV and The Cloud. The results of these acquisitions were consolidated from the date 
on which control passed to the Group (12 July 2010 and 23 February 2011, respectively).

Exchange rates
A significant portion of our liabilities and expenses associated with the cost of programming acquired from US film licensors together with 
set-top box costs are denominated in US dollars. For a discussion of the impact of exchange rate movements on our financial condition and 
results of operations see note 22 to the consolidated financial statements.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  113

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Consolidated financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Non-GAAP measures
All continuing operations

Reconciliation of operating profit to adjusted operating profit and adjusted EBITDA

for the year ended 30 June 2013

Operating profit
Credit received following final settlement of disputes with a former manufacturer of set-top boxes 
including an impairment of £6 million in relation to associated intangible assets
Costs relating to a corporate efficiency programme, including an impairment of £6 million in relation to 
associated intangible and tangible assets
Credit received following an Ofcom determination
Costs relating to one-off upgrade of set-top boxes
Costs relating to programme to offer wireless connectors to selected Sky Movies customers
Costs relating to the acquisition and integration of the O2 consumer broadband and fixed-line 
telephony business, including amortisation of £4 million in relation to associated intangible assets
(Net recovery of) costs in relation to News Corporation (subsequently renamed Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.) 
proposal
Costs relating to a restructuring exercise
Living TV restructuring costs
Recovery of import duty on set-top boxes
Adjusted EBITDA
Depreciation and amortisation

Notes

2013
£m
1,291

2012
£m
1,243

2011
£m
1,073

3

3
3
3
3

3

3
3

(33)

33
(32)
31
25

15

–
–
–
–
1,692
(362)

–

–
–
–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–

–

(31)
11
–
–
1,567
(344)

15
–
26
(41)
1,405
(332)

Adjus ted operating profit

1,330

1,223

1,073

Reconciliation of cash generated from operations to adjusted free cash flow 

for the year ended 30 June 2013

Cash generated from operations
Interest received
Taxation paid
Dividends received from joint ventures and associates
Net funding to joint ventures and associates
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Interest paid
Free cash flow
Receipt following final settlement of disputes with a former manufacturer of set-top boxes(i) 
Cash paid relating to a corporate efficiency programme
Receipt following an Ofcom determination(i)
Cash paid relating to one-off upgrade of set-top boxes(i)
Cash paid relating to programme to offer wireless connectors to selected Sky Movies customers(i)
Cash paid relating to the acquisition and integration of the O2 consumer broadband and fixed-line 
telephony business
(Net recovery of) costs in relation to News Corporation (subsequently renamed Twenty-First Century 
Fox, Inc.) proposal(i)
Cash paid relating to a restructuring exercise
Recovery of import duty on set-top boxes(i)
Receipt on disposal of joint venture(i)
Living TV restructuring costs
Adjusted free cash flow

(i)  Net of applicable corporation tax.

Note

25

2013
£m
1,877
29
(300)
43
(4)
(203)
(251)
(128)
1,063
(10)
4
(28)
7
1

4

–
–
–
(13)
–
1,028

2012
£m
1,737
17
(254)
39
(6)
(228)
(229)
(125)
951
–
–
–
–
–

–

(13)
3
(25)
(6)
–
910

2011
£m
1,569
7
(219)
29
(4)
(197)
(226)
(124)
835
–
–
–
–
–

–

2
6
–
–
26
869

114  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Consolidated financial statementsi

B
u
s
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

r
e
v
e
w

i

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

l

G
o
s
s
a
r
y
o
f

t
e
r
m
s

Average Revenue Per User (ARPU) 

for the year ended 30 June 2013

ARPU as previously reported
Impact of standalone home communications(i)
Benefit of zero-VAT magazine related income(ii)
Elimination of timing difference related to magazine closure(iii)
ARPU

2013
£m
n/a
–
–
–
577

2012
£m
548
–
–
–
548

2011
£m
539
(5)
(3)
7
538

(i)  We have restated ARPU to include standalone home communications customers.
(ii)  We previously recognised the benefit arising from the zero rated VAT treatment on a small portion of customer revenue attributable to the Sky magazine. Following closure of the 

magazine we have restated the comparatives to present on a like-for-like basis.

(iii)  Following our decision to close the Sky customer magazine, a one-off timing upside was reversed which related to revenue recognition of the magazine element of subscription 

revenue. This equated to a £7 reduction to ARPU in 2011.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  115

Shareholder informationAnnual Report 2013: Consolidated financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual General Meeting
The Company’s AGM will be held on 22 November 2013 at 11:00am at 
the Edinburgh International Conference Centre, The Exchange, 
Edinburgh EH3 8EE.

Financial calendar
Results for the financial year ending 30 June 2014 will be published:

17 October 2013
30 January 2014* 
1 May 2014* 
25 July 2014*

*  provisional dates.

The Sky website
Shareholders are encouraged to visit the Sky website sky.com which 
has a wealth of information about the Company. There is a section 
designed specifically for investors at sky.com/corporate where 
investor and media information can be accessed. This year’s Annual 
Report and Annual Review and prior year documents can be viewed 
there.

Share price information
The Company’s share price can be found on the Company’s corporate 
website at sky.com/corporate

Shareholder enquiries
The Company’s shareholder register is maintained by its Registrar, 
Equiniti. Information on how to manage your shareholdings can be 
found at help.shareview.co.uk. The pages at this web address provide 
the following:

  Answers to commonly asked questions regarding shareholder 
registration;
  Links to downloadable forms, guidance notes, and Company history 
fact sheets;
  A choice of contact methods – via email, phone, or writing.

Alternatively, shareholders can contact Equiniti in relation to all 
administrative enquiries relating to their shares, such as a change of 
personal details, the loss of a share certificate or an out-of-date 
dividend cheque.

Shareholders can contact Equiniti at: 

Equiniti Limited 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
West Sussex 
BN99 6DA
Telephone: 0871 384 2030*
Telephone number from outside the UK: +44 121 415 7047

*  Calls to the above number are charged at 8p per minute from a BT landline. Other 

telephony providers’ costs may vary. Lines are open from 8.30am to 5.30pm Monday 
to Friday.

Electronic shareholder communication
In accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and the 
Company’s articles of association, the Company is permitted to use 
its corporate website as the main way to communicate with 
shareholders, sending out Annual Reports only to those who have 
opted to receive a paper copy. This reduces our impact on the 
environment, minimises waste and reduces costs. It also enables 

116  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

shareholders to keep updated with developments at Sky as they 
happen by accessing our website.

Shareholders who have opted to receive shareholder communications 
in paper form are encouraged to receive these electronically in future 
by registering at shareview.co.uk. Shareholders can also change their 
instructions at any time by contacting Equiniti Limited.

Dividends
Shareholders can have their dividends paid directly into a UK bank or 
building society account with the tax voucher sent directly to their 
registered address. Please contact Equiniti on 0871 384 2091 for a 
dividend mandate form.

The Company operates a consolidated tax voucher service for 
shareholders who have chosen to receive dividends directly into their 
bank account. A single consolidated tax voucher will be mailed by the 
end of November each year, to coincide with the final dividend 
payment. Full details are available at corporate.sky.com.

Overseas dividend payments
A service has been established to provide shareholders in over 30 
countries worldwide with the opportunity to receive their dividends in 
their local currency. For a small flat-rate fee, shareholders can have 
their dividends automatically converted from Sterling and paid into 
their nominated bank account, normally within five working days of 
the dividend payment date. For further details, please contact 
Equiniti on 0871 384 2091.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan
The Company operates a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (“DRIP”) which 
enables shareholders to buy the Company’s shares on the London 
stock market with their cash dividend. Further information about the 
DRIP is available from Equiniti. The helpline number is 0871 384 2268 
from inside the UK and +44 121 415 7173 from overseas.

ShareGift
Shareholders who only have a small number of shares whose value 
makes it uneconomic to sell them may wish to consider donating 
them to charity through ShareGift, the independent charity share 
donation scheme (registered charity no. 1052686). Further 
information about ShareGift may be obtained from Equiniti or from 
ShareGift on 020 7930 3737 or at sharegift.org. There are no 
implications for capital gains tax purposes (no gain or loss) on gifts of 
shares to charity and it is also possible to claim income tax relief.

Shareholder fraud
Fraud is on the increase and many shareholders are targeted every 
year. If you have any reason to believe that you may have been the 
target of a fraud, or attempted fraud in relation to your shareholding, 
please contact Equiniti immediately. For more information please see 
“protect your shareholding” in the shareholder information section of 
our website at corporate.sky.com.

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)
The Company’s ADR programme trades on the over-the-counter 
(“OTC”) market in the US. The Company’s ADRs are quoted on the OTC 
market’s highest tier, International PremierQX. More information can 
be obtained from, otcqx.com. ADRs are quoted in US dollars and trade 
just like any other US security. The Company has a sponsored Level 1 
ADR programme for which The Bank of New York Mellon acts as 
Depositary. One ADR represents four ordinary shares.

Annual Report 2013: Shareholder informationShareholder informationAll enquiries relating to the Company’s ADRs should be addressed to:

BNY Mellon 
PO Box 43006, Providence, RI 02940-3006, U.S.A. 
US residents: (888) 269 2377
If resident outside the US: +1 201 680 6825 
email: shrrelations@bnymellon.com

Company’s registered office
Grant Way 
Isleworth 
Middlesex 
TW7 5QD
Telephone 0333 100 0333 
Overseas +44 333 100 0333

Company registration number
2247735

Chartered Accountants
Deloitte LLP
2 New Street Square 
London 
EC4A 3BZ

Principal bankers
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc 
St. Andrew’s Square 
Edinburgh 
EH2 2YB

Solicitors
Herbert Smith Freehills LLP 
Exchange House 
Primrose Street 
London 
EC2A 2EG

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  117

Financial statementsBusiness reviewShareholder informationGovernanceFinancial  reviewGlossary of termsAnnual Report 2013: Shareholder informationUseful Definitions
21st Century Fox UK 
Nominees Ltd
ADSL2+

Bonus channel

BSkyB or the  
Company
Churn

CO2e

DSL
DTH

DTT

EBITDA

EPG
ESOP
ESPN

Fiscal year or fiscal
Freeview
Freesat
GAAP
The Group
HD
HMRC
IFRS
IP
IPTV
LLU

Minidish
MMDS
MPF

Multiroom
NOW TV

NVN
Ofcom
On Demand

Description
Following the split of the News Corporation companies on 28 June 2013, News UK Nominees Limited has been 
renamed 21st Century Fox UK Nominees Limited
The type of broadband supplied over Sky’s own data network offering end-users increased speeds compared to the 
original ADSL technology (ADSL2+ typically offers download speeds of up to 15 mbps)
A channel provided to a TV customer in addition to one or more subscription channels, but at no incremental cost to 
the TV customer
British Sky Broadcasting Group plc

The number of total customers over a given period that terminate their subscription in its entirety, net of former 
customers who reinstated their subscription in that period (where such reinstatement is within a 12-month period of 
the termination of their original subscription), expressed as an annualised percentage of total average customers for 
the period
Carbon dioxide equivalent. This expresses the global warming potential of different greenhouse gases (for example 
methane, nitrous oxide) in terms of the equivalent amount of carbon dioxide, measured in tonnes
Digital Subscriber Line
Direct-to-Home: the transmission of satellite services and functionality with reception through a minidish. “DTH 
customer” means a subscriber to one or more of our retailed packages of television channels made available  
via DTH
Digital Terrestrial Television: digital signals delivered to homes through a conventional aerial, converted through a 
set-top box or integrated digital television set
Earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation is calculated as operating profit before 
depreciation, amortisation and impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Electronic Programme Guide
Employee Share Ownership Plan
Entertainment and Sports Programming Network broadcasting the ESPN, ESPN Classic, ESPN America and ESPN HD 
Channels
Refers to the twelve months ended on the Sunday nearest to 30 June of the given year
The free-to-air DTT offering available in the UK
The free-to-air DTH joint venture between the BBC and ITV
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
BSkyB and its subsidiary undertakings
High Definition television
Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs
International Financial Reporting Standards
Internet Protocol: a mechanism by which data packets may be routed between computers on a network
Internet Protocol Television
Local Loop Unbundling: a process by which BT’s exchange lines are physically disconnected from BT’s network and 
connected to other operators’ networks. This enables operators other than BT to use the BT local loop to provide 
services to customers
Satellite dish required to receive digital satellite television
Multipoint Microwave Distribution Service
Metallic Path Facilities which occur where a single communications provider uses the local loop to provide both 
broadband and voice services over its network
Installation of an additional set-top box in the household of an existing DTH customer
The Group’s internet streaming service available to anyone in the UK with an internet connection regardless of ISP. 
This service is currently available on PC, Mac, the XBox 360, PlayStation 3, YouView and Roku set-top boxes, and 
selected Android devices
New Voice Network
UK Office of Communications
Sky’s On Demand service offering a selection of content from across the Sky platform available for customers to 
watch whenever they want. The full On Demand service is available to customers that have an active broadband 
connection.

118  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013: Glossary of termsGlossary of termsUseful Definitions
PL
Premium Channels
Premium Sky Distributed 
Channels
PVR

RCF
Set-top box

Sky
Sky+
Sky+ HD
Sky Basic Channels

Sky Bet
Sky Broadband

Sky Box Office

Sky Channels
Sky Distributed 
Channels
Sky Go

Sky Go Extra

Sky Mobile

Sky Premium  
Channels

Sky Store
Sky Talk

Sky WiFi
SMPF
Standalone home 
communications
Transponder
TV Customer
Twenty-First Century 
Fox, Inc.
Viewing share
VM

Description
Premier League
The Sky Premium Channels and the Premium Sky Distributed Channels
MUTV, Chelsea TV and MGM HD

Personal Video Recorder: satellite decoder which utilises a built-in hard disk drive to enable viewers to record without 
videotapes, pause live television and record one programme while watching another
Revolving Credit Facility
Digital satellite equipment, responsible for receiving, converting and sending the picture and sound of a broadcast to 
the associated television set
British Sky Broadcasting Group plc and its subsidiary undertakings
Sky’s fully-integrated PVR and satellite decoder
High Definition box with PVR functionality
Sky 1, Sky 2, Pick TV, Challenge, Sky News, Sky Sports News, Sky Arts 1 and Sky Arts 2, Sky Poker.com, Sky Living, Sky 
Living It and Sky Atlantic (and their multiplex versions and their simulcast HD versions)
Sky’s betting services, provided through set-top boxes, the internet and via phone
Home broadband service previously provided exclusively for Sky digital customers but now extended to customers 
who do not take a television service from Sky
Our pay-per-view service offering movies, sporting events and concerts generally offered at scheduled times on our 
36 dedicated linear channels
Television channels wholly-owned by the Group, being the Sky Basic Channels and Sky Premium Channels
Television channels owned and broadcast by third parties, retailed by the Group to TV Customers

Sky’s retailed packages of television channels and on demand content made available via a broadband connection, 
including the version made available to mobile devices via a wireless or 3G connection
Selected content included within Sky’s retailed packages of television channels and on demand content made 
available to download, enabling customers to watch the content when and wherever they want, without the need for 
a broadband, wireless or 3G/4G connection.
Sky’s retailed packages of television channels made available to mobile devices via a wireless or 3G connection and 
our Sky Mobile TV platform
Sky Sports 1, Sky Sports 2, Sky Sports 3, Sky Sport 4, Sky Sports F1, Sky Movies Premiere, Sky Movies Showcase, Sky 
Movies Comedy, Sky Movies Family, Sky Movies Action & Adventure, Sky Movies 007, Sky Movies SciFi & Horror, Sky 
Movies Drama & Romance, Sky Movies Crime & Thriller, Sky Movies Disney and Sky Movies Select (and their multiplex 
versions and their simulcast HD versions) and Sky 3D
Our pay-per-view, on demand movies rental service available via Sky On Demand and Sky Go
Home telephony service provided for Sky digital subscribers and now extended to customers who do not take a 
television service from Sky
Sky’s seamless wireless internet access provided at over 20,000 The Cloud hotspots in the UK
Shared Metallic Path Facility
Sky’s retailed packages of broadband, talk and line rental when taken without a television subscription package

Communication devices on satellites which send programming signals to mini dishes
A paying subscriber to one or more of our TV services, principally DTH and NOW TV
Following the split of the News Corporation companies on 28 June 2013, News Corporation has been renamed 
Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.
Number of people viewing a channel as a percentage of total viewing audience
Virgin Media

References to “US dollars”, “dollars”, “US$”, “$” and “¢” are to the currency of the United States (“US”), references to “euro” and “€” are to the 
currency of the participating European Union (“EU”) countries, and references to “pounds sterling”, “£”, “pence”, and “p” are to the currency of 
the UK.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  119

Financial statementsBusiness reviewShareholder informationGovernanceFinancial  reviewGlossary of termsAnnual Report 2013: Glossary of termsFurther information

Accessibility
If you would like advice regarding accessibility of this document,  
please contact the Accessible Customer Service team on  
0844 241 0333 or TextPhone on 0844 241 0535.

Customers in ROI should use telephone number 0818 71 98 09  
and Textphone number 0818 71 98 49.

The 2013 BSkyB Annual Review and Annual Report are available to view  
or download at sky.com/corporate

To find out more about how we are building a better and more sustainable 
business for the long term, visit sky.com/biggerpicture and download the  
Seeing the bigger picture Summary Report 2013.

120  British Sky Broadcasting Group plc  

Annual Report 2013This report is printed on Heaven 42 and  
Revive 100 paper which is FSC® Certified. 

Designed and produced by Salterbaxter.

printed by pureprint. 
pureprint are ISo14001 certified,  
Carbon Neutral, Alcohol Free, FSC  
and pEFC chain of custody certified.

British Sky Broadcasting Group plc
Grant Way, Isleworth 
Middlesex TW7 5QD 
Telephone 0333 100 0333 
Facsimile 0333 100 0444 
sky.com 
Registered in England No. 02247735